ALL 2020 Ver7.3 ReadyToPrint Traditional

COMPANY PROFILE
2 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

COMPANY PROFILE
Quality Air Equipment (QAE) is proud to announce that we are

now certified as ISO 9001 compliant
Quality Air Equipment (QAE) is extremely proud to have been awarded ISO 9001
certification. As an internationally recognised standard, our customers are ensured of consistent
high quality products, delivered every day to our customers through effective quality management.
Establishing an ISO 9001 system is the best way QAE can demonstrate the organisation’s
ability to consistently provide products and services that meet their existing and future customer’s
requirements. QAE went through an evaluation process that includes quality management system
development, a management system documentation review, pre-audit, initial assessment and
clearance of non-conformances.

The benefits in having ISO 9001 are simple. We believe it places Quality Air Equipment
ahead of the field - distinguishing QAE from the competitors. It is also a significant milestone in our
continual efforts to improve and reflect on our ongoing investment in technology, development,
processes and procedures.

Quality Air Equipment strives to deliver the right product and services on time, every time
and most importantly at the highest quality. It is an achievement that shows that we are committed
to providing consistent quality products and unrivalled services to all current and future
customers.
Stephen, Paul and Phillip Podetti

Directors
© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 1

COMPANY PROFILE
© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020
QPRO ®, Qline ®, SUPAFLEX ®, QAE ®, SAJI JETFLO ®, SAJI MULTIFLO ® & SAJI UNIFLO ® are
registered trademarks of Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd
Quality Air Equipment Office Locations
NEW SOUTH WALES (NSW) QAE ASIA LIMITED

Head Office FuGang West Road
41-43 Governor Macquarie Drive LuoSong Industry Park, Fusha,
Chipping Norton NSW 2170 Zhongshan City, Guangdong, China
Telephone: +61 (02) 9724 9297 Ph: +86 760 2251 0288
Fax: +61 (02) 9724 9265 Mobile/WeChat: +86 139 2497 0331
Email: sales@qualityair.com.au Email: sales@qae-hvac.com
Web: qae-hvac.com
WESTERN AUSTRALIA (WA)

20 Fisher Street,
Belmont, Western Australia 6104
Telephone: +61 (08) 9277 6602
Fax: +61 (08) 9479 1275
Email: saleswa@qualityair.com.au
Visit Our Website:

COMPANY PROFILE
QAE Company Profile pg. 4 - 13
STOCKED RANGE
Di Gr Re Lo Da Fa Ac
pg. 15 - 79
Diffusers Grilles Registers Louvres Dampers Fans Accessories
MANUFACTURED RANGE
pg. 81 - 131
DI
DIFFUSERS
GR
GRILLES
LO
LOUVRES
RE
REGISTERS
DA
DAMPERS
pg. 133 - 212
VAV DIFFUSERS pg. 215 - 216
PRE-INSULATED ALUMINIUM DUCT pg. 219 - 258
SHEET METAL pg. 261 - 276
FLEXIBLE DUCT AND ECODUCT pg. 279 - 284
FITTINGS pg. 285 - 288
INTUMESCENT FIRE DAMPERS pg. 291 - 294
PERFORMANCE DATA pg. 297 - 343
INDEX pg. 345 - 350

COMPANY PROFILE
Our Purpose
“To improve the indoor comfort and air quality of communities. We are committed
to deliver a sustainable future for our employees, partners and stakeholders.”
Our Values
Integrity Commitment Courage
Integrity is consistently We are focused and We aim to deliver
part of our behaviours and deliver with conviction beyond our potential,
actions. We are ethical, on our promises. We take calculated risks
authentic and transparent are accountable and and confidently make
Our Vision in everything we do. We responsible throughout decisions. By leaving our
are open and honest in the whole delivery circle of habits, learning
Integrity Commitment Courage the way we engage with process. We are from our mistakes and
people. committed to delivering experiences, we can
Teamwork a sustainable future by continually contribute
Safety
doing the right things, value to our partners,
right. communities and the
Our Purpose company.
Teamwork
We are one team. We use the diverse abilities and experiences of our people to deliver
our core purpose. We value a working environment that encourages knowledge
sharing, open communication, feedback, collaboration, best practices, respect, fun,
while also recognising results.
Safety
The health and safety of our employees and company guests is paramount, and
should never be compromised.
Our Vision
“To be Australia’s preferred manufacturer and wholesaler of air distribution
products with the largest range available from a single source.”
Development and Leadership

To provide the right information, education, training, guidance and
support for employees to enable them to deliver sustainable and
quality results.
Partners
To be committed to nurture relationships with our network partners
while growing new ones. Together, we create shared values for our
communities.
Communities
To consistently offer a large range of air distribution systems and
products, that would help improve the indoor comfort and air
quality of our communities.
Process
To use best practices; be lean and process orientated to achieve
company efficiency and operational effectiveness.
Growth
To maximise our long term financial returns, thereby securing the
future of our employees, stakeholders and partners.
“Built on Trust. Delivering Quality.”

COMPANY PROFILE
QAE Brands
QPRO delivers Premium, custom made air distribution products for HVAC
consultants, architects and designers to meet specific end user requirements.
Qline delivers universal air distribution product systems that are ready and on
demand for the HVAC market.
SUPAFLEX delivers a broad range of flexible ducting with reinforced outer sleeve,
suitable for both domestic and commercial building applications.
Trusted brands distributed by QAE

QAE is proud to be of the world renowned TROX range of
products in Australia. Our dedicated TROX team will provide application
solution advice combined with exceptional customer service and technical
experience.
ALP. The pioneer of light weight duct technology introduced the concept over
40 years ago to the world. ALP continues to lead the way we think of duct today,
with its technological advancements in both clean air delivery by way of true
patented anti-microbial coating first of its kind pre-insulated round duct
technology and its fully accredited systems for both internal and external use,
ALP continues to lead the industry ensuring sustainability and low
environmental impact are maintained.
Manufactured in Sydney to the highest quality, Lorient LVH44 & LVH44C

intumescent fire dampers offer a rugged, reliable solid state design, that unlike
conventional mechanical fire dampers do not contain any moving parts. They
are tested and approved in accordance with the very latest fire test standards
and offer designers, specifiers and mechanical contractors a simple fire damper
solution that is compliant with the latest regulatory requirements.
ECODUCT is an environmentally friendly low profile duct system that is

specifically designed for high-rise apartment applications where limited ceiling
spaces are common. Designed sourced and made in Australia, ECODUCT is the
premium environmentally friendly and best practice PVC product on the market.

COMPANY PROFILE
1,600 sq. ft. factory Ladbroke Street, From 2000-2002 both

From humble beginnings in their Milperra, NSW, Australia AIR-ON Installations and QAE experi-
parents’ garage... enced rapid growth and a decision
was made to sell the installation
The Podetti brothers business and
concentrate solely on
expanding the
AIR-ON Installations started operations of QAE.
The Podetti brothers operating a small sheetmetal
In October 2000.
created their first workshop and began importing a
Quality Air Equipment was
company, AIR-ON Installations. small range of grilles and
established to support HVAC
diffusers for their own use.
distributors.
Supported by the Australian Quality Air Equipment

Now that QAE had penetrated the (W.A) Pty. Ltd.
government, QAE decided to
Middle Eastern market, they
increase their exposure by
decided to approach the European
exhibiting their products at the
Market by exhibiting their products at
“Big 5 Show” in Dubai,
the “Mostra Convegno”
resulting in their first export order to
exhibition in Milan.
the UK.
QAE QAE gratefully accepted an 10,000 sq. ft. factory

Quality Air Equipment invitation to partner with the world Wangara, WA, Australia
(W.A) Pty. Ltd. renowned TROX in Australia
7,000 sq. ft. QAE undertook to invest in

factory product testing for the majority of their
locally manufactured products and their QAE (WA) relocated to a larger
Landsdale,
imported grilles and facility as a result of growth and
WA, Australia
diffusers by leading local and increased product range to keep up
international testing specialists. with the demand of their customers.
Product Testing
Pro-Grilles had their own QAE branch out into Western
powdercoat line installed to have full Austalia (WA). WA was formed
control of quality and lead times. and opened its doors in Landsdale. It
holds stock products and operates a
small sheet metal workshop.

COMPANY PROFILE
Pro-Grilles 5,000 sq. ft. factory, QAE 2 x 5,800 sq. ft. factory units
Ladbroke Street, Milperra, NSW, (Total = 11,600 sq. ft.) Alfred Road,
QAE 6,500 sq. ft. factory QAE and Pro-Grilles Australia
Australia Chipping Norton, NSW, Australia
Beaconsfield Street, 60,000 sq. ft. factory
Milperra, NSW, Australia Governor Macquarie Drive,
Chipping Norton, NSW, Australia
Requests for custom made grilles From 1998 through to 2005, the rapid
and diffusers were increasing rapidly. growth in their business resulted
As a result, the brothers in the need to move to increasingly At this point, the product range
decided to establish a new larger premises four times. had increased to keep up with the
company, Pro-Grilles Australia. demands of the re-sellers and
QAE decided to purchase their
first free standing building.
“Built on Trust. Delivering Quality.” Quality Air Equipment (QAE) is ex-

tremely proud to have been awarded
ISO 9001 certification. As an inter-
nationally recognised standard, our
customers are ensured of consistent
high quality products, delivered every QAE (WA) became a proud partner and
Launch of QPRO and Qline brands. day to our customers through effective distributor of ALP pre-insulated duct
quality management. panel for WA, Australia.
QAE became a proud partner and
distributor of ECODUCT for NSW,
Australia.
QAE became a proud partner and QAE started manufacturing a broad
distributor of ALP pre-insulated duct range of flexible ducting, suitable for
panel for NSW, Australia. both domestic and commercial building
applications.
QAE ASIA LIMITED
QAE expands into the Asian market,
registering their operations in Hong
Kong.
esting
34,000 sq. ft. factory The rapid growth in their business
Belmont, WA, Australia resulted in the need for more trucks in
QAE acquire All Flex Ducting to QAE fleet.
strengthen their product offering to the QAE Group has acquired the
market with quality Flexible Duct. assets of BJC Enterprises and moved
from the old premises in Wangara to a
much larger
(34,000 sq. ft) factory in Belmont

COMPANY PROFILE
QAE
Global Success
With our success in the global market, QAE will continue to promote our brand name
and products. QAE will also continue to develop new products for different markets
with the collaboration of our customers and partners.

COMPANY PROFILE
QAE •
•
New Zealand
United Kingdom
Global Exports •
•
Middle East
France
• Poland
• North Africa
• South America
Branches in
Sydney (NSW), Perth
(WA) and Hong Kong.

COMPANY PROFILE
General Selection Criteria
Diffuser Selection Criteria
To some people, a diffuser is just a piece of metal that covers a hole in the ceiling.
Occupants don’t always understand what the diffuser does; instead, they may see it as the necessary evil
that blows too-hot or too-cold air on them hour after hour. They often respond by complaining to the
building manager or, worse, covering the diffuser with tape or paper.
Occupant comfort is extremely important to diffuser manufacturers, though. They spend a lot of time and
money researching important characteristics such as airflow and throw patterns in order to make sure
their products provide occupants with the optimum amount of comfort.
Of course, the diffuser is only one part of the entire HVAC system, so it won’t necessarily work properly if
the rest of the system is designed incorrectly.
Diffuser manufacturers often rate their products based on the Air Diffuser Performance Index (ADPI).
This designation helps contractors and engineers select the proper diffuser that will make occupants
comfortable, while ensuring that adequate ventilation mixing is provided.
What Is ADPI?
ADPI is defined by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE) Standard 113 as the percentage of supply points measured in a room that are within both the
ASHRAE temperature and velocity ranges for comfort. ADPI is based on the acceptance and recognition
that it is not possible to achieve a comfort level of 100 percent, but 80 percent acceptance is achievable
and measurable.
For an office environment in the cooling mode, for example, designers should plan to have an ADPI of
greater than 80. (ADPI should not be used as a measure of performance for heating conditions.)
The ADPI designation is used in mixing air distribution systems (systems in which the supply air and
room air are mixed for temperature uniformity) as opposed to displacement systems (in which cool air is
introduced at the floor level). The air in a mixing air distribution system is provided via high sidewall grilles,
ceiling diffusers, sidewall grilles, linear slot diffusers, etc.
A high ADPI level increases the probability of ventilation air mixing. When occupancy specifications are
designed to an ADPI level of 80 or greater, occupancy comfort is achieved.
ADPI is basically a one-number comfort index for a space. It relates to the comfort level similar to the way
noise criteria (NC) relates to sound. ADPI is sometimes misinterpreted by people who think that an 80
ADPI means that 80 percent or more of the people in the space are comfortable. That is not correct.
According to basic principles, it is possible to relate ADPI to an occupied zone by mapping a cube from the
floor to an elevation of 1800mm, and no closer than 300mm from a perimeter wall.
“Record the temperature (degrees C) and velocity (m/s) on the four elevations prescribed by Standard 113
at evenly spaced intervals in the module, then calculate the effective draft temperature for each location,”
“The ADPI value would be the percentage of points that meet the condition of -3 degrees to 2 degrees of
optimum temperature with a room velocity of 0.25m/s or less.
“ADPI is a measure of the number of points meeting that condition, so an 80 or better means that 80
percent of the points in the occupied space meet that condition.”

COMPANY PROFILE
Maintaining ADPI
Deciding which diffuser to use in an application can be a challenge, especially when the goal is to
achieve an ADPI of 80 or above for all space load conditions. Designers typically look at a diffuser’s throw
characteristics, so they’ll know where the velocity points are in a room (e.g. where in terms of distance
from the diffuser the air velocity is hitting 0.75m/s, 0.5m/s, and 0.25m/s).
The key is to make sure a space doesn’t end up with colliding airstreams from two diffusers. The resulting
downdraft would not be comfortable for occupants.
Certain diffusers are better than others in helping ensure that such a downdraft doesn’t occur.
“High-induction diffusers are very popular because they have a tremendously long range”.

“Over that longer range, they’re keeping an ADPI above 80, which is critical. This makes it very difficult for
engineers to make a mistake with these diffusers.”
Most manufacturers offer some type of high-induction diffuser, but there are differences among them.
System designers need to look at each diffuser’s effectiveness, not only relative to its performance but
also to its comfort and sound levels.
Each diffuser also has a distinctive throw pattern. Depending on the load in a particular space (which can
fluctuate based on solar loads, people loads, etc.), some high-induction diffusers maintain that high ADPI
over a wider range of load than other diffusers.
Diffuser Selection
When selecting the right diffuser for a specific project you have more than one goal in mind.
The air diffuser is the interface between the HVAC duct system and the occupied space.
A diffuser’s primary purpose is to introduce conditioned air into the room without creating uncomfortable
drafts or excessive noise (ADPI)
Its secondary role is just as important. The diffuser needs to fit in with the aesthetics of the floor layout.
In fact, it should blend with the room decor so well you don’t even notice it.
The Right Diffuser Is the One You Never Notice.
Linear Slot Diffuser:
• Is effective with both heating and cooling, constant volume or variable air volume operations.
• Blends well with most ceiling styles.
• Is available in multiple slot widths from 1 to 8 slots and in a variety of length with a maximum of
4200mm in one single piece. Any continuous lengths are available in multiple pieces and are joined with
a simple aligning strip.
Ceiling Mounted Diffusers
Ceiling mounted diffusers are available to provide either a spreading or non-spreading air discharge
pattern, giving them the flexibility to satisfy most situations. However, when selecting a diffuser design, it
is important not only to consider how it works, but also how it looks. We offer several types of diffusers
to meet every need.

COMPANY PROFILE
Light Air Boot
The single & double light air boot is used in conjunction with suspended ceiling lights. It is available as an
adjustable or a fixed air volume device. Typically the boot must be designed (sized) to suit selected light
fitting.
4 - Way Diffusers
The 4-Way Diffuser is a very commonly used diffuser mainly due to its simplistic design and ease
of installation. Our 4-Way Diffuser has been developed to offer higher supply airflows maintaining
exceptionally low Noise and Pressure drop levels.
Jet Diffuser
Jet diffusers have become increasingly popular due to their capability of delivering high volumes of
conditioned air across large room or building layouts. In addition to traditional Jet Diffusers (which offer
jet on diffuser patterns), we have introduced a range of eyeball jet diffusers offered in two configurations:
Jet or swirl discharge.
Perforated Diffuser
This specialized diffuser is used mainly in laboratory applications where dumping and draughts must be
avoided.
Swirl Diffuser
The Swirl diffuser is a very popular type of diffuser that has emerged onto the market over the last 10
years with its striking looks and exceptional air mixing capabilities. This diffuser discharges air in a round
swirl pattern that efficiently and gently mixes the adjacent air.

COMPANY PROFILE

NOTES

STOCKED RANGE
STOCKED Lo Da FaDi
Gr ReDIFFUSERS
Di RANGE Ac
Diffusers Grilles Registers Louvres Dampers Fans Accessories
Diffusers
Diffusers
Multi-Core Pattern Diffusers............................... pg. 16 - 27
Linear Slot Diffusers............................................. pg. 28 - 29
Round Diffusers................................................... pg. 30 - 37
Metal Valves......................................................... pg. 38 - 39
Grilles
Eggcrate Grilles.................................................... pg. 40 - 47
Bar Grilles............................................................. pg. 48 - 49
Half Chevron Grilles............................................. pg. 50 - 53
Floor Grilles.......................................................... pg. 54 - 55
Door Grilles.......................................................... pg. 56 - 57
Louvre Fixed and Gravity Grilles.......................... pg. 58 - 59
Registers
Double Deflection Registers................................ pg. 60 - 63
Louvres
Weatherproof Louvres......................................... pg. 64 - 67
Dampers
Opposed Blade Dampers..................................... pg. 68 - 69
Motorised Zone Dampers.................................... pg. 70 - 71
Fans
Axial In-Line Fans................................................. pg.72 - 73
Roof Cowls........................................................... pg. 74
Accessories
Fan Accessories................................................... pg. 75
Tape and Straping................................................ pg. 76
Insulation Products............................................. pg. 76
Electrical Connections......................................... pg. 76
Brackets................................................................ pg. 77
Condenser Blocks and Anti-Vibration Products.. pg. 78
Miscellaneous...................................................... pg. 79

Di
Diffusers
STOCKED RANGE DIFFUSERS
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers
Description
For supply air, multi-core pattern design with quick release core, suitable for heating and cooling. Available in a range of
different core patterns and sizes giving total flexibility for most installations in modern ceiling tile applications. Flanged for
surface mounting or lay-in ceiling grid.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitred joints mechanically held. Optional Opposed Blade Dampers manufactured
from extruded aluminium are also available.
PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION

XLD and LD Lay-In 1, 2OPP, 2CNR, 3 or 4-Way Blow Diffuser
SD Flush Mounted 1, 2OPP, 2CNR, 3 or 4-Way Blow Diffuser
Note:
• Custom sizes and colours are available upon request
• Available in 5 different core patterns
• Powder coated white as standard
• For product performance data, see pages 298 - 300
QAE strive to provide products that best suit the market’s requirements. As such, QAE reserve the right to supply products which may
differ slightly from those shown in this and other publications. For product warranties please refer to our standard terms and conditions.

STOCKED RANGE DIFFUSERS Di
Diffusers
Lay-In Diffusers
Lay-In 4-Way Blow Diffusers
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/
CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) CARTON
LD4395F 250 x 250 245 x 245 320 x 320 395 x 395 8
LD4595295F 450 x 150 445 x 145 520 x 220 595 x 295 10
LD4595395F 450 x 250 445 x 245 520 x 320 595 x 395 10
XLD4595F 450 x 450 445 x 445 520 x 520 595 x 595 8
LD4605F 460 x 460 455 x 455 530 x 530 605 x 605 8
Lay-In 3-Way Blow Diffuser

LD3595F 450 x 450 445 x 445 520 x 520 595 x 595 8
Lay-In 2-Way Opposite Blow Diffuser

LD2OPP595F 450 x 450 445 x 445 520 x 520 595 x 595 8
Lay-In 2-Way Corner Blow Diffuser

LD2CNR595F 450 x 450 445 x 445 520 x 520 595 x 595 8
Lay-In 1-Way Blow Diffuser

LD1595F 450 x 450 445 x 445 520 x 520 595 x 595 8
Related Products for Lay-In Diffusers

PBF RN RN CB OBD BP FCF FCF ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.79 see pg.274 see pg.274 see pg.267 see pg.68 see pg.273 see pg.274 see pg.274 see pg.226 see pg.227

Di
Diffusers
Lay-In Diffusers: LD and XLD
CEILING OPENING
NOMINAL NECK
EXACT NECK
51mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Flush Mounted Diffusers: SD
CEILING OPENING
NOMINAL NECK
EXACT NECK
51mm
5mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ X ”

Diffusers
Flush Mounted Diffusers
Flush Mounted 4-Way Blow Diffusers

SD466 150 x 150 145 x 145 220 x 220 295 x 295 10
SD499 225 x 225 220 x 220 295 x 295 370 x 370 10
SD41212 300 x 300 295 x 295 370 x 370 445 x 445 10
SD41515 375 x 375 370 x 370 445 x 445 520 x 520 10

SD366 150 x 150 145 x 145 220 x 220 295 x 295 10
SD399 225 x 225 220 x 220 295 x 295 370 x 370 10
SD31212 300 x 300 295 x 295 370 x 370 445 x 445 10
SD31515 375 x 375 370 x 370 445 x 445 520 x 520 10
Flush Mounted 2-Way Opposite Blow Diffusers

SD2OPP66 150 x 150 145 x 145 220 x 220 295 x 295 10
SD2OPP99 225 x 225 220 x 220 295 x 295 370 x 370 10
SD2OPP1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 370 x 370 445 x 445 10
SD2OPP1515 375 x 375 370 x 370 445 x 445 520 x 520 10
Flush Mounted 2-Way Corner Blow Diffusers

SD2CNR66 150 x 150 145 x 145 220 x 220 295 x 295 10
SD2CNR99 225 x 225 220 x 220 295 x 295 370 x 370 10
SD2CNR1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 370 x 370 445 x 445 10
SD2CNR1515 375 x 375 370 x 370 445 x 445 520 x 520 10

SD166 150 x 150 145 x 145 220 x 220 295 x 295 10
SD199 225 x 225 220 x 220 295 x 295 370 x 370 10
SD11212 300 x 300 295 x 295 370 x 370 445 x 445 10
SD11515 375 x 375 370 x 370 445 x 445 520 x 520 10
Related Products for Flush Mounted Diffusers

PBF RN CB OBD BP FCF ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.79 see pg.275 see pg.267 see pg.68 see pg.273 see pg.275 see pg.226 see pg.227

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Bevelled Edge Diffusers
Description
different core patterns and sizes giving total flexibility for all surface mounting applications while providing anti-smudge
protection for the ceiling.
Construction
from extruded aluminium.

BED Bevelled Edge 1, 2OPP, 2CNR, 3 or 4-Way Blow Diffuser
Note:
• Available in 5 different core patterns

Diffusers

Bevelled Edge 4-WAY BLOW DIFFUSERS
BED466 150 x 150 145 x 145 170 x 170 265 x 265 10
BED499 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
BED41212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10
BED41515 375 x 375 370 x 370 395 x 395 490 x 490 10
BED41818 450 x 450 445 x 445 470 x 470 565 x 565 10
BED42121 525 x 525 520 x 520 545 x 545 640 x 640 4
BED42424 600 x 600 595 x 595 620 x 620 715 x 715 4
Bevelled Edge 4-Way Blow Diffusers with Fixing Clip Reducing Necks
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE X & Y SPIGOT SIZE
CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
FCBED4998 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 200 Dia
FCBED412128 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 200 Dia
FCBED4121210 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 250 Dia
FCBED4121212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 300 Dia
Bevelled Edge 4-Way Rectangular Diffuser

PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE PIECES/
BED4189 450 x 225 445 x 220 470 x 245 565 x 340 10
Bevelled Edge 3-Way Blow Diffusers

BED366 150 x 150 145 x 145 170 x 170 265 x 265 10
BED399 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
BED31212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10
BED31515 375 x 375 370 x 370 395 x 395 490 x 490 10
BED31818 450 x 450 445 x 445 470 x 470 565 x 565 8
Bevelled Edge 3-Way Rectangular Diffuser

BED3156 375 x 150 370 x 145 395 x 170 490 x 265 10
Related Products for Bevelled Edge Diffusers

CB FCB BP OBD ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.267 see pg.275 see pg.273 see pg.68 see pg.226 see pg.227

Di
Diffusers
BEVELLED EDGE 2-WAY OPPOSITE BLOW DIFFUSERS
BED2OPP66 150 x 150 145 x 145 170 x 170 265 x 265 10
BED2OPP99 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
BED2OPP1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10
BED2OPP1515 375 x 375 370 x 370 395 x 395 490 x 490 10
BED2OPP1818 450 x 450 445 x 445 470 x 470 565 x 565 10
BEVELLED EDGE 2-WAY CORNER BLOW DIFFUSERS

BED2CNR66 150 x 150 145 x 145 170 x 170 265 x 265 10
BED2CNR99 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
BED2CNR1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10
BED2CNR1515 375 x 375 370 x 370 395 x 395 490 x 490 10
BED2CNR1818 450 x 450 445 x 445 470 x 470 565 x 565 10
BEVELLED EDGE 1-WAY BLOW DIFFUSERS

BED166 150 x 150 145 x 145 170 x 170 265 x 265 10
BED199 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
BED11212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10
BED11515 375 x 375 370 x 370 395 x 395 490 x 490 10
BED11818 450 x 450 445 x 445 470 x 470 565 x 565 10
BEVELLED EDGE DUMP DIFFUSERS

DUMP99 225 x 225 220 x 220 245 x 245 340 x 340 10
DUMP1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 320 x 320 415 x 415 10


Diffusers
Bevelled Edge Diffusers: BED
CEILING OPENING
NOMINAL NECK
33mm
EXACT NECK
56mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ X ”
BED in application

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
SAJI MULTIFLO®
Multi-Directional Outlets – A.B.S.
Description
Suitable for ceiling mount applications for cooling, heating or ventilation and consist of 4 square biscuits each of which contain
adjustable louvres. Each core can be removed and rotated individually to direct airflow.
Construction
From A.B.S. polymers providing long term strength and rigidity. The airflow passages are smooth ensuring quiet and efficient
airflow. Multi-directional adjustable blades framed into biscuits that clip into the main diffuser frame. Louvre blades are flush
when fully open. Rounded edges to prevent ceiling scratches during installation.
PRODUCT EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/

CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) CARTON
MF99 240 x 240 250 x 250 290 x 290 10
MF1212 290 x 290 300 x 300 340 x 340 10
Note:
• Non-glare mottled white finish
• Performance data is currently not available for this product
SAJI MULTIFLO® Multi-Directional Outlet: MF

4mm 59mm
CEILING OPENING
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ X ”

Diffusers
Reducing Necks to suit SAJI MULTIFLO®

Convenient and Easy
The loose biscuit design conveniently turns the diffuser
into a multi directional outlet while the toggle clips make
installation easy. The blades in each biscuit can also be
adjusted to allow for better control of the airflow.
Airflow Pattern
The modular loose biscuit design
can be configured for 1, 2, 3 or 4
way horizontal air discharge pattern.
Reducing Necks to suit SAJI MULTIFLO®

PRODUCT SUIT THESE SPIGOT SIZE
CODE GRILLES (mm)
MFRN996 MF99 150 Dia
MFRN998 MF99 200 Dia
MFRN12128 MF1212 200 Dia
MFRN121210 MF1212 250 Dia
MFRN121212 MF1212 300 Dia
Fast Installation
The fixings clip makes
installation quick and easy.
Convenient and Easy

The reducing neck snap fit feature
and side tabs for connecting the
duct make fitting convenient and
easy.

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Curved Blade Diffuser Loose Biscuit
Description
For supply or return air applications, having four sets of discharge blades. The unique adjustable curved blade design allows
for easy adjustment of the angle of air discharge. Suitable for soffit or ceiling mounting. Typical installations include offices,
shops, hotels, colleges, universities, hospitals and most commercial or industrial buildings.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion fitted to 32mm frame with corners mitred and mechanically held. The adjustable
blades are fixed at 20mm centres to the frame using starlock washers and securing wire.
Available in standard neck size of 560 x 560 and available in custom sizes on request.
Average free area approximately 85%.
PRODUCT EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/

CBD595F 545 x 545 560 x 560 595 x 595 6
Note:
• Custom colours are available upon request
• For product performance data, see page 304
Curved Blade Diffuser Loose Biscuit: CBD595F

5mm 60mm
32mm
CEILING OPENING
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
22mm
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ X ”

Diffusers
Convenient and Easy

The loose biscuit design conveniently turns
the diffuser into a multi-directional outlet.
The blades in each biscuit can also be
adjusted to allow for better control of the
airflow.
Comfort
Each diffuser is standard equipped with a
biscuit along with rubber which eliminates
vibrations resulting from air flow.
Related Products for Curved Blade Diffuser Loose Biscuit

PBF RN CB OBD ALPBF ALPBM

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Removable Core Linear Slot Diffusers
Description
For supply air, fully adjustable removable core linear slot diffuser with unique airflow pattern control design. The airflow
pattern can be adjusted to suit design requirements. Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting applications.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion in maximum one piece lengths of 1200mm, with mitred ends as standard. Removable
Core available in 2 and 3 slots.

RCLS Removable Core (20 mm) 2 and 3 Slot Linear Diffusers
Note:
• Powder coated white with black anodised blades as standard
• All RCLS come complete with safety chains
• Screw fix core after installation is recommended
Safety Chain

Diffusers
Removable Core (20 mm) 2 and 3 Slot Linear Diffusers

PRODUCT SLOT SLOT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/
CODE WIDTH (mm) (mm) (mm) CARTON
RCLS600 2 20 600 x 107 590 x 97 638 x 145 5
RCLS900 2 20 900 x 107 890 x 97 938 x 145 5
RCLS1000 2 20 1000 x 107 990 x 97 1038 x 145 5
RCLS1200 2 20 1200 x 107 1190 x 97 1238 x 145 5
RCLS595F 2 20 555 x 107 547 x 97 595 x 145 5
RCLS1195F 2 20 1155 x 107 1147 x 97 1195 x 145 5
RCLS31195F 3 20 1155 x 147 1147 x 137 1195 x 185 5
Removable Core Linear Slot Diffuser: RCLS

50mm
25mm
NOMINAL NECK
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE
“Y”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
20mm
Related Products for Removable Core (20 mm) 2 and 3 Slot Linear Diffusers
LB UB LSPRING ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.265 see pg.265 see pg.79 see pg.226 see pg.227

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffusers
Description
Suitable for supply applications for cooling, heating and isothermal conditions. Suitable for modular ceiling systems. Capable
of handling high airflow rates at moderately low pressure drops and noise.
Construction
From spun aluminium, providing long term strength and rigidity. The airflow passages are smooth ensuring quiet and efficient
airflow.

RCD Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffusers with Collar and Butterfly Damper
Note:

Diffusers
Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffusers

PRODUCT EXACT NECK CEILING OPENING FACE SIZE HEIGHT PIECES/
RCD6 150 Dia 250 Dia 300 Dia 120 5
RCD8 200 Dia 300 Dia 350 Dia 120 5
RCD10 250 Dia 350 Dia 400 Dia 120 5
RCD12 300 Dia 400 Dia 450 Dia 120 5
RCD14 350 Dia 450 Dia 490 Dia 120 5
Fast Installation Convenient and Easy

The quick release core makes rear access The addition of the rear butterfly damper
much easier. allows for airflow adjustment. The fixing clip
makes installation quick and easy.
Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffuser: RCD

HEIGHT
CEILING OPENING
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers
Description
Suitable for supply air applications for cooling, heating and isothermal conditions. Offers a variety of airflow patterns. Suitable
for modular ceiling systems.
Construction
From A.B.S polymers providing long term strength and rigidity. The airflow passages are smooth ensuring quiet and efficient
airflow. The centre cone can be wound up or down to adjust the airflow and throw pattern.

RND SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers - A.B.S.
IRND SAJI UNIFLO® Insulated Round Diffusers - A.B.S.
Note:
• Grilles are complete with snap down fixing clip and dual spring arrangement

Diffusers
RND & IRND

SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers - A.B.S.
RND6 150 Dia 235 Dia 255 Dia 110 10
RND8 200 Dia 285 Dia 320 Dia 115 10
RND10 250 Dia 355 Dia 390 Dia 120 10
RND12 300 Dia 410 Dia 435 Dia 120 5
SAJI UNIFLO® Insulated Round Diffusers - A.B.S.

IRND6 150 Dia 235 Dia 255 Dia 110 10
IRND8 200 Dia 285 Dia 320 Dia 115 10
IRND10 250 Dia 355 Dia 390 Dia 120 10
IRND12 300 Dia 410 Dia 435 Dia 120 5
Easy Airflow Adjustment Fast Installation
The clips automatically

snap the diffuser in place
while the dual springs
arrangement provides a
secure fit.
SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers: RND/IRND HEIGHT

CEILING OPENING
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
Insulation(IRND)

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
SAJI JETFLO® Diffusers
Description
Suitable for supply air applications for cooling, heating and isothermal conditions. Comes complete with the dual spring clip
arrangement found on the round ceiling diffusers.
Construction
From A.B.S polymers providing long term strength and rigidity. The airflow passages are smooth ensuring quiet and efficient
airflow. To aid in the balancing of the system SAJI JETFLO® has an easily adjustable butterfly damper which can be adjusted
from the face of the grille using a simple push-in dial.

JF SAJI JETFLO® Diffusers - A.B.S.
Note:

Diffusers
SAJI JETFLO® Diffusers

JF6 145 Dia 205 Dia 240 Dia 100 10
JF8 195 Dia 260 Dia 290 Dia 120 10
JF10 245 Dia 305 Dia 340 Dia 150 10
Easy Airflow Adjustment Fast Installation
The clips automatically

snap the diffuser in place
while the dual springs
arrangement provides a
Push and turn the knob to adjust the damper. secure fit.
SAJI JETFLO® Diffusers: JF

HEIGHT
CEILING OPENING
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Jet Diffuser Flanged
Description
For supply air, delivering a powerful stream of air over long distances. The jet diffuser core can be rotated 180° to discharge
air in either a diffused or jet pattern. The throws with the Jet setting are typically double that of the Diffused setting. The
versatility of this design makes the diffuser a popular choice for large areas requiring varied comfort levels. The diffuser is also
ideal for spot cooling of areas with high heat loads.
Construction
From spun aluminium sheeting ensuring functional strength and performance that also gives an attractive and aesthetically
pleasing appearance. Incorporating the centre barrel fixed by means of a pivoting rod to the outer flanged housing. Standard
finishes are white and additional finishes are available on request.

JDF Jet Diffuser Flanged
Note:

Diffusers
Jet Diffuser Flanged

JDF8 200 Dia 230 Dia 280 Dia 132 8
JDF10 250 Dia 280 Dia 330 Dia 132 6
JDF12 300 Dia 330 Dia 380 Dia 132 4
JDF14 350 Dia 380 Dia 430 Dia 132 2
JDF16 400 Dia 430 Dia 480 Dia 132 2
Easy and Convenient

For easy of installation the outer face ring twists on the
main face to hide all fixings.
Diffused Throw Jet Throw
The core swivels on its axis to provide preferred airflow direction.
Jet Diffuser Flanged: JDF HEIGHT

17mm
CEILING OPENING
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE

Di
Diffusers
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Exhaust Metal Valves
Description
Suitable for exhaust air applications for isothermal conditions. Capable of handling variable airflow rates at moderately low
pressure drops and noise.
Construction
Exhaust Metal Valves constructed from steel with mounting ring, providing long term strength and rigidity. The airflow passages
are smooth ensuring quiet and efficient airflow. The centre cone can be wound up or down to adjust the airflow required to
specific conditions and applications.

MVE Exhaust Metal Valves
Note:

Diffusers
Exhaust Metal Valves

MVE4 98 Dia 103 Dia 138 Dia 55 20
MVE5 123 Dia 128 Dia 170 Dia 55 20
MVE6 148 Dia 153 Dia 210 Dia 55 20
MVE8 198 Dia 203 Dia 250 Dia 55 20
Exhaust Metal Valves: MVE

HEIGHT
CEILING OPENING
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE

GrGrilles
STOCKED RANGE GRILLES
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Eggcrate Grilles
Description
Suitable for handling large air volumes, eggcrate grilles are ideal as intakes to air handling units, and for areas where high
changeover rates are required. A 90% free area makes eggcrate grilles the most efficient grilles available for return air
applications.
Construction
The frame is manufactured from extruded aluminium with hairline mitred joints mechanically held, while the core is held in
by the unique frame design. The core is aluminium and can be offered as either fixed, loose, removable or hinged. Matching
Opposed Blade Dampers are also available constructed from extruded aluminium.

EGR Round eggcrate grille
EG Fixed core eggcrate grille
LCEG Loose core eggcrate grille
RCEG Removable core eggcrate grille
HERAG Hinged eggcrate grille with filter
FCEG Fixed core eggcrate grille with fixing clip reducing neck
FCRCEG Removable core eggcrate grille with fixing clip reducing neck
ECC Eggcrate core
ECC35° Non-vision core eggcrate core
Note:

STOCKED RANGE GRILLES Gr
Grilles
Round Eggcrate
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE HEIGHT PIECES/
EGR6 150 Dia 140 Dia 200 Dia 40 20
EGR8 200 Dia 190 Dia 250 Dia 40 20
EGR10 250 Dia 240 Dia 305 Dia 45 20
EGR12 300 Dia 290 Dia 355 Dia 45 20
Round Eggcrate Grilles: EGR

HEIGHT
NOMINAL NECK
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE

Gr
Grilles
Eggcrate Grilles
FIXED CORE LOOSE CORE REMOVABLE CORE
NOMINAL
NECK PRODUCT EXACT FACE SIZE PRODUCT EXACT FACE SIZE PRODUCT EXACT FACE SIZE
(mm) CODE NECK X&Y CODE NECK X&Y CODE NECK X&Y
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
150 x 150 EG66 140 x 140 188 x 188 LCEG66 140 x 140 188 x 188 RCEG66 140 x 140 180 x 180
225 x 225 EG99 215 x 215 263 x 263 LCEG99 215 x 215 263 x 263 - - -
600 x 300 EG2412 590 x 290 638 x 338 LCEG2412 590 x 290 638 x 338 - - -
600 x 400 EG2416 590 x 390 638 x 438 LCEG2416 590 x 390 638 x 438 - - -
600 x 600 EG2424 590 x 590 638 x 638 LCEG2424 590 x 590 638 x 638 - - -
1200 x 600 EG4824 1190 x 590 1238 x 638 LCEG4824 1190 x 590 1238 x 638 - - -
Lay-in Eggcrate Grilles
FIXED CORE LOOSE CORE REMOVABLE CORE
FACE SIZE
X&Y PRODUCT EXACT NOMINAL PRODUCT EXACT NOMINAL PRODUCT EXACT NOMINAL
(mm) CODE NECK NECK CODE NECK NECK CODE NECK NECK
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
295 x 295 EG295F 247 x 247 257 x 257 - - - - - -
395 x 395 EG395F 347 x 347 357 x 357 LCEG395F 347 x 347 357 x 357 - - -
595 x 295 EG595295F 547 x 247 557 x 257 LCEG595295F 547 x 247 557 x 257 RCEG595295F 555 x 255 565 x 265
595 x 395 EG595395F 547 x 347 557 x 357 LCEG595395F 547 x 347 557 x 357 - - -
605 x 605 EG605F 557 x 557 567 x 567 LCEG605F 557 x 557 567 x 567 - - -
1210 x 605 EG1210605F 1162 x 557 1172 x 567 LCEG1210605F 1162 x 557 1172 x 567 - - -
Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles: EG

5mm 20mm
EXACT NECK = NOMINAL NECK - 10mm
34mm
FACE SIZE = NOMINAL NECK + 38mm
NOMINAL NECK
13mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”

STOCKED RANGE GRILLES GrGrilles
Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles: LCEG

5mm 33mm

34mm
NOMINAL NECK
13mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles: RCEG

5mm 45mm
25mm

NOMINAL NECK
13mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles

CB OBD FCE RN ALPBF ALPBM

Gr
Grilles
Hinged Eggcrate with Filter Hinged Eggcrate with Filter

PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y
CODE (mm) (mm) (mm) CODE (mm) (mm) (mm)
HERAG88 200 x 200 190 x 190 238 x 238 HERAG2020 500 x 500 490 x 490 538 x 538
Lay-in Hinged Eggcrate with Filter Lay-in Hinged Eggcrate with Filter
HERAG595295F 557 x 257 547 x 247 595 x 295 HERAG1195595F 1157 x 557 1147 x 547 1195 x 595
HERAG595F 557 x 557 547 x 547 595 x 595 HERAG1210605F 1172 x 567 1162 x 557 1210 x 605
HERAG605F 567 x 567 557 x 557 605 x 605
Hinged Eggcrate with Electrostatic Filter Hinged Eggcrate with Electrostatic Filter
EFHERAG2016 500 x 400 490 x 390 538 x 438 EFHERAG3616 900 x 400 890 x 390 938 x 438

Grilles
Hinged Eggcrate Grilles: HERAG

5mm 47mm
25mm

NOMINAL NECK
FACE = Y + 38
13mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Hinged Eggcrate with Electrostatic Filter
Related Products for Hinged Eggcrate Grilles with Filter

RAB RABS ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.263 see pg.263 see pg.226 see pg.227

Gr
Grilles
Eggcrate with Neck Adaptor and Fixing Clips

NOMINAL NECK/ FIXED CORE REMOVABLE CORE
CEILING OPENING
(mm) PRODUCT CODE FACE SIZE (mm) SPIGOT (mm) PRODUCT CODE FACE SIZE (mm) SPIGOT (mm)
150 x 150 FCEG664 188 x 188 100 Dia - - -
150 x 150 FCEG665 188 x 188 125 Dia - - -
150 x 150 FCEG666 188 x 188 150 Dia FCRCEG666 180 x 180 150 Dia
150 x 150 FCEG666BFD 188 x 188 150 Dia - - -
200 x 200 FCEG886BFD 238 x 238 150 Dia - - -
200 x 200 FCEG888BFD 238 x 238 200 Dia - - -
250 x 250 FCEG10108 288 x 288 200 Dia - - -
250 x 250 FCEG101010 288 x 288 250 Dia - - -
300 x 300 FCEG12128 338 x 338 200 Dia - - -
300 x 300 FCEG121210 338 x 338 250 Dia - - -
300 x 300 FCEG121212 338 x 338 300 Dia - - -
FCEG FCEG FCRCEG FCRCEG
Fixed Core Eggcrate Grille with Removable Core Eggcrate Grille with
Neck Adapter and Fixing Clips: FCEG Neck Adapter and Fixing Clips: FCRCEG
Note: Note:
• Custom sizes are available upon request • Custom sizes are available upon request
• Powder coated white as standard • Powder coated white as standard
• Reducing necks sprayed black as standard • Reducing necks sprayed black as standard
5mm 5mm
25mm
34mm
CEILING OPENING
CEILING OPENING
NOMINAL NECK/
NOMINAL NECK/
SPIGOT
SPIGOT
13mm
13mm

Grilles
Eggcrate Core Only

PRODUCT CODE EXACT SIZE (mm) FINISH
ECC595W 595 x 595 WHITE
ECC1195595W 1195 x 595 WHITE
ECC1220M 1220 x 1220 MILL
ECC1220W 1220 x 1220 WHITE
A = 13mm
B = 13mm
C = 13mm
Non - Vision Eggcrate Core Only 35 Deg.
PRODUCT CODE EXACT SIZE (mm) FINISH
ECC351220M (35 Deg) 1220 x 1220 MILL
ECC351220W (35 Deg) 1220 x 1220 WHITE
A = 13mm
B = 13mm
C = 13mm

GrGrilles
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Removable Core Bar Grilles
Description
For supply air applications, having a single set of fixed blades. Quick release removable core provides easy access to rear and
concealed fixing facility.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion. Blades are standard 2.5mm thick with 12.5mm pitch.

RCBG Removable core bar grilles are zero degree deflection
Note:
• Suitable for wall mounting

Grilles
Removable Core Bar Grilles

PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/
RCBG164 400 x 100 390 x 90 430 x 130 10
RCBG244 600 x 100 590 x 90 630 x 130 10
RCBG324 800 x 100 790 x 90 830 x 130 10
RCBG364 900 x 100 890 x 90 930 x 130 5
RCBG484 1200 x 100 1190 x 90 1230 x 130 5
RCBG146 350 x 150 340 x 140 380 x 180 10
RCBG166 400 x 150 390 x 140 430 x 180 10
RCBG206 500 x 150 490 x 140 530 x 180 10
RCBG246 600 x 150 590 x 140 630 x 180 10
RCBG366 900 x 150 890 x 140 930 x 180 5
RCBG486 1200 x 150 1190 x 140 1230 x 180 5
Removable Core Bar Grilles: RCBG

5mm 45mm
25mm

NOMINAL NECK
12.5mm
2.5mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Removable Core Bar Grilles

UB SB EB ALPBM ALPBF OBD LSPRING SS
see pg.266 see pg.266 see pg.266 see pg. 227 see pg.226 see pg.68 see pg.79 see pg.273

GrGrilles
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Half Chevron Grilles
Description
For exhaust or return air, having a single set of fixed blades at 45 deg. Available as either fixed core HC97 with blades set at
17.5mm spacing, or Removable Core RCHC25 with blades set at 25mm spacing.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion. The half chevron features horizontal fixed louvre blades, designed to give a non-see
through appearance.

HC97 Fixed core half chevron with blades set at 17.5mm spacing and 22mm flange
RCHC25 Removable core half chevron with blades set at 25mm spacing and 25mm flange
Note HC97: Note RCHC25:

• Supplied with wire mesh as standard • Supplied with safety chains as standard
• Natural anodised as standard • Powder coated white as standard
• Custom sizes and colours are available upon request • Custom sizes and colours are available upon request
• Suitable for wall mounting • Suitable for wall mounting
• For product performance data, see page 324 • For product performance data, see page 325

Grilles
HC97 Front View HC97 Rear View
Quick, Easy and Convenient

A compatible half chevron grille HC97 easily locks
in place with a push. Installation is made easier by
eliminating the need for screws. This makes it ideal for
challenging installation environments.
RCHC25 Front View RCHC25 Rear View
Safety First
Every Stocked Removable Core Half Chevron
RCHC25 is supplied with safety chains as standard.

Gr
Grilles
Half Chevron
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT PINS x EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y PIECES/
HC97 230 x 165 220 x 155 255 x 198 10
HC97 in application
Half Chevron: HC97

NOMINAL NECK = 230mm
EXACT PINS = 220mm
FACE SIZE = 255mm

4mm 41mm
22mm
NOMINAL NECK = 165mm

EXACT NECK = 155mm
FACE SIZE = 198mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
17.5mm
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Half Chevron

UB SOB RN ALPBM ALPBF

STOCKED RANGE GRILLES Gr Grilles
Removable Core Half Chevron

RCHC2566 150 x 150 140 x 140 180 x 180 10
RCHC2588 200 x 200 190 x 190 230 x 230 10
RCHC251010 250 x 250 240 x 240 280 x 280 10
RCHC251212 300 x 300 290 x 290 330 x 330 10
RCHC251414 350 x 350 340 x 340 380 x 380 10
RCHC251616 400 x 400 390 x 390 430 x 430 10
RCHC251818 450 x 450 440 x 440 480 x 480 10
Removable Core Lay-In Half Chevron

RCHC25595295F 565 x 265 555 x 255 595 x 295 5
RCHC25595F 565 x 565 555 x 555 595 x 595 5
RCHC251195595F 1165 x 565 1155 x 555 1195 x 595 5
Removable Core Half Chevron 25mm Spacing: RCHC25

5mm 45mm
25mm

25mm
NOMINAL NECK
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Half Chevron Grilles

UB RN ALPBM ALPBF

GrGrilles
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Floor Grilles
Description
For supply or return air, suitable for floor applications. Floor grilles are only available as fixed core in zero degree deflection.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitres are mechanically held for maximum strength and durability. Blades are
spaced at 7 mm as standard.

FG Floor Grille
HDFG Heavy Duty Floor Grille
Note:
• Natural anodised as standard
HDFG additional blade support

Floor Grilles
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK x EXACT BOLTS FACE SIZE X & Y
CODE (mm) (mm) (mm)
FG124N 300 x 100 290 x 90 352 x 147
FG126N 300 x 150 290 x 140 352 x 197
FG146N 350 x 150 340 x 140 402 x 197
FG166N 400 x 150 390 x 140 452 x 197
Heavy Duty Floor Grilles
PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK x EXACT BOLTS FACE SIZE X & Y
CODE (mm) (mm) (mm)
HDFG2016N 500 x 400 490 x 390 552 x 447
HDFG2416N 600 x 400 590 x 390 652 x 447
HDFG3016N 750 x 400 740 x 390 802 x 447
HDFG3616N 900 x 400 890 x 390 952 x 447
Floor Grille: FG/HDFG

NOMINAL NECK
EXACT NECK
5mm 46mm
32mm
NOMINAL NECK
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
EXACT BOLTS
6mm
7mm
FACE SIZE “ X ” 25mm
Note: Heavy Duty Floor Grille HDFG has two additional blades supports screw into grille flange (marked blue on the drawing)
Related Products for Floor Grilles

UB SB EB ALPBM ALPBF OBD

GrGrilles
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Door Grille
Description
For air relief, having a single set of fixed blades. Easy snap together installation with no drilling required. Suitable for door
thicknesses of 30-45mm, all Door Grilles come complete with a telescopic back frame for an aesthetic appearance on both
sides of the door. Available in standard sizes from 300x150 to 600x600 with custom sizes available on request Average free
area approximately 50%.
Construction
From high quality extruded aluminium sections, blades are fixed at 22mm centres. Hairline mitres are mechanically held for
maximum strength and durability. Finished in natural anodised aluminium as standard with optional powder coated colours
and finishes available on request.

DG Door Grille
Note:
• Door grilles are natural anodised as standard

Grilles
Door Grille
DG126 300 x 150 290 x 140 325 x 175 20
DG186 450 x 150 440 x 140 475 x 175 10
DG244 600 x 100 590 x 90 625 x 125 10
DG246 600 x 150 590 x 140 625 x 175 10
DG128 300 x 200 290 x 190 325 x 225 10
DG168 400 x 200 390 x 190 425 x 225 10
DG248 600 x 200 590 x 190 625 x 225 10
DG2410 600 x 250 590 x 240 625 x 275 10
DG1212 300 x 300 290 x 290 325 x 325 10
DG2012 500 x 300 490 x 290 525 x 325 10
DG2412 600 x 300 590 x 290 625 x 325 10
DG2416 600 x 400 590 x 390 625 x 425 10
DG1818 450 x 450 440 x 440 475 x 475 10
DG2418 600 x 450 590 x 440 625 x 475 10
DG2424 600 x 600 590 x 590 625 x 625 5
Locking Spring Clip
Door Grille: DG
Locking
Front Aspect
spring clip
FACE SIZE “ Y ”

NOMINAL NECK/ DOOR OPENING
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Rear Aspect
22mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”

GrGrilles
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Louvre Grille Fixed - A.B.S.
Description
Suitable for wall mounting and is designed for external applications.
Construction
It is manufactured from A.B.S plastic material and is a white finish.
Louvre Grille Fixed - A.B.S.

PRODUCT EXACT NECK CUT OUT SIZE FACE SIZE X & Y HEIGHT PIECES/
LGF4 100 Dia 105 Dia 125 x 125 70 50
LGF5 125 Dia 130 Dia 150 x 150 70 50
LGF6 150 Dia 155 Dia 175 x 175 70 30
Note:
• All grilles come complete with screws and wall plugs
Louvre Grille Fixed - A.B.S.: LGF

HEIGHT
15mm
CUT OUT SIZE
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”

Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Gravity Grille - A.B.S.
Description
Suitable for wall mounting and is designed to allow air to be vented to the atmosphere by the gravity flaps opening while
preventing outside air and pests entering the system by the flaps closing when not in use.
Construction
It is manufactured from A.B.S plastic material and is a white finish.
Gravity Grille - A.B.S.

PRODUCT EXACT NECK CUT OUT SIZE FACE SIZE X & Y HEIGHT PIECES/
GG4 100 Dia 105 Dia 125 x 125 70 50
GG5 125 Dia 130 Dia 150 x 150 70 50
GG6 150 Dia 155 Dia 175 x 175 70 30
Note:
• All grilles come complete with screws and wall plugs
Gravity Grille - A.B.S.: GG

HEIGHT
15mm
CUT OUT SIZE
EXACT NECK
FACE SIZE
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
CE = X + 37

Re
Registers
STOCKED RANGE REGISTERS
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Double Deflection Registers
Description
For supply air, having a double set of fully adjustable aerofoil blades to give directional control of the air pattern in four
directions if required. Suitable for wall and duct mounting. Removable core is also available for easy installation. Available in
a range of standard sizes and also available in custom sizes on request. Average free area approximately 80%.
Construction
From robust extruded aluminium sections, ensuring functional strength and performance that also gives an attractive and
aesthetically pleasing appearance. Incorporating two sets of individually adjustable blades, the front blades may be set
either horizontally or at angles either up or down. Rear blades are adjusted in a similar way but only in a vertical plane.
Finished in powder coated white as standard.

DDR Fixed core double deflection registers
RCDDR Removable core double deflection registers
Note:

STOCKED RANGE REGISTERS Re
Registers
Double Deflection Registers Fixed Core and Removable Core

NOMINAL FIXED CORE REMOVABLE CORE
NECK/
PIECES/
OPENING PRODUCT EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y PRODUCT EXACT NECK FACE SIZE X & Y CARTON
SIZE CODE (mm) (mm) CODE (mm) (mm)
(mm)
200 x 100 DDR84 190 x 90 244 x 144 - - - 5
250 x 100 DDR104 240 x 90 294 x 144 - - - 5
300 x 100 DDR124 290 x 90 344 x 144 RCDDR124 290 x 90 330 x 130 5
350 x 100 DDR144 340 x 90 394 x 144 RCDDR144 340 x 90 380 x 130 5
400 x 100 DDR164 390 x 90 444 x 144 RCDDR164 390 x 90 430 x 130 5
450 x 100 DDR184 440 x 90 494 x 144 RCDDR184 440 x 90 480 x 130 5
500 x 100 DDR204 490 x 90 544 x 144 RCDDR204 490 x 90 530 x 130 5
600 x 100 DDR244 590 x 90 644 x 144 RCDDR244 590 x 90 630 x 130 5
800 x 100 - - - RCDDR324 790 x 90 830 x 130 5
150 x 150 DDR66 140 x 140 194 x 194 - - - 5
200 x 150 DDR86 190 x 140 244 x 194 - - - 5
250 x 150 DDR106 240 x 140 294 x 194 - - - 5
300 x 150 DDR126 290 x 140 344 x 194 RCDDR126 290 x 140 330 x 180 5
350 x 150 DDR146 340 x 140 394 x 194 RCDDR146 340 x 140 380 x 180 5
400 x 150 DDR166 390 x 140 444 x 194 RCDDR166 390 x 140 430 x 180 5
450 x 150 DDR186 440 x 140 494 x 194 RCDDR186 440 x 140 480 x 180 5
500 x 150 DDR206 490 x 140 544 x 194 RCDDR206 490 x 140 530 x 180 5
600 x 150 DDR246 590 x 140 644 x 194 RCDDR246 590 x 140 630 x 180 5
750 x 150 DDR306 740 x 140 794 x 194 - - - 5
900 x 150 DDR366 890 x 140 944 x 194 - - - 5
200 x 200 DDR88 190 x 190 244 x 244 - - - 5
250 x 200 DDR108 240 x 190 294 x 244 - - - 5
300 x 200 DDR128 290 x 190 344 x 244 RCDDR128 290 x 190 330 x 230 5
350 x 200 DDR148 340 x 190 394 x 244 RCDDR148 340 x 190 380 x 230 5
400 x 200 DDR168 390 x 190 444 x 244 RCDDR168 390 x 190 430 x 230 5
450 x 200 DDR188 440 x 190 494 x 244 RCDDR188 440 x 190 480 x 230 5
500 x 200 DDR208 490 x 190 544 x 244 RCDDR208 490 x 190 530 x 230 5
600 x 200 DDR248 590 x 190 644 x 244 RCDDR248 590 x 190 630 x 230 5
750 x 200 DDR308 740 x 190 794 x 244 - - - 5
600 x 225 DDR249 590 x 215 644 x 269 - - - 5
250 x 250 DDR1010 240 x 240 294 x 294 - - - 5
300 x 250 DDR1210 290 x 240 344 x 294 RCDDR1210 290 x 240 330 x 280 5
350 x 250 DDR1410 340 x 240 394 x 294 - - - 5
400 x 250 DDR1610 390 x 240 444 x 294 - - - 5
450 x 250 DDR1810 440 x 240 494 x 294 - - - 5
500 x 250 DDR2010 490 x 240 544 x 294 RCDDR2010 490 x 240 530 x 280 5
600 x 250 DDR2410 590 x 240 644 x 294 RCDDR2410 590 x 240 630 x 280 5
300 x 300 DDR1212 290 x 290 344 x 344 - - - 5
400 x 300 DDR1612 390 x 290 444 x 344 - - - 5
500 x 300 DDR2012 490 x 290 544 x 344 - - - 5
600 x 300 DDR2412 590 x 290 644 x 344 RCDDR2412 590 x 290 630 x 330 5

Re
Registers
STOCKED RANGE REGISTERS
Double Deflection Register: DDR

5mm 36mm
32mm

EXACT PINS = NOMINAL NECK - 5mm
NOMINAL NECK
25mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Removable Core Double Deflection Register: RCDDR

5mm 45mm
25mm

NOMINAL NECK
25mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Fixed and Removable Core Double Deflection Registers

STOCKED RANGE REGISTERS Re
Registers
DDR in application
RCDDR in application

Lo
Louvres
STOCKED RANGE LOUVRES
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Weatherproof Louvres
Description
Suitable for both intake and return air applications. The Louvre blades offer a double weather stop design making it a unique
and efficient solution in providing weather protection. Wide blade spacings enable improved airflow with reduced pressure
drops and noise levels. The WPL stocked range offers a blade spacing of 48mm while the RWPL stocked range offers a blade
spacing of 46mm. Free area ranges between 40% and 76%.
Construction
From high quality extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitres are mechanically held for maximum strength and durability.
WPL’s are finished in natural anodised aluminium as standard while RWPL’s are powder coated white as standard. Optional
powder coated colours and finishes available on request.

WPL Stocked Weatherproof Louvre complete with 48mm blade spacing and 32mm flange
RWPL Stocked Round Weatherproof Louvre complete with 46mm blade spacing and 36mm flange
SOB Stocked Snap on Box to suit Weatherproof Louvres and Half Chevron
Note WPL: Note RWPL:

• Natural anodised as standard • Powder coated white as standard
• Custom sizes and colours are available upon request • Custom sizes and colours are available upon request
• RWPL comes complete with wire mesh • RWPL comes complete with wire mesh
• For product performance data, see page 335 • For product performance data, see page 335

STOCKED RANGE LOUVRES Lo
Louvres
Weatherproof Louvre
WPL95 230 x 115 225 x 110 280 x 165 10
WPL66 150 x 150 145 x 145 200 x 200 10
WPL97 230 x 165 225 x 157 280 x 215 10
WPL88 200 x 200 195 x 195 250 x 250 10
WPL168 400 x 200 395 x 195 450 x 250 10
WPL1010 250 x 250 245 x 245 300 x 300 10
WPL1212 300 x 300 295 x 295 350 x 350 10
WPL2412 600 x 300 595 x 295 650 x 350 5
WPL1414 350 x 350 345 x 345 400 x 400 10
WPL1616 400 x 400 395 x 395 450 x 450 10
WPL2416 600 x 400 595 x 395 650 x 450 5
WPL1818 450 x 450 445 x 445 500 x 500 5
WPL2020 500 x 500 495 x 495 550 x 550 5
WPL2424 600 x 600 595 x 595 650 x 650 5
Weatherproof Louvre: WPL

5mm 45mm
32mm

NOMINAL NECK
48mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Related Products for Weatherproof Louvres

UB SOB RN ALPBM ALPBF

Lo
Louvres
STOCKED RANGE LOUVRES
Round Weatherproof Louvres

PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK EXACT NECK FACE SIZE HEIGHT PIECES/
RWPL6 150 Dia 140 Dia 200 Dia 40 20
RWPL8 200 Dia 190 Dia 250 Dia 40 20
RWPL10 250 Dia 240 Dia 305 Dia 45 20
RWPL12 300 Dia 290 Dia 355 Dia 45 20
RWPL14 350 Dia 340 Dia 405 Dia 45 10
RWPL16 400 Dia 390 Dia 455 Dia 45 10
Round Weatherproof Louvre: RWPL

HEIGHT
36mm
EXACT NECK SIZE

NOMINAL NECK
FACE SIZE
46mm

STOCKED RANGE LOUVRES LoLouvres
Snap on Box to suit Weatherproof Louvres and Half Chevron

PRODUCT SIZE (mm) SIZE (“) SPIGOT SUIT THESE
CODE A B A B (mm) GRILLES
SOB95 225 125 9 5 150 Dia WPL95

WPL97
SOB97 225 175 9 7 150 Dia
HC97
Note: The WPL95, WPL97 and HC97 simply snap into box with no drilling required
Quick, Easy and Convenient

A compatible weatherproof louvre or half chevron grille easily locks in place with a push. Installation is made
easier by eliminating the need for screws. This makes it ideal for challenging installation environments.
Snap on Box: SOB

70mm 100mm
150mm Dia

Da
Dampers
STOCKED RANGE DAMPERS
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Opposed Blade Dampers
Description
The OBD is designed to balance airflow in supply and exhaust air systems and easily clips on the neck of a variety of QAE air
diffusion products. Airflow control is done through the face of the grille by simply adjusting the screw.
Construction
From extruded aluminium construction and painted matt black.

OBD Opposed Blade Dampers
Note:
• Custom sizes are available upon request
• Reducing necks sprayed black as standard
Opposed Blade Dampers: OBD

50mm
NOM. SIZE - 5mm = OVERAL PINS OF BLADE
NOM. SIZE - 20mm = INTERNAL DIMENSION

NOM. SIZE - 10mm = OVERAL SIZE
HEIGHT
Example: OBD 300 x 300:

280 x 280 Internal Dimension
290 x 290 Overall Size
295 x 295 Overall Pins of Blade
WIDTH

STOCKED RANGE DAMPERS Da
Dampers
Opposed Blade Dampers Opposed Blade Dampers

PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK PRODUCT NOMINAL NECK
CODE (mm) CODE (mm)
OBD84 200 x 100 OBD248 600 x 200
OBD104 250 x 100 OBD308 750 x 200
OBD124 300 x 100 OBD99 225 x 225
OBD144 350 x 100 OBD249 600 x 225
OBD164 400 x 100 OBD1010 250 x 250
OBD184 450 x 100 OBD1210 300 x 250
OBD204 500 x 100 OBD1410 350 x 250
OBD244 600 x 100 OBD1610 400 x 250
OBD324 800 x 100 OBD1810 450 x 250
OBD66 150 x 150 OBD2010 500 x 250
OBD86 200 x 150 OBD2210 550 x 250
OBD106 250 x 150 OBD2410 600 x 250
OBD126 300 x 150 OBD1212 300 x 300
OBD146 350 x 150 OBD1612 400 x 300
OBD166 400 x 150 OBD2012 500 x 300
OBD186 450 x 150 OBD2412 600 x 300
OBD206 500 x 150 OBD1414 350 x 350
OBD246 600 x 150 OBD1515 375 x 375
OBD306 750 x 150 OBD1616 400 x 400
OBD366 900 x 150 OBD2416 600 x 400
OBD88 200 x 200 OBD1818 450 x 450
OBD108 250 x 200 OBD2020 500 x 500
OBD128 300 x 200 OBD2222 550 x 550
OBD148 350 x 200 OBD4622 1150 x 550
OBD168 400 x 200 OBD2424 600 x 600
OBD188 450 x 200 OBD4824 1200 x 600
OBD208 500 x 200
Opposed blade damper mounted on a

Qline double deflection register
Easy Adjustment
Use a flat head screwdriver to adjust the
airflow.
Simple & Convenient

OBD’s can be simply clipped on to
selected Qline air diffusion products.
No screws or drilling is required.

Da
Dampers
STOCKED RANGE DAMPERS
Overview
STOCKED RANGE
Motorised Zone Damper
Description
Motorised Zone Damper is suitable for controlling the airflow from fully open to shut off.
Construction
Manufactured with full metal construction. Insulated casing. Available in 24V and 240V.

QZD24V Metal Drive Open Drive Closed 24 Volt Motorised Zone Damper
QZD240V Metal Drive Open Drive Closed 240 Volt Motorised Zone Damper
Additional Information:
• QZD’s are manufactured
with full metal construction
• Motor 3.5 Nm of Torque
• The damper blade doesn’t

protrude the barrel housing
when fully open
• Sealed joints
• (no rivets, no spot welds)
• Insulated casing
• Production process
forms sealed joints which
eliminate air leakages
• Extra blade support
• 5 year warranty for domestic

applications and 1 year
commercial
Yellow Red
24V 240V

STOCKED RANGE DAMPERS Da
Dampers
24 Volts 240 Volts Wiring Diagram

Product Code Diameter Product Code Diameter
(mm) (“) (mm) (“)
QZD624V 150 6 QZD6240V 150 6
QZD824V 200 8 QZD8240V 200 8
QZD1024V 250 10 QZD10240V 250 10
QZD1224V 300 12 QZD12240V 300 12
QZD1424V 350 14 QZD14240V 350 14
QZD1624V 400 16 QZD16240V 400 16
QZD1824V 450 18 QZD18240V 450 18
Yellow Red
24V 240V
Accessories:
4 Zone Touchpadd
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Product Code 4-Zone Touchpad
Design Dip switch for spill zone operation
Transformerr
PRODUCT INFORMATION
Product Code Transformer
Input: AC230-240V, 50H
Design
Output: AC24V, 2000mA
10m RJ12 Modular Connector

PRODUCT INFORMATION
Product Code 10 MTR Cable
Sizes 10m length
Design RJ12
• Compatible with most leading brand air-conditioners

with a 24V option
• Also available Connector Box to enable any unused Zone
Switches which can be used to turn lights on/ off

FaFans
STOCKED RANGE FANS
Axial In-Line Fans

Fan Code Fan DIA l/s Fan Speed dBA @ 3M KW AMPS
FAN6 150 mm 83 2700 rpm 42 0.038 0.3
FAN8 200 mm 210 2500 rpm 51 0.065 0.45
FAN10 250 mm 370 2700 rpm 52 0.072 0.85
* Max 3 metres of duct for 150 diameter fan*
3 Standard Sizes
Plug and Lead
FAN10 FAN8 FAN6

Ø220mm Ø200mm Ø150mm
Mounting Feet
Tested Product Easier & Faster
Qline Axial In-Line fans have been tested Installation is easier and faster with the
for product performance. Selecting the standard mounting feet, plug and lead.
right fan for a specific application is made
much easier.
ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE TESTS

TEST CONDITIONS SOUND POWER LEVEL, dB re 1E-12 W
OCTAVE BAND CENTRE FREQUENCY (Hz)
NC 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 dB (A)
FAN 6 48 52 56 58 56 52 43 62
FAN 8 57 58 63 68 67 65 60 52 71
FAN 10 63 64 71 74 74 71 68 57 78
LEGEND
NC - Noise Criteria based upon room absorption of 10dB
dB - Overall dB(A) value

STOCKED RANGE FANS Fa Fans
Airflow Performance Test 100

FAN 6
Static Pressure Airflow

FAN MODEL Across Fan (Pa) Rate (L/s) 80
FAN6 92 2 60
Pressure (Pa)
Measured Values 84 8
40
23W/0.137A/240V 70 17
20
57 27
45 40 0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Air Flow (L/s)
34 60
18 72 FAN 8
200
0 78
FAN8 157 2 150
Measured Values 130 13

Pressure (Pa)
64W/0.347A/240V 100 39 100
77 60
50
57 81
36 110 0
0 50 100 150 200
14 138 Air Flow (L/s)
0 151
FAN 10
FAN10 240 7 250
Measured Values 206 28 200
86W/0.361A/240V 173 50
150
Pressure (Pa)
127 103
100
93 151
70 198 50
45 251
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
0 308 Air Flow (L/s)
= Related Products
FAN SIZE BDD RND IRND JF FCEG GG LGF SOB + NC
WPL
150
200
250
see pg.75 see pg.32 see pg.32 see pg.34 see pg.46 see pg.59 see pg.58 see pg.67 see pg.281

FaFans
STOCKED RANGE FANS
Roof Cowls Kit 100

(No Fan Assembly) 150mm
80
• Aluminium construction
• Low pressure drop
60
Pressure (Pa)
• 0.5m HDPE Tube included
• DEKTITE Included (metal roofs)
• General usage and heavy duty version 40
available
• Easy installation 20
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Volume (I/s)
FAN CODE SIZE APPLICATION

RCG6GU 150 mm General Usage
RCG6HD 150 mm Heavy Duty
Roof Exhaust/Supply Fans - Axial 150mm Fan Code

REFA6
• Aluminium construction of cowl
• 0.5m HDPE tube included RSFA6
• DEKTITE included (metal roof)
• Easy installation
• Low internal noise levels
• Electrical connection can be made inside or outside of roof space
(interior junction box included)
Exhaust Performance Curve Supply Performance Curve

60 90
Operating point
– 3m flexible conduit
50 75
Operating point
– 3m flexible conduit
40 60
Operating point
Pressure (Pa)
Pressure (Pa)
Operating point
– free air – free air
30 45
20 30
10 15
0 0
0 50 60 70 80 90 100 0 50 60 70 80 90 100
Volume (I/s) Volume (I/s)
Related Products
BDD RND IRND JF FCEG GG LGF SOB + WPL

STOCKED RANGE ACCESSORIES Ac
Accessories
Fan Accessories
Back Draft Dampers
PRODUCT SIZE LENGTH
CODE (mm) (mm)
BDD4 100 Dia 110
BDD5 125 Dia 110
BDD6 150 Dia 110
BDD8 200 Dia 110
BDD10 250 Dia 110
BDD12 315 Dia 110
BDD14 350 Dia 110
Semi Rigid Aluminium Duct

PRODUCT DIAMETER LENGTH
CODE (mm) (m)
AD4 100 3
AD5 125 3
AD6 150 3
AD8 200 3
Roof Cowl Aluminium
PRODUCT
DESCRIPTION
CODE
RCM Roof Cowl - Aluminium Finish
RCP Roof Cowl - Black powder coat Finish
Access Panels
PRODUCT SIZE (mm)/ PIECES/
CODE DESCRIPTION CARTON
AP200125 200 x 125 Access Panel (Hand or Sight) 10
AP300150 300 x 150 Access Panel (One Hand or Sight) 9
AP460250 460 x 250 Access Panel (Two Hands or Sight) 10
AP530360 530 x 360 Access Panel (Head and Shoulders) 5
AP635430 635 x 430 Access Panel (Body Entry) 4
*Constructed from galvanised steel*

Ac
Accessories
STOCKED RANGE ACCESSORIES
Tapes and Strapping
Cable Ties
PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PIECES/CARTON
CT920 Nylon Cable Ties 920mm x 9mm 50
Duct Tape (Nitto)

NITTO 0.13mm x 48mm x 30M Silver 64
Perforated Strap
PS Perforated Strap 15m Long x 23mm Wide 10
Perforated Strap
BS Blue Strap 48
Reinforced Foil Tapes

FT50 Reinforced Foil Tape 50mm x 50M 24
RFT75 Reinforced Foil Tape 75mm x 50M 16
Insulation Products
Polyethylene Insulation
POLYETH5MM Polyethylene Insulation 5mm
POLYETH10MM Polyethylene Insulation 10mm
Electrical Connections
P-Traps
PT20 P-Trap 20mm
PT25 P-Trap 25mm
Drain Connectors
DC20 20mm Drain Connector
DC25 25mm Drain Connector

Accessories
Brackets
Cantilever Brackets
PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PIECES
BCB470 470mm Braced cantilever bracket galvanised PAIR
UBCB450 450mm Unbraced cantilever bracket galvanised PAIR
UBCB600 600mm Unbraced cantilever bracket galvanised PAIR
*Complete with spring securing bolts*
Galvanised Slotted Angle (to suit Cantilever bracket)
SA2525 Slotted angle - 50mm x 50mm x 1.6mm x 2.4mtrs Long
Powder Coated Brackets

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MAX. KG SETS/
CODE CARTON
B460CB 460mm Long Powder Coated Bracket with Cross Bar 160 6
B560CB 560mm Long Powder Coated Bracket with Cross Bar 220 4
Stainless Steel Brackets 304G

CODE CARTON
SSB460CB304 460mm Long Stainless Steel Bracket with Cross Bar 160 6
SSB560CB304 560mm Long Stainless Steel Bracket with Cross Bar 220 4
Stainless Steel Brackets 201G

CODE CARTON
SSB460CB 460mm Long Stainless Steel Bracket with Cross Bar 160 6
SSB560CB 560mm Long Stainless Steel Bracket with Cross Bar 220 4
Roof Brackets
CODE CARTON
RB560 560mm Long Powder Coated Roof Bracket 120 4
*Angle can be adjusted between 10 - 40 Degrees*

Ac
Accessories
STOCKED RANGE ACCESSORIES
Condenser Blocks and Anti-Vibration Products
Waffle Pad
WP1818 Waffle Pad 450 x 450 10
Waffle Pad
WP404 Waffle Pad 1000 x 100 30
Cork Waffle Pad

CWP44 Cork Waffle Pad 100 x 100 100
Rubber Condenser Stand

PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION SETS/CARTON
RCS Rubber Condenser Stand (Pack Of 4) 20
Height 75mm
Adjustable Condenser Stand

ACS Adjustable Condenser Stand 20
(Pack of 4)
Condenser Block
CB450 Moulded Condenser Block 450mm with 6
End Caps and AV Mounts (Pack of 2)
Plastic Slabs
PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE (mm)
PCS Plastic Condenser Slab 850 x 430
Super Slab Adjustable

PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE (mm)
SSS Super Slab Adjustable - Small 739 x 436
SSM Super Slab Adjustable - Medium 854 x 529
SSL Super Slab Adjustable - Large 969 x 684

Accessories
Miscellaneous
Plasterboard Frames
PRODUCT CODE INTERNAL SIZE (mm) CUT OUT SIZE (mm) PIECES/CARTON
PBF450 450 x 450 470 x 470 10
PBF595 595 x 595 610 x 610 10
PBF595295 595 x 295 610 x 310 10
PBF1195595 1195 x 595 1210 x 610 10
*Custom sizes and colours are available upon request*
*Powder coated white as standard*
Long Fixing Spring

LSPRING Long Fixing Spring 135mm
Rapid Kits
RAPIDKIT Rapid Kit
LRAPIDKIT Long Rapid Kit
Trunking
TRUNK 2400mm Long
*Various colours available*
Volume Control Blade

VCB Volume Control Blade
100mm - 450mm Dia
Butterfly Damper
BFD Butterfly Damper
100mm - 450mm Dia

NOTES

MANUFACTURED
MANUFACTURED RANGE
RANGE GR LO RE DI
DI DIFFUSERS DA DIFFUSERS GRILLES LOUVRES REGISTERS DAMPERS
DIFFUSERS
DIFFUSERS
MULTI-CORE PATTERN DIFFUERS......................... pg. 82 - 89
LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS....................................... pg. 90 - 94
GRILLES
EGGCRATE GRILLES.............................................. pg. 95 - 98
PERFORATED GRILLES........................................... pg. 99 - 101
EXPANDED MESH GRILLES.................................... pg. 102 - 103
BAR GRILLES.......................................................... pg. 104 - 109
HALF CHEVRONS................................................... pg. 110 - 112
FLOOR GRILLES..................................................... pg. 113 - 114
DOOR GRILLES....................................................... pg. 115 - 117
LOUVRES
WEATHERPROOF LOUVRES................................... pg. 118 - 121
Weatherproof
REGISTERS
DOUBLE AND SINGLE DEFLECTION REGISTERS.... pg. 122 - 125
DAMPERS
OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS.................................. pg. 126 - 127
VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS.............................. pg. 128 - 129
NON RETURN DAMPERS....................................... pg. 130 - 131

DI
DIFFUSERS
MANUFACTURED RANGE DIFFUSERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers
Description
different core patterns and sizes giving total flexibility for most installations in modern ceiling tile applications. Flanged for
surface mounting or lay-in ceiling grid.
Construction
from extruded aluminium are also available.

LD Lay-In Diffusers
SD Flush Mounted Diffusers
Note:
• Made to order, custom sizes and colours are available
• Stocked sizes are available, see pages 16 - 19

MANUFACTURED RANGE DIFFUSERS DI
DIFFUSERS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers: LD, SD PRIOR TO ORDERING
50mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
CEILING OPENING = NOMINAL NECK + 70mm

Exact Neck

Choose
Nominal Neck
One
NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
1 - Way Blow
2 - Way Blow
Choose
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
One
3 - Way Blow
4 - Way Blow
Core Pattern
(see below)
White
Choose
FACE SIZE “ X ” One
Special Colour
Core Patterns
4 - Way 3 - Way 2 - Way Opposite 2 - Way Corner 1 - Way
SD4 SD3 SD2 SD25 SD1
SD21 SD11
SD41 SD31 SD26
SD32
SD22 SD27 SD12
Related Products for Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers

PBF RN RN CB OBD BP FCF FCF ALPBF ALPBM
see pg.84 see pg.274 see pg.274 see pg.267 see pg.127 see pg.273 see pg.274 see pg.274 see pg.226 see pg.227

DI
DIFFUSERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Plasterboard Frame
Description
Manufactured for installation of various grilles & diffusers into plaster board ceilings. Simply fix plaster board frame into ceiling
and drop diffuser into frame from above.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitred joints mechanically held. Powder coated white as standard.

PBF Plasterboard Frame
Note:
• Stocked sizes are available, see page 79
FIELDS REQUIRED
Plasterboard Frame: PBF PRIOR TO ORDERING
4mm 27mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
Exact Neck
Nominal Neck
NOMINAL NECK
Choose
One
Face Size
To suit Face Size Grille

FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
25mm
30mm
FACE SIZE “ X ” Mill Finish

DIFFUSERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Description
For supply air, multi-core pattern design with quick release core, suitable for heating and cooling. Available in a range of different
core patterns and sizes giving total flexibility for all surface mounting applications while providing anti-smudge protection for
the ceiling.
Construction
from extruded aluminium.

BED Bevelled Edge Diffusers
Note:
• Made to order, Custom sizes and colours are available
• For product performance data, see page 301 - 303

DI
DIFFUSERS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Bevelled Edge Diffusers: BED PRIOR TO ORDERING
50mm
28mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
CEILING OPENING = NOMINAL NECK + 20mm

Exact Neck

Choose
Nominal Neck
One
NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
1 - Way Blow
2 - Way Blow
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
3 - Way Blow
4 - Way Blow
Core Pattern
(see below)
White
Choose
FACE SIZE “ X ” One
Special Colour
Core Patterns
4 - Way 3 - Way 2 - Way Opposite 2 - Way Corner 1 - Way
BED4 BED3 BED2 BED25 BED1
BED2 BED11
BED4 BED3 BED26
BED32
BED22 BED27 BED12


DIFFUSERS
XLD in application with plasterboard frame
BED in application

DI
DIFFUSERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Curved Blade Diffusers
Description
The Curved Blade Diffuser is suitable for heating, cooling or evaporative air distribution. Commonly used in ceiling or
side wall applications where positive direction control is required. Available in both fixed and removable core. Individual
adjustable blades make it easy to be closed off, avoiding draughts without the expense of any volume control dampers.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitred joints mechanically held. Optional Opposed Blade Dampers
manufactured from extruded aluminium are also available.

CBD Fixed Core Curved Blade Diffusers (1-way, 2-way, 3-way, 4-way blow)
RCCBD Removable Core Curved Blade Diffusers (1-way, 2-way, 3-way, 4-way blow)
Note:

DIFFUSERS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Curved Blade Diffuser: CBD PRIOR TO ORDERING
Quantity
5mm 36mm
Width (W)
32mm
Height (H)
1 Way Blow

2 Way Blow Choose
One
3 Way Blow
NOMINAL NECK
4 Way Blow
Exact Neck/
Pins
Nominal Neck/ Choose
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
White
Special Colour Choose

One
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Curved Blade Diffuser: RCCBD PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm Quantity
Width (W)
25mm
Height (H)
1 Way Blow
2 Way Blow Choose

One
NOMINAL NECK
3 Way Blow
4 Way Blow
Exact Neck

FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
White
Special Colour Choose

One
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Curved Blade Diffusers

PBF RN CB OBD ALPBF ALPBM

DI
DIFFUSERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Linear Slot Diffusers
Description
For supply or return air, fully adjustable linear slot diffuser with unique air pattern control design. The air pattern can be
adjusted in situ or factory. Set to suit design requirements. Suitable for ceiling or wall mounting applications.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion in maximum one piece lengths of 4200mm (excluding LCLSD one piece in max. 3000mm)
and from 1 to 8 slots. Design incorporates keyways for alignment and suspension purposes. Mitred ends are standard for single
piece diffusers and for end sections of continuous runs. Diffusers are powder coated white complete with black anodised
blades as standard. Natural anodised or special colours are also available upon request. Available in both 20mm and 25mm
slots. Corner pieces and specific angles are also available.

LSD Fixed Core Linear Slot Diffuser
LCLSD Loose Core Linear Slot Diffuser (one piece in max. 3000mm)
FLSD Flangeless Linear Slot Diffuser
LSD12F Linear Slot Diffuser with 12mm flange
Note:
• Max length of 4.2m in one piece (excluding LCLSD one piece in max. 3000mm)
• Available in 20mm and 25mm Slot
• Available from 1 to 8 slots
• Alignment strips are supplied for grilles manufactured in 2 pieces or more

DIFFUSERS
Dimension Table - 20mm Slot Dimension Table - 25mm Slot

LSD20 EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE LSD25 EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE
NECK CUT-OUT/BOX SIZE SIZE NECK CUT-OUT/BOX SIZE SIZE
LSD120 - 1 slot 40 45 75 LSD125 - 1 slot 45 50 80
LSD220 - 2 slot 78 83 113 LSD225 - 2 slot 88 93 123
LSD320 - 3 slot 116 121 151 LSD325 - 3 slot 131 136 166
LSD420 - 4 slot 154 159 189 LSD425 - 4 slot 174 179 209
LSD520 - 5 slot 192 197 227 LSD525 - 5 slot 217 222 252
LSD620 - 6 slot 230 235 265 LSD625 - 6 slot 260 265 295
LSD720 - 7 slot 268 273 303 LSD725 - 7 slot 303 308 338
LSD820 - 8 slot 306 311 341 LSD825 - 8 slot 346 351 381
FIELDS REQUIRED
Fixed Core Linear Slot Diffuser: LSD PRIOR TO ORDERING
44mm Quantity
Length (L)
Exact Neck Size

18mm
Choose

Nominal Neck/
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
NOMINAL NECK
Number of Slots
20mm Slot
Choose
One
25mm Slot
White
Natural Anodised
28mm
Choose
FACE
“Y”
SIZE
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Corners for Linear Slot Diffuser

FACE
FACE
E FAC FAC
FAC E E FAC
E
90
°
90 ° Mitred corner Side wall - internal corner Side wall - external corner

DI
DIFFUSERS

LCLSD20 EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE LCLSD25 EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE
LCLSD120 - 1 slot 40 45 75 LCLSD125 - 1 slot 45 50 80
FIELDS REQUIRED
Loose Core Linear Slot Diffuser: LCLSD PRIOR TO ORDERING
44mm Quantity
Length (L)
Exact Neck Size

18mm

Cut Out Size One

The loose core linear slot diffuser’s unique
Face Size
design allows the installer to simply push
NOMINAL NECK
the complete core of the diffuser upwards Number of Slots
to allow it to be screw fixed to box above
then simply drop back down into the 20mm Slot
frame. Choose
One
25mm Slot
White
Natural Anodised
28mm
Choose
FACE
“Y”
SIZE
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
LCLSD powder coated silver in application

DIFFUSERS

FLANGELESS -FLSD FACE SIZE FLANGELESS -FLSD FACE SIZE
FLSD120 - 1 slot 44 FLSD125 - 1 slot 49
FIELDS REQUIRED
Flangeless Linear Slot Diffuser: FLSD PRIOR TO ORDERING
40mm
Quantity
3mm
Length (L)
12mm
Face Size
Number of Slots
FACE SIZE
20mm Slot
Choose
One
25mm Slot
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
FACE
“Y”
SIZE
Special Colour
Curved Linear Slot Diffusers CLSD
Curved linear slot diffuser is available in multiple

slot configurations. Minimum slot radius is 1.5m
and is available up to 3m in one piece. White
outer frame with black deflection blade are
standard. Other options available on request.
Related Products for Linear Slot Diffusers

LB UB LSPRING ALPBF ALPBM

DI
DIFFUSERS

LSD_2012F EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE LSD_2512F EXACT NOMINAL NECK/ FACE
LSD12012F - 1 slot 40 45 61 LSD12512F - 1 slot 45 50 66
FIELDS REQUIRED
Slimline Linear Slot Diffuser: LSD12F PRIOR TO ORDERING
44mm Quantity
Length (L)
10mm
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
NOMINAL NECK
Number of Slots
20mm Slot
Choose
One
25mm Slot
White
Natural Anodised
20mm
Choose
FACE
“Y”
SIZE
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
LSD12F powder coated black in application

MANUFACTURED RANGE GRILLES GR
GRILLESS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
EGGCRATE GRILLES
Description
Suitable for handling large air volumes, eggcrate grilles are ideal as intakes to air handling units, and for areas where high
changeover rates are required. A 90% free area makes eggcrate grilles the most efficient grilles available for return air
applications.
Construction
The frame is manufactured from extruded aluminium with hairline mitred joints mechanically held, while the core is held in
by the unique frame design. The core is aluminium and can be offered as either fixed, loose, removable or hinged. Eggcrates
are powder coated white as standard. Matching Opposed Blade Dampers are also available constructed from extruded
aluminium.

EG Fixed Core Eggcrate Grille
LCEG Loose Core Eggcrate Grille
RCEG Removable Core Eggcrate Grille
HERAG Hinged Core Eggcrate Grille with filter
Note:

GR
GRILLES
MANUFACTURED RANGE GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Fixed Core Eggcrate: EG PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 20mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
34mm

Exact Neck Size
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
FIELDS REQUIRED
Loose Core Eggcrate: LCEG PRIOR TO ORDERING
4mm 27mm
Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
25mm
30mm
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Fixed/Loose/Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles

CB OBD FCE RN ALPBF ALPBM

GRILLESS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Eggcrate: RCEG PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)

25mm
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
NOMINAL NECK
FACE = Y + 38
Face Size
Wall Mount
(No Knobs) Choose
Ceiling Mount One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
(May Require Knobs)
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
+ 38
FIELDS REQUIRED
Hinged Core Eggcrate: HERAG PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 47mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
25mm

Exact Neck Size

FACE = Y + 38
Cut Out Size One

NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
With Filter
Choose
One
Without Filter
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Hinged Eggcrate Grilles c/w Filter

RAB RABS ALPBF ALPBM

GR
GRILLES
Filter Media and HERAG Additional Informations
When ordering please take note:
As a standard, knobs are located on the short side Alternatively, if required, knobs can be located on the long side
Except for HERAG’s over 1200 wide (need to specify at the time of order)
Filters (11 mm Thick)

Product Code Perimeter
FILTER800 0 - 800
FILTER1800 801 - 1800
FILTER2400 1801 - 2400
FILTER3440 2401 - 3440
*Electrostatic Filter also available *
HERAG in application

GRILLESS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Perforated Grilles
Description
The Perforated Grilles are suitable for heating and cooling. Available in any core pattern. It provides efficient draughtless air
distribution. Also available for return air without core pattern.
Construction
The frame is manufactured from extruded aluminium with hairline mitred joints mechanically held, while the perforated
aluminium core is held in by its unique frame design. Available in white or any special powder coat colours upon request.
Perforations achieve 51% free area.

PSG Perforated Supply Air Grille with fixed deflection blades fitted to rear
PSGP Perforated Supply Air Grille with fixed deflection pad fitted to rear
PG Perforated Grille consisting of a perforated core fitted to aluminium frame (Return/Exhaust Air)
RCPG Removable Core Perforated Grille (Return/Exhaust Air)
Note PSG and PSGP: Note PG and RCPG:

• Made to order, custom sizes and colours are available • Made to order, custom sizes and colours are available
• PSG product performance data is currently not available • PG product performance data, see page 328
• PSGP product performance data, see page 328 • RCPG product performance data, see page 328

GR
GRILLES
Perforated Supply Air Grille: PSG FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 20mm
Quantity
Width (W)
34mm

Height (H)
NOMINAL NECK
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Face Size
White
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ X ” Special Colour
Perforated Supply Air Grille: PSGP FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 20mm
Quantity
Width (W)
34mm

Height (H)
NOMINAL NECK
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Face Size
White
Choose
One

GRILLESS
Perforated Grille (Return/Exhaust Air): PG FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 20mm
Quantity
Width (W)
34mm

Height (H)
NOMINAL NECK
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Face Size
White
Choose
One
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Perforated Grille (Return/Exhaust Air): RCPG PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm Quantity
Width (W)
Height (H)
25mm
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
Wall Mount
(No Knobs) Choose
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Ceiling Mount One

(May Require Knobs)
White
Choose
Special Colour
One

GRGRILLES
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Expanded Mesh Grille
Description
Expanded Mesh Grilles can be used in return or exhaust air applications.
Construction
Frame is from extruded aluminium sections, ensuring functional strength and performance that also gives an attractive and
aesthetically pleasing appearance. The diamond mesh core is fixed into the outer frame. Available in white or any special
colours upon request. Average Free Area Approx. 60 – 73%

EMG Expanded Mesh Grille
Note:

GRILLESS
Expanded Mesh Grille: EMG FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
4mm 27mm
Quantity
Width (W)

Height (H)
NOMINAL NECK
Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Face Size
White
Choose
One
25mm
30mm
EMG in car park application

GRGRILLES
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Bar Grilles
Description
For supply or return air, most suitable for wall applications. Bar Grilles are available in many different styles, such as fixed core,
removable core, hinged core, reverse angle and flangeless. They are also available with different blade spacing, depending
on the requirements. Bar Grilles are available in both 15 and 0 degree deflection. Available in natural anodised, white or any
special colours upon request.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitred joints mechanically held. Blades are spaced at 12.5mm as standard, however
also available in 6mm, 9.1mm and 10.4mm upon request. Round spacers form the mullions for support between blades.

BG0/BG15 Fixed Core Bar Grille
BGBB0/BGBB15 Fixed Core Bar Grille with rear deflection blade
RCBG0/RCBG15 Removable Core Bar Grille
HBG0/HBG15 Hinged Bar Grille (9mm standard blade spacing)
HBGF0/HBGF15 Hinged Bar Grille with filter
FBG0/FBG15 Flangeless Bar Grille
BG12F0/BG12F15 Fixed Core Bar Grille 12mm flange
RABG0/RABG15 Flangeless Reverse Angle Bar Grille
Note:
• (The “F” Suffix denotes a filter to be supplied)

GRILLESS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Bar Grilles: BG0, BG15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
4mm 27mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
Height (H)
12.5mm

Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
3mm
0 Degree Deflection
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
25mm
30mm
FACE SIZE “ X ” 20mm

Mill Finish
FIELDS REQUIRED
Bar Grille c/w Rear Deflection Blades: BGBB0, BGBB15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 36mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
Height (H)
32mm
Exact Neck X
Exact Pins
Cut Out Size One
NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
25mm
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Bar Grilles


GR
GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Bar Grilles: RCBG0, RCBG15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
25mm
Height (H)

Exact Neck Size

Cut Out Size One
NOMINAL NECK
12.5mm
Face Size
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
3mm Natural Anodised

Choose
One
Special Colour
FIELDS REQUIRED
Hinged Bar Grilles: HBGF0, HBG0, HBGF15, HBG15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
Quantity
5mm 47mm
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
Height (H)
25mm
Exact Neck Size


Cut Out Size One
Face Size
NOMINAL NECK
Wall Mount
9mm
(No Knobs) Choose

Ceiling Mount One
(With Knobs)
With Filter
Choose
3mm
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
One
Without Filter
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish


GRILLESS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Flangeless Bar Grilles: FBG0, FBG15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
* available with or without ends * 20mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
Height (H)
12.5mm
Choose
One
FACE SIZE
With Ends
Choose
One
Without Ends
3mm White
FACE SIZE
Natural Anodised
“Y”
Choose
One
Special Colour
FIELDS REQUIRED
12mm Flange Bar Grilles: BG12F0, BG12F15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
4mm 21mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
12mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size


Cut Out Size One
NOMINAL NECK
Face Size
12.5mm
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
3mm
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour


GR
GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Reverse Angle Bar Grille: RABG0, RABG15 PRIOR TO ORDERING
* available with or without ends * 25mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
3mm
12mm
Height (H)
Choose
One
12.5mm
FACE SIZE
Reverse Angle
All 4 Sides Choose
Reverse Angle Top & One
Bottom Only
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
3mm
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
RABG0 in application

GRILLESS
Available Blade Profiles:

Other profiles are available for
large quantity projects* 0 ° Deflection 15 ° Deflection
3 3 3 3
Corner Details: FACE
FACE
FACE
FACE
90
°
FA FA
CE
90
FA FA
CE CE CE
CE FA F
°
CE
FA FA CE AC
CE CE FA E
FA
90 ° Mitred corner Side wall - internal corner Side wall - external corner
Curved Linear Bar Grille:
INTERNAL RADIUS
EXTERNAL RADIUS

GRGRILLES
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Half Chevrons
Description
For exhaust or return air, the HC25 manufactured range offers a blade spacing of 25mm fixed at 45 deg. Available as either fixed,
removable core or hinged. Quick release removable core and hinged models provide easy access to rear and concealed fixing
facility and are available with or without filter. Suitable for wall mounting.
Construction
From high quality aluminium extrusion in a variety of custom sizes. Blades are spaced at 25mm and at 45 deg. Available in
natural anodised and white.

HC25 Fixed Core Half Chevron with blades set at 25mm spacing and 25mm flange
RCHC25/RCHC25F Removable Core Half Chevron with blades set at 25mm spacing and 25mm flange
HHC25/HHCF25 Hinged Core Half Chevron with blades set at 25mm spacing and 25mm flange
Note:
• (The “F” Suffix denotes a filter to be supplied)
• Half Chevrons HC25 and RCHC25 are available with 40mm or 50mm flange upon request

GRILLESS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Half Chevron: HC25 PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm
Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade length)
25mm
Height (H)

Exact Neck Size
25mm
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Face Size = X + 30 Mill Finish
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Half Chevron: RCHC25 PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm
Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade length)
25mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK
25mm

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour

Face Size = X + 30
Related Products for Half Chevron Grilles

UB RN ALPBM ALPBF

GR GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Hinged Half Chevron: HHC25 PRIOR TO ORDERING
Quantity
5mm 47mm
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
Height (H)
25mm
Exact Neck Size


Cut Out Size One
Face Size
NOMINAL NECK
25mm
Wall Mount
(No Knobs) Choose
Ceiling Mount One
(With Knobs)
With Filter
Choose
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
One
Without Filter
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Note:
• Wall mounted will not have knobs fitted as standard.
• Hinging on long or short side must be advised at the time of ordering.
HC25 in application

GRILLESS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Floor Grilles
Description
For supply or return air, suitable for floor applications. Floor grilles are only available as fixed core in both 15 and 0 degree
deflection. Available in natural anodised or any special colours upon request.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitres are mechanically held for maximum strength and durability. Blades are
spaced at 9.1mm as standard, however also available in 6mm upon request. Round spacers form the mullions for support
between the blades. Angles are welded at the back of the grille for extra strength and support.

FG Floor Grille
Note:
nze
Ace
Bro
ck
Bla
rk
Da
ctro
ctro
Ele
Ele
lux
lux
Du
Du

GR
GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Floor Grille: FG PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 36mm Quantity

Width (W)
(Blade length)
Height (H)
Exact Neck X
32mm
Exact Bolts

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
NOMINAL NECK
0 Degree Deflection Choose
One
9.1mm
With Filter
Choose
One
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Without Filter
White
Natural Anodised Choose

One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
FG in application
Related Products for Floor Grilles

UB SB EB ALPBM ALPBF OBD

GRILLESS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Door Grille
Description
For air relief, having a single set of fixed blades.
Construction
Standard door grille manufactured from high quality extruded aluminium sections, blades are set at 22mm pitch. Hairline
mitres are mechanically held for maximum strength and durability. Finished in natural anodised aluminium as standard with
optional powder coated colours and finishes available on request.
Vandal Resistant Door Grille, flange manufactured from high quality extruded aluminium sections, blades constructed from
0.9mm galvanised material and set at 15mm pitch. Powder coated Anodic natural matt as standard with optional powder
coated colours and finishes available on request.

DG Door Grille with blades fixed at 22mm pitch
VRDG Vandal Resistant Door Grille with blades fixed at 15mm pitch
Note DG: Note VRDG:

• Made to order, Custom sizes and colours are available • Made to order, custom sizes and colours are available
• Stocked sizes are available, see pages 56 - 57 • Designed for standard cupboard door and wall application
• Easy snap together installation with no drilling required. • Blades constructed from 0.9mm galvanised material and set at
• Suitable for door thicknesses of 30-45mm 15mm Pitch
• Come with a telescopic back frame for an aesthetic appearance • Suitable for solid Core 32mm - 45mm thick door
on both sides of the door • Frame constructed from aluminium extrusion
• Average Free Area Approx. 50% • Powder coated Anodic Natural Matt as standard
• For product performance data, see page 326 • 51% free area perforated aluminium plate optional
• 316 stainless steel security mesh 0.9mm wire with 1.6mm
aperture optional
• Installation method - Face Fixed

GR
GRILLES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Door Grille: DG PRIOR TO ORDERING
Locking
Front Aspect Quantity
spring clip
Width (W)
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
(Blade length)

Height (H)

Exact Neck Size
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Rear Aspect Door Opening One
22mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Choose
Natural Anodised
One
Locking spring clip Installation Instructions:

Utilising the inbuilt locking clips, the 2 parts are carefully push
together, sandwiching the door panel and locking into place.
Do
or
30-
45m
m

GRILLESS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Vandal Resistant Door Grille: VRDG PRIOR TO ORDERING
Front Aspect Quantity

Face Fixed
Width (W)
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
(Blade length)

Height (H)

Exact Neck Size
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Rear Aspect Door Opening One
15mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Choose
Anodic Natural Matt
One
Security Backing Options:
51% free area perforated aluminium plate 1.0mm thick 316 stainless steel security mesh 0.9mm wire with 1.6mm aperture

LO
LOUVRES
MANUFACTURED RANGE LOUVRES
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Weatherproof Louvres
Description
Suitable for both intake and return air applications. The Louvre blades offer a double weather stop design making it a unique
and efficient solution in providing weather protection. Wide blade spacings enable improved airflow with reduced pressure
drops and noise levels. The manufactured range offers a blade spacing of 48mm, 58 and 102mm.
Construction
From high quality extruded aluminium sections. Hairline mitres are mechanically held for maximum strength and durability.
Finished in natural anodised aluminium as standard with optional powder coated colours available on request. All weather
louvres come complete with wire mesh.

WPLSB Fixed Core Weatherproof Louvres with 48mm blade spacing and 32mm flange
RCWPLSB Removable Core Weatherproof Louvres with 48mm blade spacing and 25mm flange
WPL Fixed Core Weatherproof Louvres with 58mm blade spacing and 25mm flange
RCWPLSTF Removable Core Weatherproof Louvres with 58mm blade spacing and 30mm flange
WPL100 Fixed Core Weatherproof Louvres with 102mm blade spacing and 35mm flange
Note WPLSB/RCWPLSB: Note WPL/RCWPLSTF: Note WPL100:

• Made to order • Made to order • Made to order
• Custom sizes and colours are available • Custom sizes and colours are available • Custom sizes and colours are available
• Performance data, see pages 336 - 337 • Performance data see, pages 338 - 339 • Performance data see, pages 340 - 341

MANUFACTURED RANGE LOUVRES LO
LOUVRES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Weatherproof Louvre: WPLSB PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 36mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
32mm
Height (H)

Exact Neck Size
NOMINAL NECK
Nominal Neck Size/ Choose
48mm
Cut Out Size One
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Weatherproof Louvre: RCWPLSB PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm
Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
25mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK

Cut Out Size One
48mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”

UB RN ALPBM ALPBF

LO
LOUVRES
MANUFACTURED RANGE LOUVRES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Weatherproof Louvre: WPL PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 47mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
25mm
Height (H)

Exact Neck Size
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
58mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Weatherproof Louvre: RCWPLSTF PRIOR TO ORDERING
10mm 47mm
Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
30mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK

Cut Out Size One
58mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish

UB RN ALPBM ALPBF

MANUFACTURED RANGE LOUVRES LO
LOUVRES
FIELDS REQUIRED
Weatherproof Louvre: WPL100 PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 95mm
Quantity
Width (W)
35mm
(Blade Length)

Height (H)
Exact Neck Size
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
102mm
Face Size
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
White
Natural Anodised Choose

One
WPL100 in application

RE
REGISTERS
MANUFACTURED RANGE REGISTERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Double and Single Deflection Registers
Description
For supply air, having a double or single set of fully adjustable blades to give directional control of the air pattern in up to four
directions if required. Suitable for wall and duct mounting. Removable core is also available for ease of installation.
Construction
From extruded aluminium sections, ensuring functional strength and performance that also gives an attractive and aesthetically
pleasing appearance. Incorporating double or single set of individually adjustable blades, the front blades may be set either
horizontally or at angles either up or down. Rear blades are adjusted in a similar way but only in a vertical plane. Powder coated
white as standard.

DDR Double Deflection Registers
RCDDR Removable Core Double Deflection Registers
CDDR Curved Face Double Deflection Registers (to be used with circular spiral duct)
SDR Single Deflection Registers
RCSDR Removable Core Single Deflection Registers
Note DDR/RCDDR/CDDR: Note SDR/RCSDR:

• Made to order • Made to order
• Custom sizes and colours are available • Custom sizes and colours are available
• Performance data, see pages 330 - 334 • Performance data is currently not available for this product

MANUFACTURED RANGE REGISTERS RE
REGISTERS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Double Deflection Register: DDR PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 36mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Front Blade Length)
32mm
Height (H)

Exact Pins
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
25mm
Face Size
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Natural Anodised
Choose
Special Colour One
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Double Deflection Register: RCDDR PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm
Quantity
Width (W)
25mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
25mm
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Double Deflection Registers


RE
REGISTERS
MANUFACTURED RANGE REGISTERS
FIELDS REQUIRED
Single Deflection Register: SDR PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 36mm Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
32mm
Height (H)

Exact Pins X
Exact Neck
NOMINAL NECK
Cut Out Size One
25mm
Face Size
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Natural Anodised
Choose
Special Colour One
FIELDS REQUIRED
Removable Core Single Deflection Register: RCSDR PRIOR TO ORDERING
5mm 45mm
Quantity
Width (W)
(Blade Length)
25mm
Height (H)
Exact Neck Size

NOMINAL NECK

Cut Out Size One
Face Size
25mm
White
FACE SIZE “ Y ”
Natural Anodised
Choose
One
Special Colour
FACE SIZE “ X ”
Mill Finish
Related Products for Single Deflection Registers


MANUFACTURED RANGE REGISTERS RE
REGISTERS
Curved Double Deflection Register: CDDR FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
mm
34
Quantity
Width (W)
NO
M
IN
AL
RA Height (H)
DI
US
EXACT PINS = X - 5
Nominal Neck
(Standard)
Duct DIA
m
25m
White
HEIGHT
(H)
Special Colour
WIDTH (W) Mill Finish
CDDR used with circular spiral duct

DA
DAMPERS
MANUFACTURED RANGE DAMPERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Opposed Blade Dampers
Description
The OBD is designed to balance airflow in supply and exhaust air systems and easily clips on the neck of a variety of QAE air
diffusion products. Airflow control is done through the face of the grille by simply adjusting the screw.
Construction:
From high quality extruded aluminium construction and painted matt black.

OBD Opposed Blade Dampers
Note:
• Made to order, custom sizes are available

MANUFACTURED RANGE DAMPERS DA
DAMPERS
Opposed Blade Dampers: OBD

FIELDS REQUIRED
50mm PRIOR TO ORDERING
Quantity
NOM. SIZE - 20MM = INTERNAL DIMENSION

NOM. SIZE - 5MM = OVERAL PINS OF BLADE
NOM. SIZE - 10MM = OVERAL SIZE
Width (W)
Height (H)
HEIGHT
Nominal Size
(standard)
WIDTH
Easy Adjustment

DA
DAMPERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Volume Control Dampers
Description
Volume Control Damper is designed to help regulate the volume of air through duct systems. The blades are designed to
minimise drag when fully open and with interlocking blades providing a good seal when closed to minimise air leakage. All
VCD’s are made to order and are manufactured AIRWAY SIZE unless specified otherwise. Standard VCD’s are manufactured
with no side seals or blade tip seals (optional). High temperature seals also available for smoke relief.
Specification
Manual Volume Control Damper
Manual Volume Control Damper shall be specified as model MANVCD manufactured by QAE for manual operation. The frame
and blades shall be constructed from 6060/T6 extruded aluminium in Mill Finish. The frame is screwed together and blades
held on zinc axles and acetyl bearings. All operating gear and linkages are out of the air way and concealed within the frame.
The MANVCD comes complete with quadrant arm and blade position indicator. Slotted holes are punched in each corner to
suit duct flanging. Volume Control Dampers shall be fitted with accessories where required by QAE.
Motorised Volume Control Damper
Motorised Volume Control Damper shall be specified as model MOTVCD manufactured by QAE for Motorised Operation. The
frame and blades shall be constructed from 6060/T6 extruded aluminium in Mill Finish. The frame is screwed together and
blades held on zinc axles and acetyl bearings. All operating gear and linkages are out of the air way and concealed within the
frame. The hexagonal shaft is 12.5mm and is supplied with the MOTVCD. Slotted holes are punched in each corner to suit
duct flanging. Volume Control Dampers shall be fitted with accessories where required by QAE.

MOTVCD Motorised Volume Control Dampers (Motor NOT included)
MANVCD Manual Volume Control Dampers
MOTSRD Motorised Smoke Relief Dampers (Motor NOT included)
Note:

DAMPERS
Volume Control Damper: VCD FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
152mm
Quantity
35mm
Width (W)
(Blade length)
Height (H)
35mm
Motorised
Manual Choose
One
Motorised
HEIGHT
Smoke Relief
Airway Size
(standard)
Choose
One
WIDTH 35mm Overall Size
MOTSRD with side seals and high temperature blade tip seals

DA
DAMPERS
Overview
MANUFACTURED RANGE
Non Return Damper
Description
The NRD is designed to prevent backdraft of airflows through duct systems when not in operation. They are made to order and
are manufactured AIRWAY SIZE unless specified otherwise.
Specification
Non Return Damper shall be specified as model NRD manufactured by QAE. The frame and blades shall be constructed from
6060/T6 extruded aluminium in Mill Finish. The Frame is screwed together with slotted holes punched in each corner to suit
duct flanging. Non Return Dampers shall be fitted with accessories where required by QAE.

NRD Non Return Damper
Note:
• For product performance data see page 343

DAMPERS
Non Return Damper: NRD FIELDS REQUIRED

PRIOR TO ORDERING
152mm
Quantity
35mm
Width(W)
(Blade length)
35mm
Height (H)
HEIGHT
Airway Size
(standard)
Choose
One
Overall Size
WIDTH 35mm

NOTES
Notes

Swirl Diffusers....................................................... pg. 140 - 147
Ceiling Diffusers.................................................... pg. 148 - 149
Air Valves............................................................... pg. 150
Slot Diffusers......................................................... pg. 151 - 155
Floor Diffusers ..................................................... pg. 156 - 157
Staircase Diffusers................................................. pg. 158 - 159
Computer Floor Grilles......................................... pg. 160
Fan Assisted Computer Floor Grilles.................... pg. 161
Floor Diffusers - Fan Assisted............................... pg. 162 - 163
Displacement Diffusers......................................... pg. 164 - 166
Jet Nozzles............................................................. pg. 167 - 170
Drum Louvres........................................................ pg. 171
Cell Grilles............................................................. pg. 172
Single Duct VAV Boxes.......................................... pg. 173 - 174
Series Fan VAV Box............................................... pg. 175
Parallel Type Fan Assisted VAV Box...................... pg. 176 - 177
Vary Control VAV Box........................................... pg. 178 - 181
Single Duct Terminal Units................................... pg. 182
Constant Volume Dampers................................... pg. 183 - 187
Pressure Relief Damper......................................... pg. 188
Back Draught Dampers......................................... pg. 189
Non-Return Dampers............................................ pg. 190
Gas-Tight Shut-Off Dampers................................. pg. 191
Marine Fire and Gas Dampers.............................. pg. 192 - 193
Multi Leaf Shut-Off Dampers................................ pg. 194 - 195
Fire Dampers......................................................... pg. 196 - 197
Fire Shutter Dampers............................................ pg. 198
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers............... pg. 199 - 201
Industrial Tunnel Dampers................................... pg. 202 - 203
Lab Control............................................................ pg. 204 - 206
Lab Control VAV Box............................................. pg. 207
Sand Trap Louvres................................................. pg. 208
Weather Resistant Louvres................................... pg. 209
Acoustic Louvres................................................... pg. 210
Rectangular Duct Attenuators.............................. pg. 211
Circular Duct Attenuators..................................... pg. 212

PurposeGuide
Purpose of this Quick Selection of this Quick
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Selection Guide
Block 46, Undertaking Industrial Workshop,
Yangchenghu Road, SIP, Suzhou, China
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com
www.troxchina.com
This Quick Selection Guide has been prepared to assist you to select
TROX products with ease. It also provides you with general technical
information and dimensional details as guide for each product.
You should also visit TROX website and download TROX ‘Easy Product
Finder’ to select the products you want. This software will also
provide you with the relevant product information that include;
i. product codes
ii. technical data
iii. specification text
iv. product photos,
v. CAD-data (dxf, Step)
For detail information, you are advised to refer the full product
information from our website at w w w .troxapo.com m; on CD ROM
and our KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue. If you need a FREE copy of
our CD ROM and/or KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue, please send your
request to our email address at enquiry@troxapo.com stating
your full name, position, company name and address and telephone
number for speedy response.
The full TROX product range for ventilation and air conditioning
technology includes;
C omponents Systems
Air terminal devices Air-water systems

Air terminal units Laboratory ventilation
Fire and smoke protection systems
components Communication systems
Sound attenuators for fire and smoke
Dampers and weather louvers protection
Air filter units and filter Advance IT Cooling
elements system for data centres
53

Introduction to indoor
Introduction to indoor comfort
comfort environment environment
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd.
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
In mechanical air distribution systems, two criteria are of

particular importance:
Thermal comfort
Noise Level
Thermal Comfort
The factors affecting thermal comfort condition within an

enclosed space are influenced by air distribution system in the
following ways;
a. Spatial air temperature difference

b. Air velocity
c. Asymmetric radiation
The air flow pattern from an air terminal device will influence the
thermal comfort within the occupied space. Careful
consideration is necessary when selecting and deciding on the
location of supply air terminal devices to avoid draft.
Research in human comfort has suggested that the

temperature difference between the ankle and the neck should
not exceed 3°C. For thermal comfort, the recommended room
temperature within the occupied zone during cooling mode
should be around 24 °C (with a tolerance of ± 1.5 °C) and the
mean air velocity should not exceed 0.25 m/s according to the
International Standard, ISO 7730.
Asymmetry radiation occurs when there are hot or cold

surfaces with the enclosed space such as direct solar gain
through the window, which can be overcome with shading for
example. Such condition is usually generated independently of
the air distribution system.
Apart from maintaining an acceptable thermal environment, the

purpose of a good air distribution system to provide adequate
amount of ‘fresh’ air for respiration and effectively removing air
contaminants that are generated from within the occupied
space.
Noise Level
As an integral part of a good air distribution system, it is also

important to achieve the recommended acceptable noise level
for a particular application. In this Quick Selection Guide, the
performance data given in this document is based on NC 35
with the assumption of 8dB room attenuation unless stated
otherwise.
6 4

Introduction to indoor
Introduction to indoor comfort
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. environment comfort environment
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
The table below provide recommendations on acceptable Noise

Criteria (NC) rating for various applications. These
recommendations are based on the NC curves that attempt to
represent equal noise tolerance for the average person at each
frequency band.
Table 1: Recommended Design Noise Criteria in accordance to the

CIBSE Guide A
Design
Type of ventilated space
NC Level
Live theatres ( 500 seats), auditoriums, television
studios, large conference and lecture rooms ( 50 25
people).
Board rooms, top management offices, conference
and lecture rooms (20 – 50 people), multi-purpose
30
halls, libraries, bedrooms in hotels, banqueting
rooms, operating theatres and cinemas.
Public rooms in hotels, ballrooms, hospital open
wards, middle management and small offices, small
conference and lecture rooms ( 20 people), school
35
classrooms, small court rooms, museums, libraries
banking halls, small restaurants, cocktail bars and
quality shops.
Toilets and washrooms, large open offices, drawing
offices, reception areas (offices), halls, corridors,
lobbies in hotels and hospitals, laboratories, 40
recreation rooms, post offices, large restaurants, bars
and night clubs, department stores, shops, gymnasia.
Kitchens in hotels, hospitals, laundry rooms,
computer rooms, office equipment rooms, cafeteria,
45
canteens, supermarkets, swimming pools, large
covered parking areas, bowling alleys.
DESIGN CRITERIA FOR A TYPICAL OFFICE
Generally for most comfort cooling application, the acceptable

design criteria for occupied office space should be as follows;
Mean resultant temperature: 24 ± 1.5 °C
Mean air velocity in occupied zone: 0.25 m/s
NC Level in small offices or conference

rooms according to the CIBSE Guide A: NC 35
NC Level in large open offices or
reception areas according to the CIBSE NC 40
Guide A:
75

A Word of Caution
A Word of Caution A Word of Caution
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
It is important to note that performance data for air diffusion
products as published by TROX were tested to international
standards under uniform air flow and pressure conditions at the
point of entry. If non-uniform entry condition occur on site, this
It is important to note that performance data for air diffusion
could have the following impact on air distribution in
products theas
room;
published by TROX were tested to international
standards under uniform air flow and pressure conditions at the
a. The throw and spread of the supply airpointstream will notIf non-uniform entry condition occur on site, this
of entry.
correspond with the manufacturer’s published data.
could have the following impact on air distribution in the room;
b. Higher regenerated noise can be expected from the air
terminal devices. a. The throw and spread of the supply air stream will not
c. The supply air stream from the air terminal device may with the manufacturer’s published data.
correspond
not create the Coanda effect as expected.b. Higher regenerated noise can be expected from the air
d. It may be difficult to obtain accurate air flow orterminal
velocity devices.
measurements during site commissioning.c. The supply air stream from the air terminal device may
GENERAL SELECTION GUIDELINES
not create the Coanda effect as expected.
Hence, it is advisable to adopt good engineering practices
d. It maytobe difficult to obtain accurate air flow or velocity
entry FOR CEILING DIFFUSERS:
ensure uniform air flow and pressure conditions at themeasurements during site commissioning.
point for all supply air terminal devices as recommended by
ASHRAE or CIBSE Design Guidelines. Hence, it is advisable to adopt good engineering practices to
ensure uniform air flow and pressure conditions at the entry
Table 1: Comparison between 4-way throw and swirl diffusers suitable for 600 by 600 mm T-bar suspended
point for all supply air terminal devices as recommended by
ceiling complete with plenum box (for ceiling height between 2.8 and 3.8 m).
ASHRAE or CIBSE Design Guidelines.
Spacing Spacing (A/B) Plenum Inlet
TROX Product Type Air Flow¹ Max. ∆P between the between box ht. spigot, Ø Type of Ceiling Comments
(l/s) (Pa) diffuser & Diffuser
wall X (m) diffusers (m) (mm) (mm)
ADTL-4/KM/ 500 x 500 330 43 2.7 to 5.7 4.8 to 6.0 475 298 Square Face with
ADLQL-P-H-M-S/ 600T 200 35 1.5 to 2.1 3.0 to 4.2 4-way throw This type of diffuser can handle higher air
455 299
Round face with flow than swirl diffuser. Hence, fewer
ADLR-Q-ZH-M/ 598 -7 310 36 2.1 to 4.8 3.6 to 4.8 503 298 diffusers will be required.
radial discharge
ADLR-Q-ZH-M/ 598 - 8 365 40 1.8 to 4.8 4.8 503 298
FD-Q-Z-H-M/ 600 160 40 1.5 to 4.2 3.6 to 4.8 350 248 Square face swirl This type of diffuser is best suited for
VAV system as it can handle lower flow
VDW-Q-Z-H-M/ 600 x 24 185 47 1.5 to 4.2 3.6 to 4.2 345 248 diffuser. (NOTE: This rates with minimal down draft. It can also
be used on CAV system but it delivers
VDW-Q-Z-H-M/ 600 x 48 200 43 1.5 to 4.2 3.6 to 4.2 345 248 is also available with lower air flow rate compared to the ADT
round face.)
VDW-Q-Z-H-M/ 600 x 48 175 43 2.1 to 4.2 3.6 to 4.2 345 248 diffuser.
NOTE: The selections given above are based on on the following assumptions;
1. Recommended air flow rate given above is based on the damper blade is set to partially closed at 45°.
2. Temperature differential between supply air and room tempearture, ∆T is 10°C.
3. The floor to ceiling height is between 2.8 and 3.0 metres high.
4. The design NC rating required is NC 35, assuming 8 dB room attenuation.
5. The diffusers are fitted with side inlet plenum with volume control damper.
6. Average air velocity within the occupied space is at 0.25 ± 0.10 m/s. But VL may be as high as 0.4 m/s.
7. The diffuser arrangement is assumed to be symmetry.
Most of the ceiling diffusers and slot diffusers found in TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific Catalogue or in this Quick
Selection Guide are meant to be mounted at ceiling heights from 2.6 up to 4.0m high. For ceiling heights
greater than 3.8 metres high, customers are advised to use one of the following;
1. Type ‘VDL’ Swirl Diffusers
2. Type ‘VD’ Swirl Diffusers
As a rule of thumb, if the room is very wide (i.e., in access of 8 metres) and preferably without any columns
within the centre of the room, then jet nozzles or drum lourves should be considered, provided that the floor
to ceiling height is greater than 4 metres high.
8 6

Application & Conversion
Application Table Table
and Conversion
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
The table below shows where TROX products can be used in

relation to the required air change rates;
R oom height up to 4.0 metres

Air Air Perfo-
change Flow Slot Swirl Blade Perfo-
rated
Grille
rate Control diffuser diffuser diffuser rated
diffuser
(hr )
CAV ++ ++ ++ ++ ++
10
VAV + + ++ + +
CAV - ++* ++ ++ ++
10 - 20
VAV - ++* ++ + +
CAV - - ++ - -
20 - 30
VAV - - ++ - -
LEGEND
CAV – Constant volume system

VAV – Variable volume system
++ Very suitable
+ Suitable
- Not suitable
* With alternating horizontal discharge (suitable with slot diffuser
only)
UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS
Physical
Physical IP Unit Conversion
Conversion SI Unit SI
quantity
quantity factor
factor Symbol
Symbol
Length inch 25.4 millimetre mm
feet 0.304 metre m
Area square feet 0.0929 square metre m
Volume cubic foot 0.0283 cubic metre m
Velocity foot/minute 0.0051 metre/second m/s
Volume flow cubic foot/minute 0.472 litre/second l/s
rate cubic metre/hour 0.278 litre/second l/s
Pressure inch of water 249.1 Pascal Pa
foot of water 2.989 kiloPascal kPa
bar 100 kiloPascal kPa
Energy British thermal unit 1.055 kiloJoule kJ
Power British thermal unit/hour 0.293 Watt W
horsepower 0.745 kiloWatt kW
ton of refrigeration 3.517 kiloWatt kW
Tem perature Fahrenheit (°F-32) ÷ 1.8 Celsius °C
97

Swirl Diffusers
Type ‘RFD’ 1.0Swirl
2.2 SwirlDiffusers
Diffusers
Remove square RFD and show round RFD on page 31
Type‘RFD’
Type ‘RFD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Air Flow Rate (l/s) - For single row arrangement Dimension s (mm)
Distance between diffusers, A (m)
Size Siz e ØA ØD H2 U2 U4 Q2 ØR 2 K
0 1. 2 1. 8 2. 4 3. 0 3. 6 4.2
125 35 33 28 29 32 35 35 125 123 98 284 75 153 198 200 216
160 50 44 39 39 42 47 50 160 158 123 309 78 158 248 250 266
200 69 69 47 47 53 58 67 200 198 158 339 78 161 248 300 290
250 110 110 58 58 61 67 78 250 248 198 384 75 166 298 350 476
315 169 169 86 86 92 100 114 315 313 248 444 88 183 398 450 567
400 228 242 97 103 114 131 144 400 398 313 509 88 193 498 580 615
Air Flow Rate (l/s) - Minimum

For multiple row arrangement flow rate
.
B Distance between diffusers, A (m) Siz e V min
Size
(m) 1. 2 1. 8 2. 4 3. 0 3. 6 4.2 125 10
125 15 15 18 22 25 29 160 14
160 21 21 25 29 35 39 200 17
200 28 28 32 38 44 47 250 31
2.4 315 50
250 32 32 35 46 51 57
315 51 64 75 83 400 69
400 81 92 103
125 21 21 22 24 28 32
160 28 28 29 31 36 42
200 35 35 38 40 47 53
3.0
250 43 43 46 46 56 61
315 61 61 67 67 83 89
400 81 72 103 114 in I/s
125 26 25 26 28 32 35 in I/s
160 36 33 35 35 42 47
200 44 42 44 47 53 58
3.6
250 56 53 53 56 58 67
315 78 75 78 81 81 100
400 86 86 92 97 103 133
125 33 29 29 32 35 35
160 44 39 9 42 47 50
200 56 47 47 53 58 69
4.2
250 67 58 58 61 67 72
315 97 86 86 92 100 106
400 103 97 106 119 133 133
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. 2/4/EN/--.
14
29

automatically depending on supply air temperature differential).
Swirl Diffusers
1.0Swirl
2.2 SwirlDiffusers
Diffusers Type ‘FD’
rder Example
ake: TROX
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘FD’
Type ‘FD’
pe: QSHBlock
- E246,
/ 450 / 0 / W00
Undertaking / 0 /Workshop,
Industrial P1 / RAL 7035
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Air Flow Rate (l/s) - For single row arrangement

56 56 56 56 56 56 56
110 100 86 92 92 110 110
144 119 100 106 106 136 144
164 128 111 119 119 150 164
164 128 111 119 119 150 164
Air Flow Rate (l/s) - Recommended

For multiple row arrangement min. flow (l/s)
28
47 42 44 47 56 56 50
69 61 64 64 81 94 60
83 72 75 78 97 111 81
92 81 83 106 119 81
92 81 83 106 119
56 50 53 56 56 56
83 75 78 81 81 110
100 89 92 97 97 136
108 94 100 103 103 150 in I/s
108 94 100 103 103 150
in I/s
56 56 56 56 56 56
97 86 92 92 110 110
119 103 108 111 136 136
128 111 119 119 150 150
128 111 119 119 150 150
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. 2/6/EN/--
15
30

Swirl Diffusers
1.0Swirl
2.2 Swirl Diffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘TDF-SilentAIR’ Type‘TFD-SilentAIR’
‘TDF-SilentAIR’
Type
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com

64 64 64 64 64 64 64
119 72 72 72 72 72 78
142 108 111 111 111 111 117
181 131 131 131 131 131 139
181 131 131 131 131 131 139
Air Flow Rate (l/s) - Recommended

For multiple row arrangement min. flow (l/s)
31
50 50 50 50 53 64 50
64 64 64 64 67 72 60
81 81 81 81 94 108 81
100 100 100 100 114 131 81
100 100 100 100 114 131
56 56 56 56 56 64
67 67 69 75 75 75
94 92 92 92 94 111
111 106 106 106 111 131 in I/s
111 106 106 106 111 131 in I/s
64 64 64 64 64 64
72 75 72 75 75 97
108 108 108 108 108 122
131 131 131 131 131 139
131 131 131 131 131 139
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. 2/6.2/EN/--.
17
32

1.0
2.2 Swirl Diffusers
Diffusers Swirl Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type
Type ‘VDW’
‘VDW’ Type ‘VDW’
Telephone: +86
Remove white blade and show 0512-67168869
black blade photo for VDW Diffuser – Page 35
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879

www.troxchina.com

69 58 53 56 58 69 69
108 78 78 83 86 108 108
128 97 92 94 94 119 128
183 111 111 119 128 158 183
228 139 125 139 139 181 211
183 111 111 119 128 158 183
231 147 139 150 156 197 233
Air Flow Rate (l/s) -

For multiple row arrangement
43 39 42 44 53 58
56 56 58 64 81 92
67 61 64 83 83 92
81 81 86 97 117 136
100 100 100 100 125 147
81 81 86 97 117 136
142 164
50 47 50 53 64 69
67 67 69 81 89 108
81 75 81 81 117 125
94 94 106 117 139 161 in I/s
117 108 117 125 139 181 in I/s
94 94 106 117 139 161
128 139 156 197
58 53 56 58 69 69
78 75 83 89 108 108
97 92 94 94 125 128
111 111 119 133 158 183
139 131 139 147 186 217
111 111 119 133 158 183
150 139 150 164 197 228
1833

Swirl Diffusers
Type ‘VDL’ 1.0Swirl
2.2
2.2 Swirl
Swirl Diffusers
Diffusers
Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘VDL’
Type
Type ‘VDL’
‘VDL’
KEY
KEY
FEATURES:
FEATURES:
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879 Type
Type‘VDL-H’
‘VDL-H’
• • Manually
Manually oror automatically
automatically
www.troxchina.com
adjustable
adjustable
discharge
discharge angle.
angle.
• • Suitable
Suitable forfor cooling
cooling andand heating
heating application.
application.
• • Suitable
Suitable forfor mounting
mounting height
height greater
greater than
than
• • 3.8
3.8 mm high.
high.
• • Can
Can bebe supplied
supplied with
with plenum
plenum boxbox with
with either
either
top
top oror side
side entry
entry spigot.
spigot.
• • Powder
Powder coating
coating asas standard
standard finish
finish in in
RALRAL
9010
9010 matt
matt white.
white.
Diffuser
Diffuser
layout
layout
Table
Table
1:1:
Quick
Quick
Selection
Selection
forfor
‘VDL-H’
‘VDL-H’
(without
(without
continuous
continuous
ceiling)
ceiling)
in in Flow
LWALWA Flow ∆P∆PCooling
Cooling
Mode
Mode only L L
only
Size
Size dB(A)
dB(A) (l/s)(l/s) (Pa)
(Pa) (m)LWNC
LWNC
Amin AmaxH1 H1 (m)
AminH1 H1Amax
4343 140140 3535 2.02.02.02.0 - - - - 3.53.5 NCNC 3535

315
315
4747 160160 4747 2.02.02.22.22.32.32.02.03.83.8 NCNC
4040
4141 230230 2828 2.02.02.52.52.32.32.02.04.04.0 NCNC
3535
400
400
4747 280280 3838 2.02.03.03.02.82.82.02.04.84.8 NCNC
4040
4141 400400 2626 2.02.03.13.13.23.22.02.05.05.0 NCNC
3535
630
630
4646 480480 3434 2.02.04.04.03.83.82.02.06.06.0 NCNC
4040
4141 510510 2525 2.02.04.04.03.53.52.02.05.85.8 NCNC
3535
800
800
4646 600600 3131 2.02.05.05.04.04.02.02.06.56.5 NCNC
4040
VDL-V-0
VDL-V-0 / / 630
630 / / P1P1 / / RAL
RAL9006
9006
State
StateRAL
RALcolour
colour
Type
Type forfor
‘P1’
‘P1’
when
whennon-
non-
VDL-V- With
VDL-V - With top
top
inlet
inlet standard
standard colour
colour
is is
VDL-H- With
VDL-H - Withside
side required.
required.
inlet
inlet
R earAssem
Rear Assem blies
blies Finish
Finish
0 0- Face
- Faceonly.
only. Powder
Powder coating
coating
E1E1– 220V;
– 220V; 5050
HzHz Two
Two 0 0– Standard
– Standard matt
matt
position
position control.
control. White
Whitein in
RAL
RAL9010
9010
E2E2- 24V;
- 24V;
5050HzHz Two
Two Diffusersize
Diffuser size P1P1– Special
– Special
position
position control.
control. 315;
315;
400;
400;
630;
630; colour
colour
E3E3- 24V;
- 24V;
0 to
0 to
1010VVforfor 800.
800.
proportional
proportional control.
control.
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
further
details,
details,
please
please
refer
refer
toto
TROX
TROX
KLIMA
KLIMA
Asia
Asia
Pacific
Pacific
catalogue
catalogue
Ref.
Ref.
M2.2/9/EN/--.
M2.2/9/EN/--.
19
3636

Construction
Construction
· Materials
· Materials
Swirl Diffusers
onstruction
he
n be diffuser
detachedfacefrom
can the
be detached
plenum box from theThe
Materials
plenum
diffuser
boxface isThe
Materials
manufactured
diffuser facefrom 1.0 Swirl Diffusers
is manufactured
galvanized sheet from galvanized sheet
Type ‘TCS’
ral
removing
ce.
retaining
TCS 600-Q
thescrew
TROX
central
at the
retaining
diffuser
Air Conditioning
(Square face)
screw at the
steel,
diffuser
powder coated steel,
standard finish. Non-standard
Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd.
to RAL
powder
standard finish.
TCS
9010 coated
colours
with600-R
Type ‘TCS’
(in matt to RAL
Non-standard
subject(Round
white)
can be provided
9010as (in matt white) as
coloursif can be provided if
order face)
hebeplenum
supplied box with
caneither
be supplied with eitherrequested
top or side top or side with additional
requested charges additional to charges subject to order
quantity. The blanking
quantity.
plates The
if fitted
blankingto the plates
back if
offitted
the to the back of the
try spigot. Yangchenghu Road, SIP, Suzhou, China
diffuser face will bediffuser
painted face
black willtobeRAL painted
9005. black to RAL 9005.
olume alsoTelephone:
per cancontrol bedamper
provided+86toalso
can 0512-67168869
the be
inlet
provided to the inlet
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879Plenum boxes The standard
are Plenum
also made TROX
boxesfromare TCS/400
galvanized
also made –
sheet600
from steel.
galvanized sheet steel.
nsulation
igot with in internal
the plenum
insulation
box in
as the
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.complenum box as
tional extras. www.troxchina.com If internal High-Flow
thermal insulation
If internal is
thermal
required,
Swirl Diffuser insulation
is this can
designed is be
required,
either
to this can be either Air Flow Rate(l/s) for Multiple Rows*
in 6 mm thick rubber in 6foam
mm lining
thick rubber
or 25 mm foam thick
liningsemi-rigid
or 25 mm thick semi-rigid
he
n can
internal
be either:
insulation can be either: Distance between diffusers, A (m)
glass fibre insulation glasswithfibre
marglass
insulationfacing with to marglass
prevent fibre facing to prevent fibre
material
a. rubberfor thermal
foam material
insulation
for or
thermal insulation as well aerosion
erosionorfor air speed
s up
platostfor
er m/s.
bospeed
20 air
arBoth
d ceup ilintogs20
lining
an d is
materials
m/s. Both lining Size B (m)
materials
t b.
for fibre
acoustic
glass absorption
mat for acoustic
and thermal
absorption and available
thermal in either
are fire retardant. are fire retardant. a square or a round 1.5 Vel m/s 2.0 Vel m/s 3.0 Vel m/s**
insulation. face plate ranging from 400 x be400 to the when placing the
The type of insulation
Themusttype beof insulation
specified when
must placing
specified
600 x600 square or 350 40 0.12 60 0.19 90 0.30
order. Otherwise, itorder.
is assumed
Otherwise,that400 internal Diainsulation
it is assumed to 600 that is internal insulation is
not required (standard not required
supply). (standard supply).
400 60 0.13 80 0.21 100 0.30
discharge pattern allowing for a high 3.0
450 60 0.27 100 0.27 150 0.38
500 80 0.18 100 0.24 200 0.42
350 60 0.12 90 0.20 130 0.30

scription
400 75 0.14 150 0.31 150 0.31
standard TROX ‘TCS/600’ Hi-Flow Swirl Diffuser is
4.0
Order Details
igned to fit onto a standard 600 mm by 600 mm T-bar 450 100 0.18 175 0.32 150 0.29
ng with a face size of 595 mm by 595 mm (Type ‘TCS
-Q’). It is suitable for supply or return air application. It 500 150 0.25 200 0.32 200 0.31
also be supplied with a round face, Type ‘TCS 600-R’
shown in the photo on the right above. Distance between diffusers, A (m)
s diffuser has24afixed
radial
radialair flow24discharge
vanes pattern with
fixed radial vanes 24 fixed radial vanes 24 fixed radial vanes
3.0 Vel m/s 4.0 Vel m/s 5.0 Vel m/s
h induction flow rate suitable for both constant and
able air flow application. 350 90 0.29 130 0.27 180 0.24
A=B
400 75 0.21 100 0.18 200 0.20
(m)
A mm as blade diameterA mm as blade diameter B mm as blade diameter
B mm as blade diameter
Actual Ø(DN-4) Actual Ø(DN-4) Actual Ø(DN-4) Actual Ø(DN-4) 450 100 0.27 150 0.24 250 0.28
500 100 0.22 200 0.30 300 0.32

55
55
55
RING RING RING 30° offset RING 30° offset

A1 A1 B1 B1
* Selections are based on a standard ceiling height of 2.7 m – Maximum effective
operating height 4.0 m
** Vel =Velocity in the occupied zone 1.8 m AFFL
TCS 600-Q TCS 600-Q TCS 600-R TCS 600-R

(Square face) (Square face) (Round face) (Round face)
Diff Size AØ A1 BØ B1 Ø
350
400 350
350 395
395 xx395
395 350
350 445
470
3 3
400
450 400,350
350 445
445 xx445
445 400 510
450
500 450,400,350
500, 350 495
595 xx595
495 450
500 555
675
500 500,450,400,350 595 x 595 500 675
Order Code
TCS / 0 / Z – H – M – I0 / P1 / RAL 9006
Product Type
R – Round face Powder coating finish:
Q – Square face P1 – Non-standard colour
All rights reserved © TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. (12/2011)
0 – RAL 9010, matt white

(Standard supply )
Internal Lining:
I0 – Without internal lining
(Standard supply )
I1 – 6 mm rubber foam
I2 – 25 mm fibre glass lining
Application M – With volume control damper

Z – Supply
A – Extract V – Plenum with top inlet spigot
H – Plenum with side inlet spigot
Note:
20

Swirl Diffusers 1.0 Swirl Diffuser
Type ‘Airnamic’
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘Airnamic’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869 Airnamic Swirl Diffuser
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
21

1.0Swirl
2.2 SwirlDiffusers
Diffusers Swirl Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘PFS’
Type ‘PFS’ Type ‘PFS’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Description
The TROX ’PFS’ Diffuser is designed as a swirl

diffuser with a perforated square face that fits onto
a standard 600mm by 600mm T-bar ceiling,
suitable for supply and return air application. It
comes in only ONE size. But it can be supplied
with blanking plates fitted to the rear of the
diffuser face to reduce the air flow rate if required.
This diffuser is designed to provide a radial air
flow discharge pattern with high induction.
Recommended Mounting Height
2.6 to 4.0 m high
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX Product Information sheet Ref. PI M 2/4.1/EN/--.
22
34

Ceiling Diffusers 2.32.0 Ceiling
Ceiling Diffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘ADLR’
Type ‘ADLR’
‘ADLR’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Flow Rate, V (l/s)

19 31 42 50 58 83 100 119 139 181 219 231 250 278 300 360 440 500
in l/s
in l/s
19
31
50
83
111
139
181
222
23 39

2.0 Ceiling Diffusers Ceiling Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘VDR’ Type ‘VDR’ 2.4 Ceiling Diffuser Ty
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com 2.4
2.4
2.4
Ceiling
Ceiling
Ceiling
Diffuser
Diffuser
Diffuser
Type
Type
Type
VDR
VDR
VDR
Type VDR
www.troxchina.com
Size ф B1 Ф B2 ФD H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 K ФR
315 313 314 248 570 457 301 199 427 270 280 350 415 450
400 398 399 313 667 537 348 223 550 375 305 425 500 570
630 628 629 398 807 632 401 298 670 450 380 490 750 870
800 796 799 498 965 754 473 355 790 535 438 590 920 1070
Size
Size
Sizeф ф
B1фB1B1Ф Ф
B2
ФB2B2Ф Ф
DФDD H1H1H1 H2H2H2 H3H3H3 H4H4H4 H5H5H5 H6H6H6 H7H7H7 H8H8H8 K KK Ф Ф RФRR
315315 313
315 313
313 314314
314 248248
248 570
570
570 457
457
457 301
301
301 199
199
199 427
427
427 270
270
270 280
280
280 350
350
350 415
415
415 450
450
450
400400 398
400 398
398 399399
399 313313
313 667
667
667 537
537
537 348
348
348 223
223
223 550
550
550 375
375
375 305
305
305 425
425
425 500
500
500 570
570
570
630630 628
630 628
628 629629
629 398398
398 807
807
807 632
632
632 401
401
401 298
298
298 670
670
670 450
450
450 380
380
380 490
490
490 750
750
750 870
870
870
800800 796
800 796
796 799799
799 498498
498 965
965
965 754
754
754 473
473
473 355
355
355 790
790
790 535
535
535 438
438
438 590
590
590 920
920
9201070
1070
1070
24

2.0Air
1.2 AirValves
Valves
Type‘LVS’
Type ‘LVS’
Air Valves
Type ‘LVS’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Flow rate FOR LVS Flow rate for Z-LVS

V (l/s) V (l/s)
30 28
50 44
69 64
100 78
Note: The sound power level (LWA) is ≤ 40 dB (A) in all cases for the data
given in the tables above.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. T 1.2/1/EN/--.
25
13

3.0 Slot
Slot Diffusers
2.1.1 SlotDiffusers
Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘ESD’
Type ‘ESD’ Type ‘ESD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax:
Type ‘ESD’ Slot Diffuser
+86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Table 1: Quick selection for ESD Slot diffuser with

plenum box
Length Air flow ∆P Throw

Product Code (m) (l/s) (Pa) (m) @
0.75 m/s
600 30 45 4.8
900 45 48 4.8
ESD-1-AK-M 1200 55 50 4.8
1500 70 55 4.8
2000 100 56 4.8
Key features: 600 42 27 4.8
900 63 33 4.8
• Diffuser face is made from extruded ESD-2-AK-M 1200 80 44 4.8
aluminium. 1500 100 48 4.8
• Can be supplied with 1 up to 8 slots. with 2000 140 35 4.8
adjustable air deflection blades in black. 600 51 22 4.8
• Standard finish in powder coating to RAL 900 76 29 4.8
ESD-3-AK-M 1200 100 43 4.8
9010 matt white.
1500 127 61 4.8
• Plenum can be supplied with; 2000 170 32 4.8
a. Volume control damper 600 60 15 4.8
b. Rubber foam lining or 900 90 18 4.8
c. Fibre glass lining ESD-4-AK-M 1200 120 23 4.8
1500 150 30 4.8
2000 200 20 4.8
RECOMMENDATION:
Suitable for floor to ceiling heights from 2.6 to 4.0 m. Note: Selection is based on NC 35, assuming
8dB room attenuation.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 2/2.8/EN/--.
2624

Slot Diffusers
Type ‘VSD 35’ 3.0
2.1.2Slot
2.1.2 SlotDiffusers
Slot Diffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘VSD
Type‘VSD
‘VSD35’35’
35’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Dimensions
Dimensions(mm)
(mm)
ininI/sI/s
No.
No.ofof
slots
slots PP QQ KK H1
H1 H2
H2 HH DD
9898
11 6262 3535 138
138 223
223 247
247 172
172 123
123
123
123
22 9393 6666 176
176 253
253 277
277 202
202 148
148
33 123 9696 214
123 214 271
271 295
295 220 148
220 148
148
148
44 154 127
154 127 254
254 303
303 327
327 252
252 198
198
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
refertotoTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.2/2.6/EN/--.
2/2.6/EN/--.
27
25
25

Slot Diffusers
3.0 Slot
2.1.2
2.1.2 Slot Diffusers
SlotDiffusers
Diffusers
Type 2.1.2
2.1.2
‘VSD Slot Diffusers Type ‘VSD 35’
SlotDiffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. 2.1.2 Type
2.1.2SlotType
Slot ‘VSD
‘VSD
Diffusers
Diffusers 35’35’
35’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Type
Type‘VSD 35’ Type
‘VSD35’ Type‘VSD
‘VSD35’
35’
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-1-1 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-2-2
AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one
Throw
Throw
direction
distance,
direction
distance,
only
only
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-1-1 AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one
Throw
Throw
direction
direction
distance,
only
distance,
only
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-2-2
Throw
Throw distance,
Unit
Unitdistance,
length, L1L(mm)
length, X
1Air
(mm)X
(m)
Air
flow (m)
flow forfor
VSD35
dischargeVSD35
discharge
in in
one-1
one-1
direction
direction
only
only Unit
Unit Throw
Throw
length, L1L(mm)
length, distance,
distance,
1 (mm) AirAir
flow
flow Xdischarge
X
(m)
(m)
discharge for
infor
inVSD35
oneVSD35
one -2only
direction -2only
direction
AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one Unit
Unit
length,
direction
direction L1L(mm)
length,
only
only 1 (mm)
AirAir
flow
flow
discharge inUnit
discharge inUnit
one length,
one L1L(mm)
length,
direction 1 (mm)
directiononly
only
11 11 Unit
Unit
length, L1L(mm)
length, 1 (mm) 2222 Unit
Unit
length,
length,L1L(mm)
1 (mm)
1414 11 11 2828 2222
1717 1414 3333 2828
1919 11 11 1717 3939 2222 3333
2222 1414 4444 2828
1919 3939
2525 5050
1717 2222 3333 4444
2828 5656
3131 1919 2525
6161 3939 5050
3333 2222 2828 6767 4444 5656
3939 2525 3131 7272 5050 6161
4444 3333 7878 6767
2828 5656
5050 3939 8383 7272
3131 6161
5656 4444 8989 7878
6161 3333 5050
6767 8383
3939 5656 7272 8989
4444 6161 7878
5050
Throw
Throw distance,
distance, XX (m)(m)forforVSD35
VSD35 -3-3 Throw
Throw distance,
distance,
8383
XX (m)(m)forfor
VSD35
VSD35 -4-4
5656 AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
onedirection
direction only
only AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
89discharge
89 in in
one
one
direction
direction
only
only
Unit
Unit
length,
length, L(mm)
1 (mm)
L1Throw
Throw distance,
distance, XX (m)(m)forforVSD35
VSD35 -3-3 Unit
Unit
length,
length,L1L(mm)
1 (mm)
Throw
Throw distance,
distance, XX (m)(m)forfor
VSD35
VSD35 -4-4
6161
AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
dischargein in
one
one
direction
direction
only
only AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one
direction
direction
only
only
2828 3333
Unit
Unit
length,
length,L1L(mm)
1 (mm) Unit
Unit
length,
length,L1L(mm)
1 (mm)
3333 3939
3939 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-3-34444 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,
XX(m)
(m)
for
for
VSD35
VSD35
-4-4
4444 2828 5050 3333
AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one
direction
direction
only
only AirAir
flow
flow
discharge
discharge
in in
one
one
direction
direction
only
only
5050 3333 5656 3939
5656
Unit
Unit
length, L1L(mm)
length, 1 (mm)
6161
Unit
Unit
length, L1L(mm)
length, 1 (mm)
3939 4444
6161 4444 6767 5050
6767 5050 7272 5656
2828 3333
7272 7878
5656 3939 6161
7878 3333 8383
6161 4444 6767
8383 3939 8989
6767 7272
8989 4444 9494 5050
9494 5050 7272 100100 7878
5656
100100 7878 106106 8383
5656 8383 61 61 8989
106106 111111
111111 6161 8989 117117 67 67 9494
6767 9494 122122 7272 100100
7272 100100 128128 7878 106106
7878 106106 8383 111111
VSD50
111111 VSD50
slot
slot
diffuser
diffuser
with
with
alternating
alternating horizontal
horizontal
discharge
discharge117117
8383 8989
AirAir
flow
flowranges
ranges(l/s)
(l/s) 122122
8989 9494
Unit
Unitlength,
length,
L1L1
(mm)
(mm) 128128
9494 100100
100100 VSD50
VSD50 slot
slot
diffuser
diffuser 106
with 106
withalternating
alternating horizontal
horizontal discharge
discharge
106106 111111
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 56 56Air
Air 31
flow 31ranges
flow 6767 (l/s)
ranges 3333 7272 3939 7878
(l/s)
111111 117117
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 83 83Unit
Unit 67length,
67 89L1
length, 89L1 72
(mm)72 100
(mm) 100 8383 106
106
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 122122
2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 128
6161 128
8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
referto25
toTROX
TROX KLIMA
KLIMA Asia
Asia
Pacific
Pacific
catalogue
catalogue
3939 22Ref.
Ref.2/2.6/EN/--.
2/2.6/EN/--.
1111VSD50
VSD50
25 slot
14 slot
14 diffuser
28 diffuser
28 1717 with
33with
33 alternating
19alternating
19 horizontal
22 horizontal
5050 2525 discharge
discharge
5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2626 2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333
Air
Air
flow
flowranges
ranges(l/s)
(l/s)
1919 3939 2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 Unit
Unitlength,
length,
L1L1
(mm)
(mm)
4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
refertotoTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.2/2.6/EN/--.
2/2.6/EN/--.
2626
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
refertotoTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.2/2.6/EN/--.
2/2.6/EN/--.
28
2626

Slot Diffusers
Type ‘VSD 50’ 3.0
2.1.3Slot
2.1.3 SlotDiffusers
Slot Diffusers
2.1.3
Diffusers
2.1.3Slot
SlotDiffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘VSD
Type‘VSD 50’‘VSD
‘VSDType
50’
Type
50’ ‘VSD50’
50’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
in
inin
in
I/s
I/s
I/s
I/s ininI/sI/s Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Dimensions
Dimensions(mm)
(mm)
No.
No.
No.
No.of
ofof
of No.
No.ofof
PPPP K KK
K H1 H1
H1
H1 PH2
H2
PH2
H2 KHK
HHH H1
H1
D
DDD H2
H2 HH DD
slots
slots
slots
slots slots
slots
123
123
123
123 123
123
1111 77
7777
77 138
138
138
1381 1262
262
262
26277
286
286
77
286
286138
207
138
207
207
207262
262 286
286 207
207
148
148
148
148 148
148
148
148
148
148 148
148
2222 123
123
123
123 176
176
176
1762 2302
302
302
302123
326
123
326
326
326176
247
176
247
247
247302
302 326
326 247
247
198
198
198
198 198
198
Note:
Note:
Note:
Note:For
For
For
Forfurther
furtherNote:
Note:
further
further
details,
details,
details,
details,
For
For
please
please
further
please
please
further
refer
refer
details,
refer
refer
details,
to
toto
toTROX
TROX
please
TROX
TROX
please
KLIMA
KLIMA
KLIMA
refer
KLIMA
referto
Asia
Asia
to
Asia
Asia
TROX
TROX
Pacific
Pacific
Pacific
Pacific
KLIMA
KLIMA
catalogue
catalogue
catalogue
catalogue
Asia
AsiaPacific
Pacific
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.
Ref.2/2.7/EN/--.
2/2.7/EN/--.
catalogue
2/2.7/EN/--.
2/2.7/EN/--.
catalogueRef.
Ref.2/2.7/EN/--.
2/2.7/EN/--.
29
27
2727
27

3.0 Slot
2.1.3
2.1.3Slot Diffusers
SlotDiffusers
Diffusers Slot Diffusers
Type‘VSD
Type
Type ‘VSD
‘VSD 50’50’
50’
Type ‘VSD 50’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
2.1.3
2.1.3Slot
SlotDiffusers
Diffusers
Type
Type‘VSD
‘VSD50’
50’
Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,XX(m)
(m)for
forVSD50
VSD50-1-1 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,XX(m)
(m)for
forVSD50
VSD50-2-2
Air
Airflow
flowdischarge
dischargeininone
onedirection
directiononly
only Air
Airflow
flowdischarge
dischargeininone
onedirection
directiononly
only
Unit
Unitlength,
length,L1L(mm)
1 (mm) Unit length,L1L(mm)
Unitlength, 1 (mm)
1111 2222
1414 2525
1717 2828
1919 3131
2222 3333
2525 3939
2828 4444
3131 5050
3333 5656
3939 6161
4444 6767
5050 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,XX(m) (m)forforVSD50
VSD50-1-1 7272 Throw
Throwdistance,
distance,XX(m) (m)forforVSD50
VSD50-2-2
5656 Air
Airflow
flowdischarge
dischargeininone
onedirection
directiononly
only 7878 Air
Airflow
flowdischarge
dischargeininone
onedirection
directiononly
only
6161 8383
Unit length,L1L(mm)
Unitlength, 1 (mm) Unit length,L1L(mm)
Unitlength, 1 (mm)
6767 8989
7272 9494
1111 2222
7878 100
100
1414 2525
1717 2828
1919 3131
2222 VSD50
VSD50slot slotdiffuser
diffuserwith
withalternating
alternating3333 horizontal
horizontaldischarge
discharge
2525 Air
Airflow 3939
flowranges
ranges(l/s)
(l/s)
2828 4444L1
Unit
Unitlength,
length, L1(mm)
(mm)
3131 5050
3333 5656
3939 6161
4444 1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 2222 505067672525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
5050 2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 676772725656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100 100 8383 106
106
5656 7878
6161 8383
6767 8989
7272 9494
7878 100
100
VSD50
VSD50slot
slotdiffuser
diffuserwith
withalternating
alternatinghorizontal
horizontaldischarge
discharge
Air
Airflow
flowranges
ranges(l/s)
(l/s)
Unit
Unitlength,
length,L1L1(mm)
(mm)
1111 2525 1414 2828 1717 3333 1919 3939 2222 5050 2525 5656 2828 5656 3131 6767 3333 7272 3939 7878
2525 3333 3131 3939 3939 5050 4444 6161 5050 6767 5656 7878 6161 8383 6767 8989 7272 100
100 8383 106
106
30
2828

Floor Diffusers
Type ‘FB’ 4.0
1.4.1
1.4.1
1.4.1 Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor Diffusers
Diffusers
Diffusers
Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. TypeType
Type
Type ‘FB’ ‘FB’
‘FB’
‘FB’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Type
Type
‘FBA’
‘FBA’
Floor
Telefax:Floor
Diffuser
Diffuser
+86 0512-67168879 Typical
Typical
installation
installation
detail
detail
with
with
trim
trim
ring
ring
www.troxchina.com
1. 1.
Diffuser
Diffuser core.
core.
2. 2.
Trim
Trimring with
ring spring
with clipclip
spring fixings.
fixings.
3. 3.
DirtDirt
tray with
tray adjustable
with adjustable height.
height.
Plastic
Plastic
Plastic
Floor Floor
Floor
DiffuserDiffuser
Diffuser(FBK)
(FBK)(FBK) Aluminium
Aluminium
Aluminium
Floor
Floor Floor(FBA)
Diffuser
DiffuserDiffuser
(FBA) (FBA) Dimensions
Dimensions
DischargeDischarge
Discharge setting setting
setting Discharge Discharge
Discharge settingsetting
setting Overall
Overall Core
Core
Face
Face FloorFloor
Type
TypeType Vertical Type Type
Horizontal Type Vertical Horizontal Nominal
Nominal
Vertical
Vertical Horizontal
Horizontal Vertical
Vertical Horizontal
Horizontal Face
Face
Size
SizeDiameter Opening
Diameter Opening
V (l/s) V (l/s) V (l/s) size
size
V (l/s)
V (l/s) V (l/s) V (l/s) V (l/s)
V (l/s) V (l/s) V (l/s)
V (l/s) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
(mm)
FBK-15028 28 28
FBK-150
FBK-150 14 14 14 FBA-150 FBA-150
FBA-150 30 30 30 17 17 17 150150 200200 Ø Ø 170170
149149 – 180
– 180 Ø Ø
FBK-20037 37 37
FBK-200
FBK-200 25 25 25 FBA-200 FBA-200
FBA-200 37 37 37 25 25 25 200200 250250 Ø Ø 220220
199199 – 230
– 230 Ø Ø
Notes: Notes:
Notes: Note:
Note:
Overall
Overall
unit
unit
height
height
is 167
is 167
mmmm
1. 1. 1. Sound
Sound
Sound power power
powerlevel level
level
is LWA is ≤LWA
is LWA 35
≤ 35≤ dB(A)
35 dB(A)
dB(A) in in in cases.
all all all cases.
cases.
2. 2. 2. pressure
Total Total
Total pressure
pressuredrop
dropdrop
∆pt ≤ ∆pt
∆pt 40
≤ 40≤ Pa.
Pa.40 Pa.
150;
150;
200200 200
150; 150;
150;
200 200 200
150;
in aluminium
in aluminium
in aluminium in plastic
in plastic
in plastic
Note:
Note:
ForFor
Note:further
further
For details,
details,
further please
please
details, refer
refer
please to to
TROX
refer TROX KLIMA
KLIMA
to TROX Asia
Asia
KLIMA Pacific
Pacific
Asia catalogue
catalogue
Pacific Ref.
Ref.
catalogue TRef.
1.3/6/EN/--
T 1.3/6/EN/--
T1.3/6/EN/--
3120
20 20

Floor Diffusers
4.0 Floor
1.4.2 FloorDiffusers
Diffusers Type ‘FBA/250’
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘FBA/250’
Type ‘FBA/250’
KEY FEATURES
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879 Type ‘FBA/250’ Floor Diffuser
• The diffuser core and trim ring are in
www.troxchina.com
aluminium die cast.
• Twirl plate and dirt trap are made from ABS
plastic.
• Provides vertical air discharge pattern only.
• Dirt tray can be supply with or without damper
blades.
• Removable diffuser core to clean the dirt tray.
• Maximum point load at the centre of the
diffuser over an area of 25 mm² is 9 kN.
RECOMMENDATIONS
• Temperature differential of the supply air
should range between 2 to 6°C.
• Hole size in the floor tile should be 268 ± 2
mm in diameter.
LEGEND
1. 250 mm diameter diffuser face.
2. Twirl plate.
3. Dirt trap.
4. Trim ring.
5. Overall height, H3 is 165 mm.
Table 1: Quick selection for ‘FBA/250’ diffuser.
Pressure Drop
Diffuser 5Pa 10Pa 15Pa 20Pa 25Pa 30Pa
Type/Size
I/s NC I/s NC I/s NC I/s NC I/s NC I/s NC
FBA/250 36 >NC20 47 NC20 55 NC25 63 NC30 70 NC35 77 NC40
FBA - 3 - T - K - S - A / 250
Surfaces of diffuser core and trim flange : 250

Size
Die-cast and deburred 1
Die-cast, deburred, stove-enamelled in black, 3 A Plenum Box

face skimmed Ø Without dirt trap
Die-cast, deburred, face skimmed 4 S Dirt trap without volume adjustments
elements
Control element for swirling without twirl Ø SW Dirt trap including winged volume
adjustment elements
discharge pattern with twirl T
K Trim Flange
3321

Staircase Diffusers
4.0Staircase
1.4.4
1.4.4 Staircase
Staircase Diffusers
Diffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘SD’ Type
Type ‘SD’‘SD’
‘SD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
The
TheStaircase
Telefax:
StaircaseDiffuser
Diffuserisisdesigned
+86 0512-67168879
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com designedto tobe
beused
usedin
in Type
Type‘SD’
‘SD’Staircase
StaircaseDiffuser
Diffuser
www.troxchina.com
theatres,
theatres,auditoriums,
auditoriums,concert
concerthalls
hallsor
orcinemas
cinemastoto
supply
supplyair
airat
ataatemperature
temperaturedifferential
differentialof
ofbetween
between33
to
to66°C.
°C.They
Theycancanbebemounted
mountedvertically
verticallyon
onsteps
stepsoror
horizontally
horizontallydirectly
directlybelow
belowthe
theseat,
seat,where
wherethey
theyare
are
not
notexpected
expectedto totake
takelive
liveor
ordead
deadload.
load.
Key
Keyfeatures:
features:
•• Provide
Providehigh
highinduction
inductionrate
rateto
tominimise
minimisedraft.
draft.
•• Made
Madefrom
fromgalvanised
galvanisedsheet
sheetsteel.
steel.
•• Comes
Comesin inone
onesize
sizeonly
onlywith
witheither
eithersquare
square
face
faceor
orround
roundface
face(see
(seediagrams
diagramsbelow).
below).
Table
Table1:
1:Quick
Quickselection
selectiontable
tableof
of‘SD’
‘SD’Staircase
StaircaseDiffuser
Diffuserwith
withsub-frame
sub-frame
TROX
TROXProduct
Product Air
Airflow
flow ∆P∆P Throw
Throw(m)
(m) Remarks
Remarks
Code
Code (l/s)
(l/s) (Pa)
(Pa) @
@0.15
0.15m/s
m/s
SD-Q-LQ
SD-Q-LQ 16
16 14
14 0.55
0.55 With
Withsquare
squaredischarge
dischargeface
face
SD-Q-LR
SD-Q-LR
14
14 13
13 0.50
0.50 With
Withround
rounddischarge
dischargeface
face
SD-R-LR
SD-R-LR
NOTE:
NOTE:Anticipated
Anticipatednoise
noiselevel
levelisisNC
NC20
20assuming
assuming88dB
dBroom
roomattentuation.
attentuation.
Options
Optionsavailable:
available:
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
referto
toTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.1/9/EN/--.
1/9/EN/--.
34 23
23

SDRF Staircase Di user
4.0 Staircase Diffusers

TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘SDRF’ Staircase Diffusers
Key46,Features:
Block Undertaking Industrial Workshop,
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Type ‘SDRF’
Telefax: The0512-67168879
+86 SDRF comprises a face plate with 1 to 6
Key Features:
standard stamped discharge elements
www.troxchina.com
Discharge
The Staircase elements
Diffuser are circular
is designed bewith
to plate fixed theatres, auditoriums, concert halls or cinemas to supply air at a temperature differential
used
The SDRF comprises a face within
1 to 6
of betweenproviding
3standardradial
to 6 °C. blades
They can providing
be mounteda swirl
stamped discharge elements
airflow pa
vertically ern or horizontally directly below the seat.
on steps
Draught free and silent airflow provision
Discharge elements areKey Features:
circular with fixed
Key Features:providing radial blades providingKey a swirl airflow pa ern
Features:
The SDRF comprises a face plate with 1 to 6
• The SDRF Draught free and
comprises silent
a face airflow
plate withprovision
1 to 6 standard stamped discharge elements
standard stamped
The SDRFdischarge
compriseselements
a face plate with 1 to 6
•
• Dimensions Type SDRF-2 to 6 Discharge elements are circular
standard stamped with fixed
discharge elements
Type L C NxA providing Discharge elements are acircular
radial blades providing swirl airflow pa ern
with fixed
(mm) (mm) Draught free and silent airflow provision
providing radial blades providing a swirl airflow pa ern
Dimensions
SDRF-2 Type
200SDRF-263 to 6 1 x 74 Draught free and silent airflow provision
Type
SDRF-3 300 L 63 C 2 x N87x A
SDRF-4 (mm) 71
400 (mm) 3 x 86
SDRF-2
SDRF-5 500200 66 63 4 x192 x 74
SDRF-3
SDRF-6 500300 65 63 Dimensions
5 x274x 87 Type SDRF-2 to 6
SDRF-4 400 71 3 x 86
Type Dimensions L Type SDRF-2
C N 6x A
to
SDRF-5 500 66 4 x 92 Type (mm) (mm)L C NxA
MatchSDRF-6
shading colours500 and text
65 fontsSDRF-2 200
5 x 74QSG Guide
with 63
(mm) 1 x 74
(mm)
SDRF-3 SDRF-2 300 63
200 263
x 87 1 x 74
300 363
x 86 2 x 87
Match shading colours and text fontsSDRF-5withSDRF-4
QSG500Guide 400 66 471
x 92 3 x 86
500 5 x 74 4 x 92
66
SDRF-6 500 65 5 x 74
Match shading colours and text fonts with QSG Guide

Match shading colours and text fonts with QSG Guide
Note: For further details please refer to the TROX GmbH Catalogue 1/9.1/EN/3
35

Cu
Computer Floor Grilles 4.0 Computer

1.4.3 Computer Floor Grilles
Floor Grilles Inp
Type‘AFG’
Type ‘AFG’
Type ‘AFG’ 1.4.3 Computer Floor Grilles
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. No
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
1.4.3 Computer
Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grilles Air
The ‘AFG’ Type floor grille is designed to mount on Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grille
Type ‘AFG’
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
any 600 x 600 mm sq. raised floor system, to provide
www.troxchina.com
The ‘AFG’ Type floor grille is designed to mount on Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grille
supply air to computer or data processing centres
any 600 x 600 mm sq. raised floor system, to provide
where
The ‘AFG’cooling
Type load
floor demand isisdesigned
high. This to is heavyon Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grille
supply airgrille
to computer or data mount
processing centres
duty floorxgrille,
any 600 600where which
mm sq. is able
raised to
floorhigh load
system,
cooling load demand is high. This is heavy head
to load
provide
and is robust
supply in construction.
air to computer
duty or data
floor grille, which processing
is able to centres
high load head load
where coolingand load demand is
is robust in construction. high. This is heavy
KEY FEATURES
duty floor grille, which is able to high load head load
•and is robust
Grille KEY
face
in is made from extruded aluminium
FEATURES
construction.
•
with steel Grille face
support frame is made
at thefrom back. extruded aluminium
•KEY FEATURES
Designed to suit with 600steelxsupport 600 mm frame sq. at the tile.
floor back.
• Opposed • Designed to suit 600 x 600 mm sq. floor tile.
Grille faceblade is made damper from can extruded be provided
aluminium at
1.4.3 Computer Floor Grilles
• Opposed blade damper can be provided at
the rear
with steelofsupport
the steel frame frame and is adjustable 1.4.3 Computer Floor Grilles
the rear of theatsteel the back.
frame and isType adjustable
‘AFG’
• from the grille
Designed to suit face.
600 x 600face. mm sq. floor tile.
•
from the grille
Opposed blade damper can be provided at
Type ‘AFG’
STANDARD The
FINISH‘AFG’ Type floor grille is designed to mount on Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grille
the rearany
of
STANDARD
600
the600
The x‘AFG’
steel FINISH
Type
mm
frame
sq.floor
and
grille
raised
issystem,
adjustable
is designed
floor to provide
to mount on Type ‘AFG’ Floor Grille
• Grille
from the•willgrille
supply beair600
any intoface.
mill
Grille x 600
computerfinish
will beorsq.
mm indata
mill
raisedfinish
floor system,
processing centres to provide
• Actuator
Steel wherecontrolled
•frame and
supplySteel
cooling loadmotories
airopposed
toframe
computer
demand and damper
blade
oropposed
is data
high. dampercan
blade
processing
This becentres
is heavy provided
damper
(OBD)
STANDARD FINISH at
duty where
the
floor (OBD)
cooling
rear
grille, at
will
which the
load
beis rear
demand
in
able will
painted
to is
highbe in
high. painted
This
black
load head is
toloadblack to
heavy
and is duty flooringrille,
robust
RAL which is able to high load head load
construction.
9005.
• RAL 9005.
Grille will and be isinrobust
mill finish
in construction.
• Steel KEYframe and opposed blade damper
FEATURES
(OBD)• at KEY the FEATURES
rear
Grille facewill be infrom
is made painted
extruded black to
aluminium
• with steel
Grille support
face is madeframefrom at theextruded
back. aluminium
RAL 9005.
• with steel
Designed to suit support
600 x frame
600 mm at the back.tile.
sq. floor
• Opposed
• Designed
bladetodamper
suit 600can x 600 mm sq. floor
be provided at tile.
• the rear
Opposed
of the blade damper
steel frame can
and be provided at
is adjustable
from the
the rear
grilleofface.
the steel frame and is adjustable
from the grille face.
STANDARD
TableFINISH
No. 1: “AFG-A” (without OBD). Table No. 2: “AFG-AG” (with OBD).
• STANDARD
Grille will beFINISH
in mill finish
Table No.
• 1: “AFG-A”
Static Press
• SteelGrille
framewill(without
and in mill OBD).
Air Flow
beopposed Rate
finish
blade damper Table No.Static
2: “AFG-AG” (withRate
Press Air Flow OBD).
∆P (Pa) (I/s) ∆P (Pa) (I/s)
Static Press AirSteel
• (OBD) Flow
at the Rate
framerearand
will opposed bladeblack
be in painted damper
to Static Press Air Flow Rate
5
∆P (Pa) RAL (OBD) (I/s)at the rear 470
9005. will be in painted black to ∆P (Pa) 5 (I/s) 250
RAL7 9005. 510 7 302
Table5No. 1: “AFG-A” 10 470(without595 OBD). Table5No. 2:10“AFG-AG”
250 (with
343 OBD).
7 510 7 302
Static
10Press Air Flow595 Rate Static
10Press Air Flow
343 Rate
∆P (Pa) (I/s) ∆P (Pa) (I/s)
AFG Floor Grille with motorised damper
5 470 5 250
7 510 7 302
10 595 AFG-A / 00 / 010 / F1 343
Table No. 1: “AFG-A” (without OBD). Table No. 2: “AFG-AG” (with OBD).
Type
Table No. Air
1: “AFG-A”
Finish
Static Press Rate(without OBD).
FlowAFG-A / 00 / 0 / Table
F1
Static No. Air
Press 2: “AFG-AG”
Flow Rate (with OBD).
∆PStatic
(Pa) Press (I/s)
Air Flow Rate ∆PStatic F0Flow RateDeburred and natural
(Pa) Press (I/s)
Air
Construction
5 ∆P (Pa) 470 (I/s) 5 ∆P (Pa) 250 (I/s) skimmed face
Type 7 510 7
Finish 302 250
5 470 5
A 7
10 595 Floor grille with support 10 F1 Deburred
343 Tumble
andfettled
naturaland
F1 10 F0
510 7 302
Construction 10 AFG-A
steel / 00 /
595 structure 0 / skimmed
343 polished
face with black
(Standard supply stove enamel paint
A
Type AGFloor grille with
Floorsupport
grille with support Finish
F1 Tumble and face skimmed-
fettled and
steel structure and
steel structure polished natural
with black
volume control damper. F0 Deburred and
(Standard natural
supply)
Construction Dirt(Standard
Trap
supply AFG-A / 00 / 0 / F1 stove enamel
skimmed face paint
AG Floor grille with support AFG-A / 00 / 0 / F1 and face skimmed-
A Type Floor grille with
Without support
dirt trap Finish
F1 natural fettled and
Tumble
00 steel structure and
Type
steel structure
(Standard supply) Plenum
F0 FinishDeburred andbox
(Standard
polished naturalsupply)
with black
volume
Construction control damper. skimmed face and natural
Dirt Trap (Standard supply
SMConstruction F0 o Deburred
stove enamel paint
Without plenum
Dirt
grilletrap
withwith shut-off skimmed face
AG A Floor
Floor grille with supportsupport F1 Tumbleand
fettled (Standard
faceandskimmed-supply)
00 steel dirt damper
AWithout steel structure
trap
Floor
structure andgrille with support F1 polished
A
withfettled
natural
Tumble black and
Plenum box
SO(Standard supply)
(Standard supply
steel structure Plenum box
stove enamel
polished paint
with black
AG volume control
FloorDirt damper.
grilletrap
(Standardwithwithout
supply damper.
support (Standard
and face
stoveskimmed-
supply)
enamel paint
SM Trap
Dirt AG steel Floor
structure
grilleand
with support
o Without
natural plenum
and face skimmed-
Dirt trapvolume
withsteel
shut-off
control damper.
structure and (Standard supply) supply)
(Standard
natural
00 damper dirt volume
Without
Dirt Trap trap control damper. A
(Standard supply)
SO Plenum box
Plenum box
22 00 (Standard
Dirt Trap supply)
Without dirt trap
Plenum box
SM Dirt trap(Standard
00 without
Withoutdamper.
supply)
dirt trap o Without plenum
SM Dirt trap with(Standard o Plenum box plenum
Without
shut-offsupply)
Dirt trap with shut-off (Standard supply)
o (Standard supply)
Without plenum
damper damper
SM
SO SO
Dirt trap with shut-off A A PlenumPlenum
(Standard
box box
supply)
damper A
3622 Dirt
SO trapDirt trap without
without damper.
damper. Plenum box
Dirt trap without damper.

urrent consumption, Amps 0.4 0-0.6
Depends on
Fan Assisted Computer

input signal
put signal NIL 0-10Vdc
Type ‘CFG’
Floor Grilles Type ‘CFG’
oise at maximum air owComponentsNC
TROX Air Conditioning 53 Co.,Ltd. NC 60
(Suzhou)
r ow at Block
NC 46, NIL
35Undertaking Industrial Workshop, 205 l/s
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
CFG Floor Grille
www.troxchina.com
The TROX CFG combina on fan and floor grille has been specifica
Type CFG
computer rooms, specialised control rooms and data centres. The
as computer
secure rooms,
opera onalspecialised
pla orm control rooms
in heavy and dataareas
trafficable centres.
Key features :
Key features:
• RobustRobust aluminium
aluminium face conwith formed
face construction on with formed
sheet frame sheet
• Two fan op ons with either CFG-AC constant air flow or
CFG-EC with 0-10Vdc proportional control
•
Plug and play connec vity
Plug and play connectivity
• DynamicDynamic load
load toast toast
to 4.5 kNto 4.5 kN
• Safety load test to 13.5 kN on central grille blade
Safety load test to 13.5 kN on central grille blade
Type CFG-AC CFG-EC

Mean Area, m² 0.09284 0.102
Air ow, l/s 335 0-580
Current consumption, Amps 0.4 0-0.6
Depends on
input signal
Input signal NIL 0-10Vdc
Noise at maximum air ow NC 53 NC 60
Air ow at NC 35 NIL 205 l/s
Insert product code with the standard colour background
Insert product code with the standard colour background
37

Floor Diffusers - Fan Assisted
4.0
5.0Floor Diffusers
Fan Terminal - Fan Assisted
Units
Type ‘FAT’ Type ‘FAT’
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘FAT’ for UFAD system
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
KEY FEATURES
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Type ‘FAT’ Fan Powered Terminal Unit
www.troxchina.com
• Each FAT unit comes with a wall mounted
temperature sensor complete with fan
speed controller to control the fan speed
manually or automatically, with 3 speed
settings (i.e., low, medium and high),
on/off control and room temperature set
point adjustment.
• Under automatic control mode the fan
speed will be adjusted automatically if the
room temperature rises or drop below the
set point by 2° C.
• As optional extra, LSF electric power
cable can be provided if requested for fire
safety purpose.
• This can be setup in a master and slave
control arrangement with up to 3 slave Table 1: Typical performance data for TFTU
units to one master unit.
Fan Speed Typical Flow NC Level
Rate (l/s)
RECOMMENDATIONS Low 33 NC 30
• Temperature differential of the supply air Medium 45 NC 35
should range between 2 to 6°C. High 60 NC 40
• The floor void should have a clear depth Note: The flow rates given above are based on a
of between 400 mm to 600 mm deep face velocity of 4.5 m/s. Based on this, the
depending on the extent of engineering anticipated pressure drop across the damper is
services to be accommodated. not expected to exceed 40 Pa.
SINGLE CONTROL ARRANGMENT THERMOSTAT/ MASTER-SLAVE CONTROL ARRANGMENT

FAN SPEED CONTROLLER
THERMOSTAT/ WALL MODULE
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER
WALL MODULE FLOOR TILE
FLOOR TILE
Master Slave Slave
... Total max. units: 8 boxes.

* Total length for communication cable max. 200m *1 -master, 7 - Slave (max.) for controls
connection only.
power supply is only limited to four units.
Order Code
FAT / M / 0 / 00 / 0
Type
Controls options
Unit Configuration Similar to other VAV terminal
M – Master; S - Slave units. Refer to page 61 as
example.
Note: The product is usually made to suit specific application. For further details and technical
assistance, please send your enquiry via email to enquiry@troxapo.com
64 38

4.0Fan
5.0 Floor
Floor Diffusers
Diffuser
Terminal - Fan Assisted
- Fan Assisted
Units
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type Type
Type‘TFTU’
‘TFTU’ ‘TFTU’system
for UFAD
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
KEY FEATURES
www.troxchina.com
Type ‘TFTU’ Fan Terminal Unit
• Pressure independent series fan terminal
unit suitable for under-floor air distribution
system (UFAD).
• Rubber and plastic components are fire
retardant to UL 94.
• Designed to be mounted on 600 mm by
600 mm raised floor systems.
• As optional extras, the following can be
provided;
750 Watts electric heater with manual
reset thermal cut-out switch as standard
supply
Washable filter panel
3-speed fan control
RECOMMENDATIONS Table 1: Typical performance data for TFTU

• Temperature differential of the supply air
Fan Speed Typical Flow NC Level
should range between 2 to 6°C.
Rate (l/s)
• The floor void should have a clear depth
of between 400 mm to 600 mm deep Low 75 NC 30
depending on the extent of engineering Medium 110 NC 35
services to be accommodated. High 125 NC 40
Order Code
TFTU / 600 / 0 / 00 / 0 / 46 – 125 l/s
Type Air flow range

(Vmin - Vmax)
Unit Size
600 C ontrols options
Similar to other VAV terminal
units. Refer to page 61 of this
guide for example.
Note: The product is usually made to suit specific application. For further details and technical assis-
tance, please send your enquiry via email to enquiry@troxapo.com
6339

Displacement Diffusers 1.3
5.0Displacement
DisplacementDiffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘QLV’ Type‘QLV’
Type ‘QLV’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
KEY FEATURES:
www.troxchina.com
Type ‘QLV-360’ Displacement Diffuser
• Suitable for commercial and industrial
applications
• Manufactured in pre-galvanised sheet steel.
• Available in 90°; 180° or 360° radial air
discharge.
• Comes with circular inlet spigot which can be
located at the top or bottom of the diffuser.
RECOMMENDATION:
• Temperature differential for supply air should
be between -1 and -6 K.
STANDARD FINISH:
• Powder coating to RAL 9010 in matt white.
Table 1: Quick selection guide for ‘QLV’ Type 90°; 180° and 360° construction variants
QLV-90 @ 0.3 m/s discharge vel. QLV-180 @ 0.3 m/s discharge vel. QLV-360 @ 0.3 m/s discharge vel.
Unit Unit Ht.
Air flow ∆P SWL in Throw ≤ Air flow ∆P SWL in Throw ≤ Air flow ∆P SWL in Throw ≤
Size (mm)
(l/s) (Pa) dB(A) 0.25 m/s (l/s) (Pa) dB(A) 0.25 m/s (l/s) (Pa) dB(A) 0.25 m/s
160 1000 104 46 32 1.3 148 89 42 1.3 192 148 50 1.3
200 1000 126 29 27 1.3 180 55 37 1.3 233 90 44 1.3
250 1000 155 18 21 1.3 218 35 31 1.3 281 55 38 1.3
316 1250 240 16 22 1.4 339 31 31 1.4 433 49 38 1.4
400 1500 360 14 21 1.6 508 26 31 1.6 646 40 37 1.6
500 1500 443 9 15 1.6 627 17 25 1.6 795 26 32 1.6
600 1750 644 7 <15 1.8 913 14 24 1.8 1154 21 21 1.8
NOTE: The selection given above assumes that the volume control damper is fully open.
40
17

Displacement Diffusers
5.0Displacement
1.3 Displacement
Type Diffusers
‘QLF’
Diffusers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘QLF’
Type ‘QLF’
KEY FEATURES:
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Type ‘QLF’ Displacement Diffuser
• Suitable for commercial and industrial
www.troxchina.com
applications
• Manufactured in pre-galvanised sheet steel.
• Available in one (i.e., face only) or three (i.e.,
• face and sides) directional air discharge.
• Comes with rectangular inlet spigot located at
the top or bottom of the diffuser
RECOMMENDATION:
• Temperature differential for supply air should
be between -1 and -6 K.
STANDARD FINISH:
• Powder coating to RAL 9010 in matt white
Table1: Quick Selection for 'QLF-1' Table2: Quick Selection for 'QLF-3'
H x B (mm) Vmin Vmax LWA min LWA max H x B (mm) Vmin Vmax LWA min LWA max
(l/s) (l/s) in dB(A) in dB(A) (l/s) (l/s) in dB(A) in dB(A)
450 x 300 13 40 < 15 26 450 x 300 25 75 < 15 45
450 x 450 20 60 < 15 27 450 x 450 32 95 < 15 42
600 x 300 18 54 < 15 27 600 x 300 33 99 < 15 47
600 x 450 27 81 < 15 29 600 x 450 42 126 < 15 45
600 x 600 36 108 < 15 28 600 x 600 55 164 < 15 40
750 x 450 34 101 < 15 30 750 x 450 52 157 < 15 45
750 x 600 45 135 < 15 27 750 x 600 68 204 < 15 42
750 x 750 56 168 < 15 24 750 x 750 79 238 < 15 36
1000 x 600 60 180 < 15 28 1000 x 600 92 276 < 15 43
1000 x 750 75 224 < 15 25 1000 x 750 107 321 < 15 37
1250 x 600 75 224 < 15 28 1250 x 600 115 344 < 15 46
1250 x 750 94 281 < 15 26 1250 x 750 133 400 < 15 38
1500 x 750 112 337 < 15 26 1500 x 750 160 480 < 15 39
1500 x 1000 150 449 < 15 29 1500 x 1000 216 649 < 15 42
1750 x 750 131 303 < 15 26 1750 x 750 186 559 < 15 39
1750 x 1000 175 524 < 15 30 1750 x 1000 252 757 < 15 42
1750 x 1250 218 655 < 15 32 1750 x 1250 296 888 < 15 43
2000 x 1000 200 599 < 15 30 2000 x 1000 290 869 < 15 43
2000 x 1250 250 749 < 15 33 2000 x 1250 340 1019 < 15 43
4118 Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. T1.3/1/EN/--.

Displacement Diffusers1.3
5.0Displacement
DisplacementDiffusers
Diffusers
Type ‘QSH ISH’ Type‘QSH
Type ● ISH’
‘QSH• ISH’
Contents · Description
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
This Type ‘QSH’ and ‘ISH’ displacement diffusers are
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Both types come in four different sizes with a fixed
www.troxchina.com
designed to be used in industrial areas with floor to height of 825 mm. Refer to the table below for more
ceiling heights if 3.5m to 10 m. These types of information.
Description 2
diffuser can be installed as free suspended units or to 4
Construction · Dimensions Table 1: Quick selection for ‘QSH’ and ‘ISH’ diffusers.
columns and walls as shown below.
Materials 4 Unit Spigot Product Air flow ∆P Throw
Installation 5
size conn. Type (l/s) (Pa) (m) @ ∆T
They are suitable
Nomenclaturefor either heating or cooling applica- 6 (mm) = -5K
Technical Data 7
tion since the supply air can be directed to discharge 8
Order Details QSH 230 17
horizontally or vertically. 250 248 ISH 210 15 2.0
QSH 410 16
355 353 ISH 375
2.2
In a highly polluting process environment, it is recom- 14
mended to use Type ‘QSH’ diffuser for such applica- QSH 635 16
450 448 2.6
ISH 550 13
tion.
QSH 940 17
560 558 3.0
ISH 830 14
Order Details
The Type ‘ISH’ diffuser is better suited for clean
process environment. NOTE: Anticipated sound power level is 40 dB(A) or
NC 35 assuming 8 dB room attenuation.
Type QSH Type ISH
Aisle area
For air-polluting work processes For clean work processes
Description
Order Code QSH · ISH These codes do not need to be completed for standard products
Air displacement vent units types QSH and ISH are mainly used The type ISH can be used for industrial applications without
in industrial areas with heights of 3.5 to 10 m, installation can be this restriction. The high discharge momentum, resulting from
QSH - E2
freely suspended or fixed to columns or walls.
/ 450 / 0 / W00
the rectangular
/ openings
P1 in/the outerRAL casing,
7035 ensures a wider
In rooms or halls with changing thermal loads the supply air throw of the air jet so that a larger area can be provided with
temperature can provide
With manual
the airadjustment
TE eitherhorizontally
QSH
heating or cooling functions and
Not used
fresh air.
Z
itself can be discharged
E
250
or vertically.
(chain pull) UISH 355 State colour
The recommended supply air temperature differential for both
Air polluting work processes suggest the use of the type 450 QSH types is in the range of -8K to +12K.
since in the cooling mode it provides a bell-shaped low 560 EEEI 0 Standard finish galvanised
actuator air distribution. E1 IE
Electricalturbulence E EE P0 Powder-coated RAL 9010
EEE EE
OEE
230 V, 50 Hz NW
EEE (GE 50 %) 1)
Electrical actuator E2 EE EE
EO EE P1 Powder-coated RAL ...
24 V, 50 Hz EEE PE (GE 70 %) 1)
EEE
Electrical2actuator E3 EEE
24 V, 50 Hz, 0 ... 10 V- EP TEE W00 With wall frame
EZ
Thermal actuator T EEE K00 With chain fixing 2)
Bowden cable B
UWK0 With wall frame and chain fixing 2)
1)
GE = Gloss level !
2)
for manual adjustment only
Note: For further

Specification Text details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. T 1.3/5/EN/--. 42
Air displacement vent unit in circular construction suitable for Material: 19
suspending above an occupied zone, primarily in large halls which The perforated plate cylinder with the air connection spigot, the air
require both heating and cooling functions. guide plate and the base plate are made of galvanised steel sheet.

Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Jet Nozzles
6.0Jet
1.2 JetNozzles
Nozzles
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘DUK’
Type ‘DUK’ Type ‘DUK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Air flow in l/s 21 28 42 69 111 167 222 278 347 417

Size Throw distance and pressure drop
100 X (m) 8 11
50 100
125 X (m) 6 9 11
25 50 100
160 X (m) 5 6 9 12
Air flow in l/s 21
10 28
20 42
40 10069 111 167 222 278 347 417
Size X (m) Throw
5 7distance
9 and
18 pressure drop
200
100 X (m) 8 11 15 40 100
10
50 100 5
250 X (m) 7 15 22
125 X (m) 6 9 115 15 40 90
X (m) 25 50 100 5 11 17 23 28
315
160 X (m) 5 6 9 12 5 15 30 60 90
X (m) 10 20 40 100 8 13 18 23 28 32
400
200 X (m) 5 7 9 18 5 10 15 25 40 60
10 15 40 100
250 X (m) 5 7 15 22
5 15 40 90
315 X (m)
5 11 17 23 28
5 15 30 60 90
8 13 18 23 28 32
400 X (m)
5 10 15 25 40 60
4314
4314

Jet Nozzles 6.0 Jet Nozzles
Type ‘TJN’
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘TJN’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
TJN 6.1 –
TJN 6.1 –
X XTJN testregistrierung
TJN 6.1 –
TJN 6.1 –
Je
Je
Je
Ty
Je
Ty
Ty
Swirl Unit
Swirl
Swirl Attachment
Unit
Unit Attachment
Attachment Design Features Ty
Acoustically and technically optimised

TJN-...-D...-...
TJN-...-D...-... Jet nozzles are the preferred solution where the
TJN-...-D...-...
1. 1. supply air has to travel large distances from the
1. point of discharge to the occupied zone. The
new TJN jet nozzle has been developed from
the successful TROX DUK jet nozzles. The new S c a le for dis c ha rge a ngle
product type is not only aesthetically attractive but S c a le for dis c ha rge a ngle
also more energy efficient plus it offers improved
acoustic properties. The complete jet nozzle is made S c a le for dis c ha rge a ngle
Design Features
of high-grade polymer and available in RAL grey SScale
c a le fofor
r dis discharge
c ha rge a ngle
aluminium or white. The versatile jet nozzles create
Acoustically
a comfortable andclimate
technically optimised
in large internal spaces even
SwirlSwirl
unitunit for discharge
for discharge Jet
range
range nozzles
the are
reduction
under
reduction most thediverse
preferred solution
temperature
Heating
Heating where the supply air has to travel
conditions.
6 Throw distance Swirl unitreduction
for discharge range reduction Heating
large distances from the point of discharge to the occupied zone.
The new TJN
Innovative jet unit
swirl nozzle has been
reduces developed
the discharge rangefrom the successful TROX
2. 2. DUK
The jet nozzles.
swirl unit, The
whichnew is product
availabletypeas isan
notoption
only aesthetically attractive
TJN-...-D...-...
2.
! but
canalso
The
bemore
easilyenergy
complete
efficient
attached whichplusenables
it offers aimproved
two-stepacoustic properties.
Aco
reduction of jet
thenozzle is made
discharge of high-grade
range from 80%polymerto and available in
RAL
60%greyandaluminium
is thereforeor white.
ideal The
for versatile jet nozzles
smaller spaces. Thecreate a Throw distance 60 %, Aco
comfortable
remarkable climate in large internal spaces even under the most diverse The n
acoustic acoustic optimisation is achieved with
Throwswirl unit and
distance cap
60 %, Aco
temperature
by air control blades. with unique saw tooth edges.
conditions with swirl
Throw
Throw unit and
distance
distance cap
60 %,60%
The
m oren
Aco
with
with swirl unit
swirl and
unit
Throw distance 60 %,cap
& cap morne
The
Innovative swirl unit reduces the discharge range The
with swirl unit and cap m oren
The swirl setting
Reducing the throw distance at a later stage is not possible for TJN withDefined
unit, which
of theisswivel
available
angleas an option can be easily attached which
thermal actuator
enables
(T1).
a two-step more
The swivel angle reduction of the discharge
for the supply range from
air flow nozzle can 80% to 60%
and be isadjusted
thereforeinideal for smaller spaces.
5° increments within aThe remarkable
range from acoustic acoustic
Throw distance 100 %
optimisation is achieved by air control blades with unique saw tooth edges.
+30°Discharge
to -30°. Due to this innovative
Cooling
Cooling feature the TJN
Discharge rangerange 100%100%
jet Discharge
nozzle can rangebe100%set preciselyCooling
to the required swivel
angle sothat the targeted comfort criteria is actually
Defined setting of the swivel angle
achieved.
3. 3.
3. The swivel angle for the supply air flow nozzle can be adjusted in 5°
increments within a range from +30° to -30°. Due to this innovative feature Throw distance 80 %,
the TJN jet nozzle can be set precisely to the required with
Throw
Throwswirl unit 80 %,80%
distance
distance
swivel angle sothat the targeted comfort criteria is actually achieved. with swirl
with unitunit
swirl
Throw distance 80 %,
with
Throwswirl unit 80 %,
distance Optio
Throw distance 75 % Throw distance 65 %
with swirl unit Opti
Optio
Optio
Discharge
Discharge rangerange
80% 80% Isothermal
Isothermal
Discharge range 80% Isothermal
Throwdistance
Throw distance
100 100%
%
4. 4.
4. Throw distance 100 %
TJN installation manual (04/2014) Self-adjusting drive with
13 preset swivel angle
44
09/2013 – DE/en

TJN TJN/.../C
6.0 Jet Nozzles

Jet Nozzles
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘TJN’ Type ‘TJN’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869 50 50
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
3 Dimensions
Constructions, dimensions and weight
www.troxchina.com
TJN TJN/.../CTJN-K/ TJN-K/.../C
et
et nozzles
nozzles
et
ypenozzles
TJN
et nozzles
ype TJN
11
ype TJN
11
50 50
ype TJN3 Constructions, dimensions and weight
Dimensions [mm]
NG D D1 D3 L1 L2
TJN TJN-K TJN-K TJN-R TJN-T1 TJN-R-T1 TJN-K- TJN-R-
TJN/.../C TJN-R /.../C /.../C
TJN-R/
TJN-K-T1 T1/.../C T1/.../C
TJN-R/.../C
TJN-K/ TJN-K/.../C
160 158 258 227 15 242 248 258 261 302 308 318 321
200 198 298 263 14 250 257 267 270 310 317 327 330
250 248 348 315 14 260 265 276 279 320 325 336 339
315 313 413 379 15 275 281 291 294 335 341 351 354
11
400 398 501 468 16 285 292 302 305 345 352 362 365
11
ØD4: Diameter of the circular duct, according to order details
4 TJN installation manual (04/2014)

Weight [kg]
TJN – manual adjustment / actuator E7, E8, E9
Nominal size TJN TJN-K TJN/.../C TJN-K/.../C Actuator Swirl unit
oustically and technically optimised TJN-R TJN-R/.../C (E7, E8, E9)
oustically and 160 technically optimised
1.9 2.1 2.7 3.5
new TJN jet nozzle offers improved acoustic properties and is also
oustically and 200
technically optimised
2.3 3.2and is also 3.4 4.3
0.2
enew TJN jet nozzle offers improved acoustic properties
oustically and 250 technicallyTJN-R/
optimised
3.1 3.4 4.4
TJN-R/.../C
5.5 0.2
e TJN jet nozzle offers improved acoustic properties and is also
new
0.3
enew TJN jet nozzle offers
315 improved acoustic
4.0 properties
4.6and is also 5.8 7.2
e 400 4.6 6.5 8.0 9.9 0.4
Weight [kg]
TJN with actuator T1
Nominal size TJN TJN-K TJN/.../C TJN-K/.../C Actuator Swirl unit
TJN-R TJN-R/.../C (T1)
160 2.1 2.3 3.2 4.0
4 0.2
200 2.6 3.5 4.0 4.9 TJN installation manual (04/2014)
0.15
onal equipment and
250accessories 3.5 3.8 5.1 6.2
0.3
ional equipment and
315accessories 4.5 5.1 6.7 8.1
0.3
onal equipment and accessories
400 5.2 7.1 9.2 11.1 0.4
onal equipment and accessories
45

Jet Nozzles
6.0Jet
1.2 JetNozzles
Nozzles
Type ‘AJA’ Type‘AJA’
‘AJA’
Type
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
This jet nozzle is designed to deliver large volume of
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Type ‘AJA’ Jet Nozzles
supply air to a large enclosed space that requires
www.troxchina.com
long throw, for example assembly halls, auditoriums

and convention halls. They can be installed either to
the side walls or mounted directly onto supply air
ductwork.
The discharge nozzle can be tilted vertically and set

at any angle between 30° up or down in the vertical
plane (i.e., with up to 60° adjustment). This is Type
‘AJA-1’.
Alternatively, as optional extra, each jet nozzle can be Table 1: Quick Selection table for AJA Jet Nozzles
fitted with a circular mounting flange that will enable No. of Flow ∆P Throw Drop
the nozzles to be manually rotated through 360°, Size
elements (l/s) (Pa) (m) (m)
giving it the ability to direct air in a 60° conical fash- 1 190 60 12 7.0
ion. This is Type ‘AJA-2’. 2 320 43 12 7.0
200
3 455 39 13 7.0
Each nozzle is held in the set position by friction-held 4 570 35 15 5.5
fixings. The quick selection given in Table 1 is based 1 300 60 16 10.0
on NC 35 with 8 dB room attenuation. 2 550 48 16 10.0
250
3 850 45 17 10.0
REAR ASSEMBLY: 4 1040 40 17 9.0
The jet nozzle can be supplied with either; 1 390 50 17 15.0
a. Plenum box only. 2 740 40 18 15.0
300
b. Plenum box with opposed blade balancing 3 1040 35 18 14.0
damper. 4 1320 30 18 13.0
1 470 30 17 17.0
STANDARD FINISH: 2 880 29 18 17.0
350
Powder coated to RAL 9010 matt white. 3 1290 28 18 17.0
4 1600 24 18 17.0
NOTE: Anticipated noise level is NC 35 with 8 dB
room attenuation.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 1.2/5.1/EN/--.
46
15

6.0Drum
1.2 DrumLouvres
Louvres
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘AIL’
Type ‘AIL’ Drum Louvres
Type ‘AIL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
This Drum Louvre is designed to deliver large volume Type ‘AIL-A’ Drum Louvre
of supply air into a space that requires long throw
such as assembly halls, auditoriums and convention
halls. The Drum Louvre can be installed onto the side
walls or, mounted directly to metal ducting.
It can be manually adjusted in the vertical plain to

direct the supply air at any angle between 30° up or
down in the vertical plane. Once the louvre position is
set, that position is held by means of friction-held
fixings. It is also fitted with manually adjustable guide
Throw (m) Drop (m)
vanes within the drum louvre to enable the supply Size
Flow
0.50 0.25 @ 0.5 m/s
∆P
airstream to be directed on either side if required. (l/s) (Pa)
m/s m/s
1 214 8.0 19 0.50 110
The drum louver can also be supplied with opposed 2 311 10.0 24 0.80 120
blade volume control damper fitted to the rear and, is 3 403 11.5 27 1.00 125
4 583 13.5 31 2.00 135
easily adjustable from the face of the drum louvre.
5 639 10.0 24 0.85 110
6 792 12.0 27 1.35 120
STANDARD FINISH: 7 1014 13.5 31 1.60 125
Powder coated to RAL 9010 matt white. 8 1222 15.0 35 2.40 135
Note:
The selection above is based on NC 35 or 40
dB(A) with a room attenuation of 8 dB.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 1.2/5.2/EN/--.
47
16

Cell Grilles 7.0Cell
1.1 CellGrilles
Grilles
Type‘TCG’
Type ‘TCG’
Type ‘TCG’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
The Cell Grille is suitable for either supply or, exhaust
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com The grille section and the rear mounting frame is
www.troxchina.com
air application. The
The Cell Grille perforated
is suitable for eithergrille face
supply or, is made
exhaust air application. The powder coated in matt white to RAL 9010 as standard
from heavy gauge galvanised
is made fromsteel sheet. The grille is The supply. Other RAL colour code can be provided if
perforated grille face heavy gauge galvanised
grille is secured to the wall with steel mounting frame.
secured to the wall with steel mounting frame.
1.1 Cell
steel sheet.
Grilles
requested.
1.1 Cell Grilles Type ‘TCG’
Opposed blade damper (OBD) can be provided to the back of each grille if
required, which is adjusted from the grille face. 1.1 Cell Grilles
Type ‘TCG’
Opposed bladecircular
In addition, damper spigot(OBD) can
connection can be beprovided
provided to the
if requested. Table 1: Quick Selection Table for ‘TCG’ Grille
back of Fixings
eachand grille if required,
jacking screws required which
to install cell grille Type
istheadjusted the wall ‘TCG’
to from shall be Grille Size (mm) Air ∆P Throw
The Cell by
provided Grille
others.is32%
suitable forwith
free area either
3mm supply
diameter or,holes exhaust
on 5mm pitch The grille section and the rear mounting frame is
the grille
either supply or, exhaust Theface.
grille section and the rear mounting
air application. The perforated grille face is made
centres frame is L x H flow (Pa)
powder coated in matt white to RAL 9010 as standard @ 0.5
ed grille face is made from
The The
powderheavyCell
grille coatedGrille
gauge
section and isthe
in matt suitable
white
galvanised
rear forRAL
to
mountingeither
steel 9010
frame supply
is as
sheet. or,coated
standard
powderThe exhaust
grille is whiteThe
in matt grilleOther
supply. section
RALandcolour
the rear (l/s)
mounting
code can beframe is m/s
provided if
ed steel sheet. The grille
In is supply.
to
addition, RAL Other
air circular
application.
9010 RAL
as standard
spigot colour
The code
perforated
supply. Other
connectioncanRALbecolour
provided
grille
can face is ifmade
code
be can be
provided powder coated in150
matt white to51RAL 901027 as standard
el mounting frame.
secured
provided
requested.
to the wall
if requested. with steel mounting frame. requested.150 x 5.7
from heavy gauge galvanised steel sheet. The grille is supply. Other RAL colour code can be provided if
if requested. 200 x 200 80 21 6.9
secured to the wall with steel mounting frame. requested.
Table 1: Quick Selection Table for ‘TCG’ Grille
BD) can be provided to the Opposed
Table 1: blade
Quick damper
Selection (OBD)
Table forcan
‘TCG’be provided
Grille to the 250 x 250 120 19 8.3
Fixingsback
d, which is adjusted from and ofjacking
Grille
Opposedeach Size grille
(mm)
screws
blade if required,
damper Air
required
(OBD) which
∆P can is
toThrow adjusted
install
be providedthe fromcell
to the Grille
Table 1: 300SizexSelection
Quick (mm)
300 Air 158
Table for ∆P Throw 8.9
‘TCG’16
Grille
grille tothethegrille of face. L x H(mm) flow ∆P(Pa) Throw @ 0.5
L each
x H grille ifflow (Pa) @is0.5
backwall shall be provided required, by
whichothers. adjusted from Grille Size
Note: Based on NCAir
35 with 8 dB room
the grille face.
(l/s) m/s
L x H (l/s)
flow (Pa) @ m/s attenuation
0.5
onnection can be provided In addition, and150 with only one(l/s)
grille
150 xcircular
150 spigot51 connection
27 5.7
can be provided x 150 51 in the 27 room.
m/s5.7
200 x 200 80 21 6.9
Type if‘TCG-1’
requested.
In addition,High Security
circular spigotGrille
connection can be provided 200xx150
150 200 5180 2721 5.76.9
250 x 250 120 19 8.3
equired to install the cell if requested.
300 x 300 158 16 8.9 250xx200
200 250 120 2119 6.98.3
80
vided by others. Fixings and jacking screws required to install the cell 300xx250
250 300 158 1916 8.38.9
120
Note: Based on NC 35 with 8 dB room attenuation
Fixings
grille theand
towith walljacking
shall bescrews required to install the cell
provided
and only one grille in the room.by others. 300 x 300 158
Note: Based on NC 35 with 816dB room 8.9attenuation
grille to the wall shall be provided by others. Note: Based onone
NC grille
35 with
and with only in 8the
dBroom.
room attenuation
Type ‘TCG-1’ High Security Grille and with only one grille in the room.
Type ‘TCG-1’ High Security Grille
ease refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 1.1/4/EN/--.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 1.1/4/EN/--.
Note: Note:
For
12 further details,
For further please
details, refer
please totoTROX
refer TROXKLIMA AsiaPacific
KLIMA Asia Pacificcatalogue
catalogue
Ref.Ref. M 1.1/4/EN/--.
M 1.1/4/EN/--.
4812 12

9.0 5.0 S ingle
Single VAVSingle
Duct Duct Duct Units
Terminal
Boxes VAV Boxes
TypeType ‘TVB ’ Type ‘TVB/TVB-A-SSP’
‘TVB/TVB-A-SSP’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
KEY FEATURES:
www.troxchina.com Type ‘TVB-A’
• Pressure independent control.

• Plastic components are fire retardant to UL 94.
• Comes with damper tip seal.
• With semi rigid and fire retardant fibre glass
insulation.
• Fibre glass insulation is covered with a protec
tive lining to prevent fibre erosion. This was
successfully tested against fibre erosion for up Type ‘TVB-A-SSP’
‘TVB-S’
to 30 m/s.
• Fitted with multi-point sensor grid for better air
flow measurement accuracy.
• Terminal units that are supplied with actuators
and controllers will be fully factory calibrated
and tested for air flow accuracy within a toler
ance of ± 3%.
This terminal unit is available in five different variants;
1. TVB-A; With short rectangular casing and round inlet spigot.

2. TVB-B; With long rectangular casing for better acoustic performance.
3. TVB-C; With long rectangular casing and multiple outlet spigots.
4. TVB-E; With long casing and electric air heater complete manual reset thermal cut-out switch.
5. TVB-A-SSP;
TVB-S; With With
ShortShort rectangular
rectangular casing
casing and and square
square inletinlet spigot.
spigot.
Note: Hot water heater coil can be provided with TVB-A or TVB-B Type unit if required.
Table No.1: Quick Selection for Type 'TVB-A'; 'TVB-B'; ‘TVB-C’ and ‘TVB-S Units
Recommended Air Flow Range (l/s) at NC 40
Unit TVB-A TVB-B TVB-C
size 100 Pa 200 Pa 100 Pa 200 Pa 100 Pa 200 Pa
Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax
4 20 100 20 86 20 100 20 100 20 100 20 100
5 35 130 35 117 35 165 35 165 35 165 35 165
6 45 215 45 155 45 215 45 215 45 215 45 215
7 60 270 60 192 60 300 60 300 60 277 60 250
8 80 315 80 175 80 380 80 380 80 297 80 222
10 128 470 128 220 128 640 128 608 128 389 128 300
12 200 770 200 510 200 928 200 863 200 555 200 411
14 300 1030 300 568 300 1310 300 1163 300 953 300 602
16 380 1380 380 583 380 1783 380 1476 380 998 380 768
51 59

5.0 Single
9.0 Single Duct Duct Terminal Units
VAV Boxes
Single Duct VAV Boxes
Type Type
‘TVB’ ‘TVB’
Type ‘TVB’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Table No.2: Quick Selection for Type 'TVB-E' Units
Unit FlowFlow range
range (l/s)
(l/s) upuptotoNCNC40
40 MinHeater
Min. V Heater
No. of Heater
Total NoMin.
of Min. ΔT (°C)
Unit
Size 100 Pa
100 Pa 200 Pa
200 Pa htg (l/s)
Vhtg OutputOutput
stages Output
output stages
∆T (°C) @ V htg
size
Vmin
Vmin Vmax Vmax Vmin Vmin Vmax
Vmax (l/s) (W) (W min) (W (W)
max) @ Vhtg
44 20
20 100
100 20
20 100
100 39 39 600 500 1 2500
600 1
9.5 7.7
55 35
35 165
165 35
35 165
165 39 39 600 500 1 2500
600 1
9.5 7.7
66 45
45 215
215 45
45 215
215 45 45 600 500 1 3000
600 1
9.5 7.7
77 60
60 300
300 60
60 300
300 60 60 1000 500 1 4500
1000 1
9.5 7.7
88 80
80 365
365 80
80 341
341 80 80 1000 500 1 5000
1000 1
9.5 7.7
10
10 128
128 608
608 128
128 550
550 128128 1500 500 1 5000
1500 1
9.5 7.7
12
12 200
200 781
781 200
200 657
657 200200 1500 500 2 5000
3000 1
9.5 7.7
14
14 300
300 992
992 300
300 911
911 300300 2000 500 2 6000
4000 2
9.5 7.7
16
16 380
380 1380
1311 380
380 1380
1196 380567 1500 500 3 10500
4500 3
9.5 7.7
Note: The heater selected will cover at least 75% of the width for the discharge outlet.
Order Code
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 5/1.2/EN/--.
60 52

Series Fan VAV Box
9.0 Series
5.0
5.0Series Fan
SeriesFan VAV BoxUnits
Type
FanTerminal
Terminal ‘TFP’
Units
Type‘TFP’
Type‘TFP’
‘TFP’
This
Thisisisseries
seriesfan
fanterminal
terminalunit
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
unitwith
with5 5different sizes. • •
differentsizes. Terminalunits
Terminal unitsthat
thatarearesupplied
suppliedwithwithactuators
actuators
www.troxchina.com
andcontrollers
and controllerswill willbebefully
fullyfactory
factorycalibrated
calibrated
KEY
KEYFEATURES
FEATURES andtested
and testedforforairairflow
flowaccuracy
accuracywithin
withina atole
tole
•• Pressure
Pressureindependent
independentcontrol control ranceofof± ±3%.
rance 3%.
•• Plastic
Plasticcomponents
componentsare arefire
fireretardant
retardanttotoUL 94.• •
UL94. Constantairairflow
Constant flowatatthe thefanfandischarge
dischargeoutlet.
outlet.
•• Comes
Comeswith withdamper
dampertiptipseal.
seal. •• AsAsoptional
optionalextras,
extras,the theunit
unitcan
canbebesupplied
suppliedwith;
with;
•• With
Withsemisemirigid
rigidand
andfire
fireretardant
retardantfibre fibreglass
glass a.a. Disposablefilter
Disposable filterpanel
panelatatairairinduction
inductionport.
port.
insulation.
insulation. b.b. Electricairairheater(s).
Electric heater(s).
•• Fibre
Fibreglass
glassinsulation
insulationisiscovered
coveredwith witha aprotec
protec
tive
tivelining
liningtotoprevent
preventfibrefibreerosion.
erosion.This Thiswas
was Type
Type‘TFP’
‘TFP’Series
SeriesFan
FanTerminal
TerminalUnit.
Unit.
successfully
successfullytested testedagainst
againstfibre fibreerosion
erosionforforupup
toto3030m/s.
m/s.
•• Fitted
Fittedwith
withmulti-point
multi-pointsensor
sensorgrid gridforforbetter
betterairair
flow
flowmeasurement
measurementaccuracy.
accuracy.
Air
AirFlow
Flow
Range
Range
for
for
'TFP'
'TFP'
Series
Series
Fan
Fan
Terminal
Terminal
Units
Units
TFPTFP Secondary
Secondary && AirAir
Flow
Flow RateRate
(l/s)
(l/s)
Unit
Unit
Size
Size Primary
Primary
AirAir
flow
flow FanFan
Speed
Speed
LowLow Med Med High High
2 2 Sec.
Sec.
Flow
FlowVmin
Vmin 150
150 200 200 250 250
Sec.
Sec.
Flow
FlowVmax
Vmax 230
230 310 310 400 400 Estimated
EstimatedNC
NCLevel
Levelwithin
withinthe
the
Occupied
Occupied
Space
Space
2-05
2-05 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow
Vmin
Vmin- Vmax
- Vmax 1515- 170
- 170 TFPTFP Sec.
Sec.
AirAir Flow, External
Flow, External
Static
Static
Pressure
Pressureat at
100100
PaPaat at
Vmax
Vmax
2-06
2-06 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow
Vmin
Vmin- Vmax
- Vmax 2525- 240
- 240 Unit
Unit
Size
Size VmaxVmax Discharge
DischargeNoise
Noise Radiated
Radiated Noise
Noise
2-08
2-08 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow
Vmin
Vmin- Vmax
- Vmax 4040- 400
- 400 (l/s)
(l/s) Inlet
Inlet
static
static
pressure
pressure(Pa)
(Pa)
Sec.
Sec. Flow
Flow Vmin
Vmin 300300 400 400 500 500 100 200
100 200 500 500 100 100 200 200 500 500
4 4 2-05
2-05 200
200 < 15 < 15 < 15
< 15 < 15 < 15 < 15
< 15 < 15
< 15 < 15
< 15
Sec.
Sec. FlowVmax
Flow Vmax 480480 650 650 700 700
Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 2-06
2-06 400
400 1818 1919 1919 2424 2525 2626
4-08
4-08 4040 - 435
- 435
Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 2-08
2-08 400
400 1919 1919 2020 2222 2222 2424
4-10
4-10 6060 - 690
- 690
Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 4-08
4-08 500
500 < 15 < 15 < 15
< 15 < 15 < 15 1717 1717 1919
4-12
4-12 9090 - 1000
- 1000
4-10
4-10 650
650 < 15 1515 1616
< 15 2020 2121 2323
5 5 Sec.
Sec. Flow
Flow Vmin
Vmin 450450 550 550 650 650
4-12
4-12 650
650 1515 1616 1818 2121 2323 2525
Sec.
Sec. FlowVmax
Flow Vmax 680680 850 850 1050 1050
5-10
5-10 750
750 2121 2121 2222 2626 2727 2929
5-10
5-10 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 6060 - 690
- 690 5-12
5-12 1050
1050 2525 2525 2626 3030 3232 3333
5-12
5-12 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 9090 - 1000
- 1000 5-14
5-14 1000
1000 2828 2828 2929 3333 3434 3636
5-14
5-14 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 130130 - 1375
- 1375 6-12
6-12 1000
1000 < 15 < 15
< 15 < 15 1616 2424 2525 2828
6 6 Sec.
Sec. Flow
Flow Vmin
Vmin 600600 800 800 1000 1000 6-14
6-14 1300
1300 1616 1717 1919 2727 2828 3232
Sec.
Sec. FlowVmax
Flow Vmax 920920 1280 1280 1400 1400 6-16
6-16 1300
1300 1616 1616 1919 2626 2727 3131
6-12
6-12 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 9090 - 1000
- 1000 7-12
7-12 1300
1300 1919 2121 2222 3030 3131 3333
6-14
6-14 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 130130 - 1375
- 1375 7-14
7-14 1700
1700 2424 2525 2727 3535 3737 3939
6-16
6-16 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 170170 - 1800
- 1800 7-16
7-16 2000
2000 2626 2727 2929 3939 3939 4141
7 7 Sec.
Sec. Flow
Flow Vmin
Vmin 900900 1100 1100 1300 1300
Sec.
Sec. FlowVmax
Flow Vmax 1300 1750
1300 1750 2100 2100
7-12
7-12 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 9090 - 1000
- 1000
7-14
7-14 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 130130 - 1375
- 1375
7-16
7-16 Pri.Pri.
FlowFlow Vmin
Vmin - Vmax
- Vmax 170170 - 1800
- 1800
Order
OrderCode
Code
TFP - - E E - -C C / / 2 2 - - 1010 / / BC0
TFP BC0 / /400-300-105
400-300-105
Product
ProductType
Type Mininum
Mininum primary
primary
airair
volume
volume
I/sI/s
Reheat
Reheat
Electric
Electric
reheat
reheatcoll
coll EE
Hot
Hot
water
water reheat
reheat
coil
coil H H Spigot Controller
Size Spigot
Size Controller Maximum
Maximum primary
primary
0505 airair
volume
volume
22 0606 I/sI/s
Filter
Filter 0808
Throwaway
Throwaway CC 0808
oror
nor
nor
entry
entry 44 1010 FanFan volume
volume
1212 I/sI/s
1010
55 1212
1414
1212
66 1414
1616
1212
77 1414
1616
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
refertotoTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.5/2.2/M/--.
5/2.2/M/--. 53
6262

9.0 Parallel Type Fan Assisted VAV Box
Parallel Type Fan Assisted
Type ‘TCP’
VAV Box Type ‘TCP’

Construction
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
KEY FEATURES
Constructional features Fan and Motor
Casing - centrifugal fan with direct drive motor
- Circular primary air spigot suitable for ducts to DIN 24 - alternatively available with AC motor to achieve 3-step
145 or DIN 24 146; rectangular secondary and supply regulation for motor speed depending on actual
air outlets connection temperature difference signal
- Mounting brackets for unit support Reheat coil
- Bottom access panel for fan maintenance - for reheat of supply air
- Leakage flow rate to Class II, VDI 3803 or DIN 24 194, - galvanized sheet steel casing, with flanges at both
Part 2 ends
Volume Control - copper tubes and aluminum fins; one or two row
- DDC - factory fitted
- Primary volume flow range 100% to 10% - maximum operating pressure 20 bar
- Averaging differential pressure grid with multi-point Materials
sensor for accurate measurement - galvanized sheet steel casing
- Working pressure range 20 to 1500 Pa Construction
- Blade airtight seal to DIN EN 1751, class 4
- casing lined with attenuating glass wool (thickness of
25mm), conforming to Class “O” fire rating
- Factory volume setting and aerodynamic testing of - galvanized sheet steel damper blade with EPDM seal
each unit - aluminium alloy sensor tubes
Fan and Motor - polyurethane bearings
- centrifugal fan with direct drive motor
DIN 24 - alternatively available with AC motor to achieve 3-step
Construction
regulation for motor speed depending on actual
supply
temperature difference signal
Reheat coil 1
- for reheat of supply air 4
24 194, - galvanized sheet steel casing, with flanges at both

ends
- copper tubes and aluminum fins; one or two row
- factory fitted
- maximum operating pressure 20 bar
2
Materials
- galvanized sheet steel casing
- casing lined with attenuating glass wool (thickness of
25mm), conforming to Class “O” fire rating 3
- galvanized sheet steel damper blade with EPDM seal

- aluminium alloy sensor tubes
7
- polyurethane bearings
5
1. Casing
2. Secondary air filter
1 3. Primary air inlet and damper
4. Electrical connection
5. Supply air outlet
6. Heating coil
7. Mounting brackets
6
2 54

Parallel Type Fan Assisted
9.0 Parallel Type Fan Assisted VAV Box
Type ‘TCP’ VAV Box Type ‘TCP’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Selection Data
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Air Flow for
Table No.1: Quick Selection Ranges
Type and
TCPFan Electrical Data
www.troxchina.com
max.
TCP Fanmotor tap Fan Power electrical Power Supply
power input
Unit Size Low (l/s) Med. (l/s) High (l/s) (W) (A) V/ph/Hz
1 fan 55~103 83~130 97~144
1-05 15~170
60 0.7
1-06 pri 25~240
1-08 40~435
2 fan 150~230 200~310 250~400
2-06 25~240
Order details
2-08 pri 40~435
147 1.9
2-10 60~690
Specification
3 text
fan 300~480 400~650 Material
500~750
Fan3-08
powered units with VAV primary air control provid- Galvanized sheet steel casing with internally lined
40~435
insulation material. 220/1/50
ing large regulation range by use of a multi-point air 245Multi-point air velocity
2.5 sensor
velocity
3-10 sensor.pri
Induction of warm air from the ceiling
60~690 constructed from aluminium tubes. Fan impeller from
void or the room by forward curved centrifugal fan with aluminium alloy or steel according to different sizes.
3-12 90~1000
a direct drive motor. Reheat coils are available if
required.
4 fan 450~680 500~850 650~1027
4-10 60~690
550 5.2
4-12 pri 90~1000
4-14 130~1375
5 fan 681~806 722~911 778~1250
5-12 90~1000
500 6.8
5-14 pri 130~1375
5-16 170~1800
Note: fan: fan flow rate; pri: primary air flow rate
Order details
TCP 2 H R / 2 – 10 / HM0 / 220-370-100 l/s
Product type Unit Primary Air volume unit

Design changes reserved · All rights reserved © TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
TCP Size air damper

Size
05 min. primary air volume
Rows or levels of reheat 1 06 5
08
06 max. primary air volume
Reheat 2 08
Hot water reheat coil H 10 max. fan volume
08
Electric heater E 3 10
12
Filter Controller code
10
Throwaway C 4 12
14
Metal mesh R 12
5 14
16
Order example：
Make： TROX
Type： TCP-H-R/2-10/HM0/200-370-100 l/s
12
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX China Catalogue Ref. 5/2.4/EN/1
55

Vary Control VAV Box 9.0 Vary Control VAV Box
Type ‘TVL’ Type ‘TVL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Equipment features and characteristics
• TROX Vary Control VAV type ‘TVL’ volume flow control unit is suitable
for variable or constant air volume control
• Multiple aerofoil blade
• Suitable for small or large supply or extract air volumes
• Electronic volume flow control
• Differential pressure range 20 Pa to 1000 Pa
• Electric or hot water coil heating facilities are available
• TVL units can be operated with any DDC, electronic or pneumatic VAV controller
• TVL units are suitable for an airflow ranging from 45 l/s to 10,100 l/s
A typical airflow accuracy of ± 5% depending on the airflow rate and Type of controller used
• The unit is tested to:

- ISO 5220 for “Aerodynamic testing and rating of constant and variable dual or single units”
- ISO 3741 for “Determination of sound levels of noise sources – Precision methods for broad-band
sources in reverberation rooms”
- The insulation material is tested to BS 470:Part 6 and 7 and is classified as Class ‘O’ under the British
Building Regulations
Casing Construction
• The casing is made from 1mm thick galvanised sheet steel with and acoustic rectangular inlet spigot fitted
with a complete aluminium multipoint airflow measuring grid. The TVL VAV unit is fitted with an aerofoil
shaped blade.
• VAV Box Size Selections available from 200 x 200 to 1000 x 1000 with air flow rates of 45 l/s to 10100 l/s
Damper Damper Shaft a b c d e f ɡ h L

Width Height Height
B H X
200 100 25 184 213 248 283 84 113 148 183 488
300 100 25 284 313 348 383 84 113 148 183 488
400 100 25 384 413 448 483 84 113 148 183 488
500 100 25 484 513 548 583 84 113 148 183 488
600 100 25 584 613 648 683 84 113 148 183 488
VAV Box Only

Width Height Height
B H X
200 100 25 184 213 248 283 84 113 148 183 565
300 100 25 284 313 348 383 84 113 148 183 565
400 100 25 384 413 448 483 84 113 148 183 565
500 100 25 484 513 548 583 84 113 148 183 565
600 100 25 584 613 648 683 84 113 148 183 565
VAV Box with Hot Water Coil
56

200 100 25 184 213 248 283 84 113 148 183 488
300 100 25 284 313 348 383 84 113 148 183 488
400 100 25 384 413 9.0 Vary Control VAVVary
448 483 84 113 Box Control VAV Box
148 183 488
84 113 148 183 488
500 100 25 484
600 100 25
Block 46, Undertaking Industrial Workshop, 584
513
613
Type ‘TVL’
548
648
583
84 113 148 183Type
683 488 ‘TVL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
VAV Box Only
TVL VAV Box with hot water coil

Width Height Height
B H X
200 100 25 184 213 248 283 84 113 148 183 565
300 100 25 284 313 348 383 84 113 148 183 565
400 100 25 384 413 448 483 84 113 148 183 565
500 100 25 484 513 548 583 84 113 148 183 565
600 100 25 584 613 648 683 84 113 148 183 565
VAV Box with Hot Water Coil
57

Vary Control VAV Box9.0 Vary Control VAV Box
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Aerodynamic Data – H = 100 to 300

www.troxchina.com
TVL Varycontrol
TVL Varycontrol VAV VAV
Aerodynamic
Aerodynamic Data –Data – H to
H = 100 = 100
300to 300
Volume
Volume flow flowand
ranges ranges and minimum
minimum pressurepressure
differen differen
als als Volume
Volume flow flowand
ranges ranges and minimum
minimum pressurepressure
differen differen
als als
B x H B x H l/s m/s
l/s ∆m/s
V ∆ ∆V Pg min∆ Pg min B x H B x H l/s m/s
l/s ∆m/s
V ∆∆V Pg min∆ Pg min
mm mm ±% ± %in Pa in Pa mm mm ±% ± % in Pa in Pa
200 x 200100 x 10045 452 214 1420 20 300 x 300
300 x 300 185 1852 214 14 20 20
85 854 48 8 20 20 360 3604 48 8 20 20
150 1507 75 5 30 30 630 6307 75 5 25 25
215 21510 105 5 40 40 920 92010 105 5 35 35
300 x 300100 x 10065 652 214 1420 20 400 x 400
300 x 300 245 2452 214 14 20 20
120 1204 48 8 20 20 480 4804 48 8 20 20
210 2107 75 5 30 30 840 8407 75 5 25 25
320 32010 105 5 40 40 1230 123010 105 5 35 35
400 x 400
100 x 10085 852 214 1420 20 500 x 500
300 x 300 305 3052 214 14 20 20
170 1704 48 8 20 20 600 6004 48 8 20 20
300 3007 75 5 30 30 1050 10507 75 5 25 25
425 42510 105 5 40 40 1535 153510 105 5 35 35
500 x 500
100 x 100 105 1052 214 1420 20 600 x 600
300 x 300 370 3702 214 14 20 20
200 2004 48 8 20 20 740 7404 48 8 20 20
350 3507 75 5 30 30 1290 12907 75 5 25 25
535 53510 105 5 40 40 1850 185010 105 5 35 35
600 x 600
100 x 100 130 1302 214 1420 20 700 x 700
300 x 300 430 4302 214 14 20 20
260 2604 48 8 20 20 840 8404 48 8 20 20
450 4507 75 5 30 30 1470 14707 75 5 25 25
650 65010 105 5 40 40 2150 215010 105 5 35 35
200 x 200
200 x 20085 852 214 1420 20 800 x 800
300 x 300 490 4902 214 14 20 20
160 1604 48 8 20 20 980 9804 48 8 20 20
280 2807 75 5 30 30 1720 17207 75 5 25 25
415 41510 105 5 40 40 2450 245010 105 5 35 35
300 x 300
200 x 200 125 1252 214 1420 20 900 x 900
300 x 300 555 5552 214 14 20 20
240 2404 48 8 20 20 1080 10804 48 8 20 20
420 4207 75 5 30 30 1890 18907 75 5 25 25
620 62010 105 5 40 40 2770 277010 105 5 35 35
400 x 400
200 x 200 165 1652 214 1420 20 1000 x 1000
300 x 300620 6202 214 14 20 20
330 3304 48 8 20 20 1240 12404 48 8 20 20
580 5807 75 5 30 30 2150 21507 75 5 25 25
825 82510 105 5 40 40 3100 310010 105 5 35 35
500 x 500
200 x 200 205 2052 214 1420 20
400 4004 48 8 20 20
700 7007 75 5 30 30
1035 103510 105 5 40 40
600 x 600
200 x 200 250 2502 214 1420 20
500 5004 48 8 20 20
870 8707 75 5 30 30
1250 125010 105 5 40 40
700 x 700
200 x 200 290 2902 214 1420 20
560 5604 48 8 20 20
980 9807 75 5 30 30
1450 145010 105 5 40 40
800 x 800
200 x 200 330 3302 214 1420 20
660 6604 48 8 20 20
1160 11607 75 5 30 30
1650 165010 105 5 40 40
58

Vary
9.0 Vary Control VAV BoxControl VAV Box
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Aerodynamic Data – H = 400 to 1000

www.troxchina.com
TVL
TVL Varycontrol
Varycontrol VAV
VAV
Aerodynamic
Aerodynamic Data
Data –– H
H == 400
400 to
to 1000
1000
Volume
Volume flowflow ranges
ranges and
andminimum
minimum pressure
pressure di
di ren
ren als
als Volume
Volume flowflow ranges
ranges and
andminimum
minimum pressure
pressure di
di ren
ren als
als
BB xxHH l/s
l/s m/s
m/s VV PPggmin
min BB xxHH l/s
l/s m/s
m/s VV PPggmin
min
mm
mm ±±%% inPa
in Pa mm
mm ±±%
% in
inPa
Pa
TVL
TVL TVL
TVL
400
400 xx 400
400 325
325 22 14
14 20
20 600
600 xx 600
600 730
730 22 14
14 20
20
640
640 44 88 20
20 1440
1440 44 88 20
20
1120
1120 77 55 25
25 2520
2520 77 55 30
30
1630
1630 10
10 55 35
35 3650
3650 10
10 55 40
40
500
500 xx 400
400 410
410 22 14
14 20
20 800
800 xx 600
600 970
970 22 14
14 20
20
800
800 44 88 20
20 1920
1920 44 88 20
20
1400
1400 77 55 25
25 3360
3360 77 55 30
30
2040
2040 10
10 55 35
35 4850
4850 10
10 55 40
40
600
600 xx 400
400 490
490 22 14
14 20
20 1000
1000 xx 600
600 1220
1220 22 14
14 20
20
980
980 44 88 20
20 2400
2400 44 88 20
20
1720
1720 77 55 25
25 4200
4200 77 55 30
30
2450
2450 10
10 55 35
35 6100
6100 10
10 55 40
40
700
700 xx 400
400 570
570 22 14
14 20
20 800
800 xx 800
800 1300
1300 22 14
14 20
20
1120
1120 44 88 20
20 2560
2560 44 88 20
20
1960
1960 77 55 25
25 4480
4480 77 55 30
30
2850
2850 10
10 55 35
35 6500
6500 10
10 55 40
40
800
800 xx 400
400 650
650 22 14
14 20
20 1000
1000 xx 800
800 1620
1620 22 14
14 20
20
1300
1300 44 88 20
20 3200
3200 44 88 20
20
2280
2280 77 55 25
25 5600
5600 77 55 30
30
3250
3250 10
10 55 35
35 8100
8100 10
10 55 40
40
900
900 xx 400
400 735
735 22 14
14 20
20 1000
1000 xx 1000
1000 2020
2020 22 14
14 20
20
1440
1440 44 88 20
20 4000
4000 44 88 20
20
2520
2520 77 55 25
25 7000
7000 77 55 30
30
3670
3670 10
10 55 35
35 10100
10100 10
10 55 40
40
1000
1000 xx 400
400 820
820 22 14
14 20
20
1640
1640 44 88 20
20
2850
2850 77 55 25
25
4100
4100 10
10 55 35
35
500
500 xx 500
500 510
510 22 14
14 20
20
1000
1000 44 88 20
20
1750
1750 77 55 30
30
2540
2540 10
10 55 40
40
600
600 xx 500
500 610
610 22 14
14 20
20
1200
1200 44 88 20
20
2100
2100 77 55 30
30
3050
3050 10
10 55 40
40
700
700 xx 500
500 710
710 22 14
14 20
20
1400
1400 44 88 20
20
2450
2450 77 55 30
30
3550
3550 10
10 55 40
40
800
800 xx 500
500 810
810 22 14
14 20
20
1600
1600 44 88 20
20
2800
2800 77 55 30
30
4050
4050 10
10 55 40
40
900
900 xx 500
500 915
915 22 14
14 20
20
1800
1800 44 88 20
20
3150
3150 77 55 30
30
4570
4570 10
10 55 40
40 TVL Varycontrol VAV
1000
1000 xx 500
500 1020
1020 22 14
14 20
20
2000
2000 44 88 20
20
3500
3500 77 55 30
30
5100
5100 10
10 55 40
40
Order Code:
TVL TVL
“E - 2 or 4”B x H B x H 00 0 40 – 380 l/s
Product
Type Code Design flow range
TVL Vmin and Vmax (in l/s)
E - Electric heater Pressure Transducer

2 - 2-row water coil 0 – None (standard)
4Unit size water coil
- 4-row 1 – With pressure
B (mm) x H (mm) Transducer
Unit Size Controls Op ons

B (mm) x H (mm) 0 – None
59

Single Duct Terminal Units
9.0 Single Duct Terminal
5.0 Single Duct Terminal UnitsUnits
Type ‘TVR/TVRD’ Type
Type ‘TVR/TVRD’
‘TVR/TVRD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
KEY FEATURES:
www.troxchina.com
Type ‘TVRD’
Add new photo of TVR excluding insulat
• Pressure independent control.
• Plastic components are fire retardant to UL 94.
• Comes with damper tip seal.
• With semi rigid and fire retardant fibre glass
insulation.
• Fibre glass insulation is covered with a protec
tive lining to prevent fibre erosion. This was
successfully tested against fibre erosion for up
to 30 m/s. This is only applicable for double
skin construction, Type ‘TVRD’. Table1: Quick selection for TVR/TVRD
• Fitted with multi-point sensor grid for better air Flow range (l/s) up to NC 40
Unit
flow measurement accuracy size 100 Pa 200 Pa
• Terminal units that are supplied with actuators Vmin Vmax Vmin Vmax
and controllers will be fully factory calibrated 4 20 60 20 42
and tested for air flow accuracy within a toler 5 35 95 35 60
6 45 137 45 71
ance of ± 3%. 7 60 173 60 101
• This is available in single skin construction, 8 80 241 80 132
Type ‘TVRD’ or double skin construction, Type 10 130 358 130 205
‘TVRD’ 12 200 542 200 321
14 300 642 300 449
16 380 760 380 583
Order code
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M5/1.3/EN/--.
60 61

Constant Volume Dampers
5.010.0
Constant Flow Volume
Constant Controllers
Dampers
Type
Type
‘RN’‘RN’
‘RN’
This is a mechanical self-balancing constant flow regulator suitable for circular ductwork. It does NOT
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
require an actuator or electronic controller to operate. It saves cost and time!
www.troxchina.com
Air Flow V
range vel=
5m/s
(l/s) (l/s)
11 - 45 26
22 - 90 39
35 - 140 61
60 - 240 100
90 - 360 156
145 - 580 244
230 - 920 389
350 - 1400 628
61 65

Type ‘EN’ 10.0
5.0 Constant Volume
Constant Flow Dampers
Controllers
Type‘EN’
‘EN’
This is a+86mechanical
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: 0512-67168879
self-balancing constant flow regulator suitable for rectangular ductwork. It does NOT
require an actuator
www.troxchina.com
or electronic controller to operate. It saves cost and time!
Size Air Flow V

range vel=
mm
5m/s
B H (l/s) (l/s)
200 100 40 - 160 100
300 100 65 - 260 150
300 150 105 - 420 225
300 200 128 - 520 300
400 200 210 - 840 400
500 200 230 - 920 500
600 200 255 - 1020 600
400 250 220 - 880 500
500 250 300 - 1200 625
600 250 320 - 1280 750
400 300 315 - 1260 600
500 300 375 - 1500 750
600 300 420 - 1680 900
400 400 420 - 1680 800
500 400 460 - 1840 1000
600 400 510 - 2040 1200
500 500 600 - 2400 1250
600 500 565 - 2560 1500
600 600 840 - 3360 1800
66 62

10.0
5.0 Constant
Volume FlowVolume
Limiters Dampers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘VFL’
Type ‘VFL’ Type ‘VFL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
This is a mechanical self-balancing damper
www.troxchina.com
that does not require an actuator and control-

ler to regulate the air flow in the duct. It saves
valuable time on air flow balancing and mea-
surement on site. As shown on the right, it is
easy to set to the required air flow on site.
Once it is done, the device can be inserted
into the duct to operate as a self-balancing
damper. It is that simple!
Key features:
• Easy to set the flow rate and install.
• Damper blade and housing are made from

fire retardant plastic (UL 94 V1).
• Recommended operating temperature
range is between 0 and 50°C.
• Recommended storage temperature range
is between -20 and 60°C.
Table 1: Quick Selection for ‘VFL’ units

Duct / Length, L Flow range (l/s) SPL in dB(A) at
Unit Size (mm) V min V max ∆pg ∆pg
(mm) 50 Pa 100 Pa
80 86 4 25 28 35
100 100 4 33 32 38
125 118 11 57 36 42
160 148 14 97 35 42
200 175 17 158 31 37
250 220 35 250 31 39
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. 5/ 9.2/ EN/--.
63 67

Type ‘VCD’ 3.1 Volume
10.0 Constant Control
Volume Dampers
Dampers
Type Type
‘VCD’‘VCD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
KEY FEATURES
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Table 1: Quick selection for ‘VCD’ Damper
• Available in galvanised or stainless steel
www.troxchina.com
Damper Size (mm) Recommended Max. ∆P
construction. B H Air Flow (m³/s) (Pa)
• Available with either parallel or opposed blade 200 200 0.32 50
arrangement. 250 250 0.50 45
• Available with three different seal variants; 300 300 0.72 43
1. C – Without side or tip seal 400 400 1.28 38
2. C1 – With side seals only 500 500 2.00 35
3. C2 – With side and tip seal for improve closed 600 600 2.88 33
blade leakage rating 700 700 3.92 30
• Can be supplied with hand locking quadrant or 800 800 5.12 28
with either electric or pneumatic actuator. 900 900 6.48 25
1000 1000 8.00 25
Minimum module size: 100 mm x 100 mm 1100 1100 9.68 25
Maximum module size: 1200 mm x 1800 mm 1200 1200 11.52 25
1200 1300 12.48 25
Type ‘VCD’ Damper 1200 1400 13.44 25
1200 1500 14.40 25
1200 1600 15.36 25
1200 1700 16.32 25
1200 1800 17.28 25
Notes:
1. The pressure drop data given above is based
on the damper in the fully open position with the
damper connected to ductwork on both sides.
2. The minimum module size is
3. The maximum module size is 1200 mm wide
by 1800 mm high.
44 64

Constant
3.1 Volume Control Volume Dampers
Dampers
10.0
TypeConstant Volume
‘SLC’ Type Dampers
‘SLC’
Type ‘SLC’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
The ‘SLC’ Type damper is a multi-leaf volume control
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Type ‘SLC’ Damper
with aerofoil blades with an opposed blade arrange-
www.troxchina.com
ment. It is designed for air flow regulation and control.

If low closed blade leakage performance is required, it
is advisable to consider using C2 seal variant, which
includes tip and side seals.
It can be operated manually with a hand locking
quadrant or with the aid of electric or pneumatic
actuator(s) if required.
KEY FEATURES
• Ideal for air flow balancing or regulation.
• Low pressure drop (e.g., ∆P of 10 Pa at 10 m/s
in fully open position when the damper is
connected to ductwork at both ends). Table1: Quick selection table for ‘SLC’ damper
Damper Size (mm) Recommended Max. ∆P
• Low damper leakage rate with C2 seal variant
B H Air Flow (m³/s) (Pa)
(i.e., about 25 l/s/ m sq. at 1000 Pa).
• 30 mm wide flange (Standard supply). 200 200 0.32 10
250 250 0.50 10
MATERIAL 300 300 0.72 10
400 400 1.28 10
Casing – Galvanised steel
500 500 2.00 10
Blades – Extruded aluminium
600 600 2.88 10
700 700 3.92 10
Minimum module size: 100 mm x 100 mm
800 800 5.12 10
Maximum module size: 1000 mm x 1000 mm
900 900 6.48 10
1000 1000 8.00 10
Note: Recommended air flow is based on
duct velocity of 8 m/s.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 3.1/3/EN/--. 45
65

Pressure Relief Damper
Type ‘UL & KUL’ 3.1 Pressure
11.0 Pressure Relief
Relief Dampers
Damper
Type Type
‘UL ‘UL • KUL’
● KUL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
This is a pressure relief damper suitable for air intake
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Type ‘UL-1’ Pressure Relief Damper
or exhaust application. Three different construction
www.troxchina.com
variants are available to suit different installation.
KEY FEATURES
Type ‘AL’
• Suitable to be mounted on a wall mounting
with 45 mm wide border.
• Border is in galvanised steel.
• Blades are in aluminium sheet.
Type ‘AUL’
• Suitable to be mounted on a wall with 28 mm
wide border.
• Both border and blades are in aluminium. Table 1: Quick selection for Type ‘UL/AUL/KUL’
damper
Type ‘KUL’ Damper Size (mm) Recommended Max.
B H Air Flow (m³/s)
• Suitable to be mounted in a duct with 38 mm
wide flanges on both sides of the casing. 297 215 0.28
• Damper casing is in galvanised steel. 397 215 0.38
• Blades are in aluminium sheet. 397 315 0.56
497 215 0.48
RECOMMENDATION 497 315 0.70
Air velocity through the damper should be limited at 5 497 415 0.92
m/s. Based on this, the anticipated maximum pressure 597 215 0.57
drop is 45 Pa. 597 315 0.84
597 415 1.11
597 515 1.38
Note: The flow rates given above are based on a

face velocity of 4.5 m/s. Based on this, the antici-
pated pressure drop across the damper is not
expected to exceed 40 Pa.
(Refer to catalogue on page 3.)
46 66

3.1 Back Draught
11.0 Dampers
DraughtBack Draught Dampers
Dampers
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type‘BDD’
Type ‘BDD’ Type ‘BDD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
The ‘BDD’ damper is a non-return damper intended to MATERIAL
be used in mechanical ventilation systems to prevent Galvanised Sheet (Standard supply)
back flow. It is designed to allow air to flow in only one Stainless steel construction is available if requested.
direction. It will close automatically when the supply fan
upstream of the damper is switched off. Minimum module size: 150 mm x 210 mm
It can also serve as an adjustable pressure relief
damper by manually adjusting the weight or the posi- Type ‘BDD’ Damper
tion of weights on each counter weight arm.
KEY FEATURES
• Maximum operating temperature is 80 °C.
• Comes with 40 mm wide flanges at both ends
of the damper casing as standard supply.
RECOMMENDATION
Air velocity through the damper should be limited to 10
m/s.
67 47

Non-Return Dampers11.0
3.2Non-return
Non-ret urn Damper s
Dampers
Type ‘ARK’ Type
Type ‘AR K ’
‘ARK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
The Type ‘ARK’ Damper comes in three different Type ‘ARK’ Non-return Damper
construction variants.
Type ‘ARK’ and ‘ARK1’ are designed to shut-off a

section of the ventilation system when the fan is
switched off. The main difference between the two is
the Type ‘ARK1’ comes with external adjustable blade
stop to limit the blade opening angle.
The recommended maximum operating pressure and

temperature are 5000 Pa and 80°C respectively. Antici-
pated maximum leakage through these dampers are Table 1: Standard damper sizes
7.5 and 9.0 l/s per metre square at 1100 Pa and 2000 Damper Size (mm)
Pa respectively. B H
200 345
Type ‘ARK2’ is designed to be used to prevent access 400 675
pressure from building up in ventilation systems or in 600 1005
rooms. The damper blades will open automatically once 800 1335
the specific pressure is exceeded. 1000 1665
1200 1995
Notes:
1. Available damper size can be any combina
tion of B and H given in the table above.
2. Anticipated total pressure drop across the
damper at 7 m/s is 100 Pa with the damper
mounted vertically.
Type
ARK
(Refer to catalogue on pages 5)
(Refer to catalogue on pages 3 & 4.)
68 49

Gas-Tight Shut-Off Dampers
3.2 Gas-tight
12.0 Gas-tight Shut-off
Shut-off Dampers
Dampers
TypeType Type ‘NAK’
‘NAK’‘NAK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
This is a gas tight shut-off damper designed for extreme
www.troxchina.com Type ‘NAK’
safety requirements to the KTA 3601 Guidelines for
Nuclear Plant. Under this guideline, the maximum
permissible closed blade leakage rate is 0.0027 l/s
/m² at 2000 Pa. It is a very robust and compact damper
capable of operating at pressures up to 5000 Pa when it
is fully closed.
This damper has a mechanism to keep the damper

blades shut tightly even if there is a power cut to the
actuator.
Anticipated maximum pressure drop across the damper

at 8 m/s is 60 Pa.
Please note that only standard damper sizes are avail- Table 1: Standard damper sizes
able and it can be any combination of B and H as given Damper Size (mm)
in the Table 1. B H
400 270
600 510
800 755
1000 1000
(Refer to product
catalogue on page 5.)
50 69

Marine Fire & Gas Dampers
3.2 Marine
12.0 MarineFire
Fire&&Gas
GasDampers
Dampers
Type ‘JFD’ Type‘JFD’
Type ‘JFD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
TROX Type ‘JFD’ Damper is classified as an ‘A-60’
www.troxchina.com
Type ‘JFD’ Marine Fire Damper
Marine Multi-leaf Fire and Gas Damper, designed for
marine and offshore applications. This damper is
certified by Lloyd’s Register and ABS for the ‘compli-
ance with the essential Fire protection requirements of
Marine Equipment Directive (MED) 96/98/EC’ in accor-
dance with IMO Fire Test Procedures Code, Annex 1;
Part 3.
The damper is designed for horizontal or vertical

mounting, suitable to be used in ‘A-0’ divisions, and
‘A-15’, ‘A-30’ and ‘A-60’ divisions with 900 mm length of
insulated duct including the damper.
It complies with Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 95), Appendix

1 and is classified under equipment group II, category
2G. According to Directive 99/92/EC (ATEX 137), this MATERIAL
damper can be used in Zone 1 and 2, and Group IIA, Galvanised Sheet (Standard supply)
IIB and IIC, which is for potentially explosive environ- Stainless steel construction is available if requested.
ment with the presence of flammable materials at
temperature classes T1 to T6. Minimum module size: 200 mm x 200 mm
In addition, under Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX 95), Appen-
dix 1, this damper is classified under equipment group
II, category 2D. In accordance with Directive 99/92/EC
(ATEX 137), this damper can be used in Zone 21 or 22
subject to combustible dusts.
The maximum recommended operating pressure for

this damper is 3000 Pa.
70 53

3.2 Marine
12.0 Marine FireFire & Gas
& Gas Dampers
Dampers
Type Type Marine Fire & Gas Dampers
‘JFD’ ‘JFD’
Type ‘JFD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
54 71

Application Attachments Dimensio
nformation
12.0 Multi Leaf Shut off Dampers 1
– Multileaf dampers of Type JZ are used as – Quadrant stays and limit switches: Dimensio
Multi Leaf Shut-Off Dampers Multileaf dampers

an acting element in the volume flow and Q ua dra nt s ta ys to a djus t the da mpe r bla de s Dimensio
1. 3
preAirs sConditioning
TROX
–Block
For46,shutting
Type ‘JZ’
ure c onComponents
trol in a ir(Suzhou)
off ducts
c onditCo.,Ltd.
ioning s ys te ms
and openings in walls
( s te ple s s a djus tme nt) a nd for c a pturing
the end positions
Dimensio
Type ‘JZ’
Undertaking Industrial Workshop,
Type JZ
Yangchenghu Road, SIP, Suzhou, China Dimensio
a nd c e+86ilin g s la bs – Open/Close actuators: Actuators for opening
af dampers–E-mail:
JZ 1.1 –
nformation Telephone:
Telefax:
0512-67168869
+86 0512-67168879 Dimensio
Parallel action blades are preferably used
troxchn@troxchina.com and closing multileaf dampers
ral information JZ Installatio
X XJZ testregistrierung
1. 2 for opening/closing
www.troxchina.com
– Modulating actuators: Actuators for stepless
– Opposed action blades are due to their blade adjustment Specificat
Forc hshutting
a ra c te ris ticoff s prthee fe raairflow
bly us e d in for airva riconditioning
a ble – Pneumatic
systemsactuators: Pneumatic actuators Basic info
operation for ope ning a nd c los ing multile a f da mpe rs
Type
– Stainlessmultileaf
Rectangular steel anddampers powder-coated
aJZs fcoor ns shturtuticntgioonfsf dwuicthtsinacnrde ao s
p
for volume flow and pressure–control
e d
n incgosrr o
i
General informationn s i
wo anll s a n d c e iling s la
Explosion-proof
o
b p
s e n
as well
in g a n d c lo
actuators: Actuators
s in g m u lt il e
Page
a
for
1.1 – 2 e rs
f d a m p
Multileaf dampers
resistance
Maximum dimensions of
– Temperature
2 0 0 0 × 1 9resistant
9 5 mm; oup
steelcode
Order
to
um100
f a lTechnical
inium
and stainless steel variants:
°C;va ria nt: 1 2 0 0 × 1 0 5 0 mm
data
in s ta ll e d in p o te n tia lly e x p lo s
Type JZ
ive a tmos phe re s
1.1 – 5
1.1 – 7
beyond 1 0 0 ° C with bra s s or s ta inle s s JZ 1.1 – Accessories
Casing air leakage to ENQuick 1751,sizing
class C – Installation subframe: 1.1 – 10
steel bearings Variants Multileaf damper, Multileaf da
Aerofoil parallel or opposedDimensions
action
XJZ
and
blades weight – JZ-S I n s ta l la tio n s ub fra m e fo r th e fa s–t 11
1.1
X testregistrierung
( s te e l a nd s ta inle s s s te e l c ons truc tion va ria nts ) variant JZ-S variant JZ-P
– Steel Steelandand stainless
stainless steel
steel Dimensions
variants
variants: with and
bladesbrass weight – JZ-P
interconnected and simple installationProduct of multileaf
examples
1.1 – 14 dampers
or sbtya ienxletesrsnasltelinekl abgeea r(ifn g
r spaarraellesluoitraand
oDimensions obplepweight
ofos re d
usbe–laJZ-S-A2
de a c tion) 1.1 – 17
Special features
ote ntia lly evariant:
in pAluminium x plos ivblades
e aDimensions
tmo s p h e re s
and ( A T E
weight X ) – JZ-P-A2 1.1 – 20
Multileaf dampers
interconnected by gears (for – opposed
Aerofoil action)blades
Dimensions
Installation with horizontal or vertical blades and weight – JZ-AL – Low-maintenance, robust construction 1.1 – 23
Variants
– JZ-S: Multileaf Dimensions – Duct connection – No parts with silicone 1.1 – 26
Available in damper
standardwith sizesopposed
and manyblade intermediate sizes
Dimensions
a c tion, ma de of ga lva nis e d s he e t s te e l
Can be combined with external weather louvres
– JZ-P: Multileaf damper with parallel blade
JZ
Installation
1.1 –
– Drive
details
shafts – Available
intermediate
Type JZ
in standard
sizes
sizes and 1.1
1.1
many
– 28
– 30
a c tio n , m a d e
Optional equipment and accessories o f g a lv a n is e d s h e
Specification e t s te e
text l 1.1 – 32
Standards and guidelines
– JZ-S-A2: Multileaf damper with opposed
X XJZ testregistrierung
Actuators: Open/Close actuators, modulating actuators – Casing air leakage to EN 1751,1.4 class
–1C
bla de a c tion, ma de of s tBasic a inleinformation
s s s te e l and nomenclature
Explosion-proof construction
– JZ-P-A2: Multileaf damper with parallel blade with pneumatic actuator For shutting off the airflow in air conditioningMultileaf
Multileaf damper
systems dam
Maintenance
a c toiorns,pm rinagdereotufrsntaaicntlueastsors(tneoetl for J Z -A L )Parallel blades
– Maintenance-free as construction
Rectangular multileafand with qua dra nt s ta y with ins
dampers for volume flow and pressure control as well
Multileaf dampers 1
– JZ-AL: Multileaf damper
Powder-coated with opposed blade
construction a nd a c
ma te ria ls a re noats sfourbsjehuc ttitnogwoeffadruc ts a nd ope nings in wa lls a nd c e iling s la bs
a c tAluminium
ion, ma de variant of a lumalso iniuas m anodised construction – Contamination should be removed Maximum dimensions of steel and stainless steel variants:
Nominal sizes
Multileaf damper,
JZ-*, JZ-*-A2 Multileaf damper,
Type JZ as it may lead to corrosion
c lo s e
Multileaf damper, d bla d e a ir le a k
2 0 0 0and
a g
Multileafe
× 1 9to
Casingdamper,
9 5increased
mm; of a luminium va ria nt: 1 2 0 0 × 1 0 5 0 mm
air leakage to EN 1751,Multileaf
class C damper,
variant JZ-S400, 600, 800, 1000,
– B: 200, variant JZ-P1400,
1200, variant JZ-S-A2 variant JZ-P-A2
Aerofoil
variant JZ-AL
parallel or opposed action blades
1 6 0 0 , 1 8 0 0 , 2 0 0 0 mm ( inte rme dia te s iz e s : SteelFor
andshutting
stainless steel offvariants:
the airflow in air conditioning
blades interconnected
2 0 1 – 1 9 9 8 mm in inc re me nts of 1 mm) Parallel blades by ex te rna l linka ge ( for pa ra lle l or oppos e d bla de a c tion)
– Width subdivided (BM): 2001 – 4150 mm, Rectangular multileaf dampers for volume flow and pressure con
in inc re me nts of 1 mm Opposed blades
K3 – 1.1 – 1Aluminium variant: blades interconnected by gears (for opposed acti
a s for s hutting off duc ts a nd ope nings in wa lls a nd c e iling
Installation with horizontal or vertical blades
– H: 180, 345, 510, 675, 840, 1005, 1170, 1335, Maximum dimensions of steel and stainless steel variants:
1 5 0 0 , 1 6 6 5 , 1 8 3 0 , 1 9 9 5 mm ( inte rme dia te Available in2standard
0 0 0 × 1 9sizes
9 5 mand
m; omany
f a lumintermediate
inium va ria ntsizes
: 1200 × 105
s iz e s : 1 8 3 – 1 9 9 8 mm, in inc re me nts of 1 mm) Can be combined with external weather
Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class Clouvres
– Height subdivided (HM): 1999 – 4066 mm, Aerofoil parallel or opposed action blades
Optional equipment and accessories
in inc re me nts of 1 mm
Steel and
Actuators: Open/Close stainless steelmodulating
actuators, variants: blades interconnected
actuators
– Any combination of B × H
by ex te rna l linka ge ( for pa ra lle l or oppos e d bla de a
Explosion-proof construction with pneumatic actuator
JZ-AL damper
For shutting off theoairflow in air conditioning
r s pring reAluminium
turn a c tua tvariant:
or ( not blades
systems by gears (for op
for J Z -interconnected
AL )
Multileaf Multileaf damper
Parallel blades
Multileaf damper
Opposed blades
Multileaf damper Multileaf damper
– ithB:qu200,
w a dra400,
nt s ta600,
y 800, 1000,
with 1200
ins ta llamm
tion s ubfra me with actuator Installation
withPowder-coated
actuator
Rectangular multileaf dampers for volume with
flow and horizontal
pressure
construction or vertical
control
with actuator as wellblades
(intermediate sizes: 201and actuator
– 1199 mm, a s for s hutting off duc ts a nAluminium
Blade mechanism d ope ningAvailable
svariant
in wa lalso
lsinastandard
nas
d anodised
c e ilingsizes
s laconstruction
band
s many intermediate sizes
in inc re me nts of 1 mm) with gears Maximum dimensions of steel and Can stainless
be combinedsteel with
variants:
external weather louvres
– H: 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 2 0 0 0 × 1 9 9 5 mm; of a luminium va ria nt: 1 2 0 0 × 1 0 5 0 mm
550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, Optional equipment and accessories
Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class C
Multileaf
1 0 0 0 ,damper,
1 0 5 0 mm Actuators: Open/Close actuators, modulating actuators
variant JZ-AL Aerofoil parallel or opposed action blades
– Any combination of B × H K3 –variants:
1.1Explosion-proof
–blades
2 interconnected construction with pneumatic actuator
Steel and stainless steel
or s pring re turn a c tua tor ( not for J Z -A L )
03/2014 – DE/en b y e x te rna l link a g e ( fo r pa r a lle l o r o ppo s e d b la de a c tion)
For shutting off the airflow Aluminium in air conditioning systemsPowder-coated construction
variant: blades interconnected by gears (for opposed action)
Parallel blades
Parallel blades Opposed blades
Opposed blades Blade mechanism
Blade mechanism Aluminium variant also as anodised construction
Rectangular multileaf dampers with efor Installation
a rsvolume
gears
with g flow and with horizontal
pressure or vertical
control as wellblades
a s for s hutting off duc ts a nd ope ningAvailable
s in wa llsinastandard
nd c e ilingsizes
s la band
s many intermediate sizes
Nominal sizes Maximum dimensions of steel and Can stainless
be combined steel variants:
200with× 100 mm – weather
external 2000 × 1995 mm
louvres
Volume flow rate range 2 0 0 0 × 1 9 9 5 mm; of a luminium va ria nt: 1 2 0 0 × 1 0 5 0 mm 200 – 40,000 l/s
Volume flow rate range Casing air leakage to ENOptional
1751, class equipment
C and accessories
720 – 143,640 m³/h
Actuators:
Aerofoil parallel or opposed action blades Open/Close actuators, modulating actuators
Maximum static differential pressure Up to 3500 Pa
03/2014 Explosion-proof
Steel and stainless steel variants:
– blades
DE/eninterconnected construction with pneumatic actuator
Operating temperature –20 to 150 °C
by ex te rna l linka ge ( for pa ra lleolrosrporipnpgorseetu
drbnlaad
c teuaa ctotiro(nn)ot for J Z -A L )
Multileaf damper Powder-coated
Aluminium variant: blades interconnected construction
by gears (for opposed action) 72
with actuator
Opposed blades Blade mechanism Aluminium variant also as anodised construction
– DE/en with gears
Installation with horizontal or vertical blades K3 – 1.1 – 3

12.0 Multi Leaf Shut off Dampers
Multileaf dampers Type ‘JZ’ Multi Leaf Shut-Off Dampers
Type ‘JZ’
Order code
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
JZ
www.troxchina.com
Order code JZ
JZ – P – A2 – G – M – L / 1000×1005 / ER / Z64 / NC / P1 – RAL ...

1
Type Installation subframe

JZ Multileaf damper No entry: none
ER With (only for construction G)
Function
S Opposed (standard) Attachments
P Parallel No entry: none
Z04 – Z07 Quadrant stay
Material Z12 – Z51 Actuators
No entry: galvanised steel ZF01 – ZF15 Spring return actuators
A2 Stainless steel Z60 – Z77 Pneumatic actuators
Construction Explosion-proof actuators
No entry: corner holes on both sides; Z1EX, Z3EX Electric
plastic bearings Z60EX – Z77EX Pneumatic
G Flange holes on both sides
( no c orne r hole s ) Damper blade safety function
M Brass bearings Only for spring return actuators or
pneumatic actuators
E Stainless steel bearings
NO Pressure off/power off to OPEN
M-V Brass bearings and reinforced blades
( not for J Z -A 2 ) NC Pressure off/power off to CLOSE
E-V Stainless steel bearings and Surface
re inforc e d bla de s ( not for J Z -A 2 )
No entry: standard construction
M, E, M-V, E-V can be combined with G
P1 Powder-coated,
Operating side RAL CLASSIC colour
No entry: on the right PS Powder-coated, DB colour
L Left Gloss level:
RAL 9010 50 %
Nominal size [mm] RAL 9006 30 %
B×H All other RAL colours 70 %
B > 2000 = width subdivided
H > 1998 = height subdivided
Order example JZ–S–G–M–V–L/800×510/ER/Z43

Function Opposed
Material Galvanised steel
Construction F la nge hole s on both s ide s , bra s s be a rings a nd re inforc e d bla de s
Operating side On the left
Nominal size 800 × 510 mm
Installation subframe With
Attachments Open/Close actuator NM230A
Surface Standard construction
73

Accessories 2: correction values _______
Cover grille ________________________________ 16 Installation details:
Circular spigot plate _________________________ 17 Solid walls and ceiling slab
Fire Dampers
Flexible connectors __________________________ 18 On the face of solid walls a
13.0 Fire Damper Extension piece ____________________________

Attachments:
19 Adjacent to solid walls and
Remote from solid walls an
Type ‘FK-EU’
Limit switches ______________________________ 20 Lightweight partition walls
Type ‘FK-EU’ Spring return actuator ________________________
Spring return actuator and smoke detector ________
22
24
Fire walls ______________
Shaft walls _____________
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869 Installation details
Spring return actuator (Ex) ____________________
TROXNETCOM ____________________________
26
27
Suspension systems ____
Order details ____________
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879 Smoke
Solid detectors
walls ____________________________
and ceiling slabs 29
www.troxchina.com
Special features
– Complies with the requirements of EN 15650 FK-EU with
Mortar-based fusible link
installation FK-EU with spring return
Recommendations
– 1366-2 – Casing length L = 500 mm, if
exceeds 100 mm or the thick
– 13501-3 125 mm
acent to and remote - is not critical. Installation details
abs, in lightweight – Equipped with optional accessories approved for potentially Requirements – An opening or a cut hole with
explosive atmospheres – and minimum height H + 80
– Easy dry mortarless installation with installation kit for example, concrete, aerated concrete, masonry, or solid
gypsum wallboards according to EN 12859 (without hollow during construction
ng slabs combustible – Integration into the central BMS with TROXNETCOM spaces), gross density ≥ 500 kg/m³, and a minimum thickness –
of 100 mm following: mortar of group II,
Declaration of Performance
– Solid ceiling slabs made of concrete or aerated concrete,
ther by a fusible link DoP / FK-EU / DE / 2013 / 001 gross density ≥ 600 kg/m³, and a minimum thickness of
actuator. The release For further and up-to-date information, including the operating 125 mm mortar of class M 2.5 or 10; g
d from the outside. Design information concrete.
Order Details
nual and to comply with and
– installation manual, please refer to our website.
– 75 mm minimum distance to load bearing structural elements, The mortar bed depth must b
st be complied with. 40 mm minimum distance when installed in ceiling slabs
on the application, see table. – 70
–
13306 are also please refer tointhe
– Installation Easy
solid Product
walls Finder slabs,
and ceiling designinprogramme
lightweighton is concreted into a wall durin
installed in walls, 100 mm when installed in ceiling slabs
ourpartition
website.walls with metal support structure and cladding on
both sides, and in shaft walls whose class of performance
is lower than EI 90 is approved. In this case the class of per -
Special features
– For use in ventilation systems, ducts must be connected Wall installation – Complies
Ceiling slabwith the requiremen
installation, upri
–
W =to
tested 100
EN up to ≤and
1366-2 240comply
mm with EN 15650.
and a cover grille on the other. – 1
Correct approved 260installation
W locations are in solid walls and
– ceiling slabs, on the face of solid walls, adjacent to and remote -
Closed blade air leakage according to EN 1751, class 2;
from solid walls, upright on solid ceiling slabs, in lightweight – Equipped with optional acces
ular cleaning schedule with provisions of federal state law and the generally
recognised combinations for the isolation of duct penetrations between
codes of practice. Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class C;
L = 375 explosive atmospheres
or 500 – Easy dry mortarless installatio
– Ducting must be installed in such a manner that it does not not critical. When installed in walls or ceiling slabs combustible – Integration into the central BM
Fire damper variant with: spring return actuator with
– For information onand
howatorelease
limit such loads please refer to the thermoelectric release mechanism. Two limit switches Declaration of Performance
blade mechanism. (for use in warm air ventilation systems) either by a fusible link DoP / FK-EU / DE / 2013 / 001
integrated intoor actuator for indicating
with a springdamper bladeThe positions
Construction · Dimensions
Application-dependent thermoelectrically 100
return actuator. release For further and up-to-date infor
mechanism is accessible and can be tested from the outside. and installation
s ≥ 40 manual, please
–
1366-2. Materials:
please refer to the Easy Product
With declaration of performance Casing made of thegalvanised
application, seesheet
table on pagesdamper
steel, 4 and 5.blade our website.
Mortar, concrete
marking. made of special insulating material, damper bladeorshaft gypsumandmortar Mortar, concrete
or gypsum mortar
Minimum Class For mortar-based
Mortar-based installation
Dry and
mortarless dry mortarless
Installa- installation driving linkage made of stainless steel, plain bearings made
Characteristics Approved installation positions for horizontal ducts
thickness
[mm] –
of performance installation
o) S
– For classes of performance [mm]

into solid walls and ceiling slabs, lightweight partition walls
installation
13501-3Casing length
Casing length
see the tables[mm]
tion
details
on pages on 4 page
and 5
of brass, seals made of polyurethane
2
s
and elastomer.
≥ 40
walls; for mortar-based installation, upright, in solid ceiling

– L = 375 L = 500 L = 375 L = 500 accessories, pleaseWrefer
> 240 mmdesign programme on our website.
to the Ceiling slab installation, susp
– to and remote from solid walls.E Also for dry mortarless
W
ventilation
EI 90 S systems) N N – 34 to 37 Release mechanism ≥ 100
100
Constructionlightweight
features partition walls Characteristics
with cladding on both sides. Approved installation positions for horizontal ducts
Extension piece
Mortar, concrete
EI 120 S – – or gypsum mortar
– Two casing Special
lengths to allow for wall – – ceilingW slabs 38 to 39
and 13501-3
features:
of various thicknesses – For classes of performance see the tables on pages 4 and 5
d ceiling slabs, gross density 125 EI 90 S – Complies N withN the requirements
– – of EN34 15650
– Rectangular construction, rigid frame– s ≥ 40
– Flanges with – pre-drilled holes on both – sides
150 EI 120 S to EN –1366-2 – –ventilation
W systems)
38 to 39 Release mechanism
– Two inspection panels
– Intermediate – dimensions in 1 mm increments
Construction13501-3
for both width
features
and height – are available
– Two casing lengths to allow for wall and ceiling slabs
100 – ClosedEIblade
90 S air leakage– according
– to EN
– 1751,
E class 2
40
– Integration into the central BMS
of various with TROXNETCOM
thicknesses
– Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class– Rectangular
C; construction, rigid frame
– Flanges with pre-drilled holes on both sides
d ceiling slabs, gross density
– Two inspection panels
125 EI 90 S N N
– –Intermediate
– 40
dimensions in 1 mm increments for both width
and height are available
FK-EU with Order code
fusible link – Closed blade air leakage according to EN 1751, class 2 34
311 – Casing air leakage to EN 1751, class C;
100 EI 90 S FK-EU–- 1 – / –DE E/ 600
41 × 400 × 500 / ES / SS / Z43
260 35 B 35
35
125 EI 90 S N
Type N – FK-EU–with fusible
41 link Country of destination 1
Construction 311 DE 2 W can be combined with all construction variants
No entry: standard construction 260 Other destination countries 35 B 35

upon request ZEX1 – ZEX2 and Z43RM – Z45RM
1 Powder-coated casing
100 EI 90 S – – – E 42 3 mm
H
21 Stainless steel casing Nominal size [mm]

35
7 Coated damper blade

1-7 Powder-coated casing Accessories 1 request.
and coated damper blade
125 EI 90 S No entry: none
2-7 1N Stainless
N
steel– casing – 42
3
and coated damper blade
35
W2 With fusible link 95 Accessories 2

H
L = 375 or 500 x
(only for use in warm air No entry: none
ventilation systems) R0 – 0A
FK-EU with spring return actuator Attachments
Z00 – ZEX2
x 94 mm for B < 251 mm
311
115 mm for all other dimensions
35
260
L = 375 or 500 x
74 FK-EU with spring return actuatorKeep clear to provide access to release mechanism
or spring return actuator
Order example for FK-EU with fusible link

311 Order example:x FK-EU, powder-coated,
94 mm for B < 251 mm

_______________ 9
13.0 Fire Damper Installation details

Attachments:
Correct
Fireuse
Limit switches ______________________________ 10

Type ‘FKRS-EU’ Dampers
Solid walls
Spring and
return ceiling
actuator slabs
________________________
____________________________
11
12
Type ‘FKRS-EU’
Yangchenghu Road, SIP, Suzhou, China Mortar-based installation Recommendations
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869 – An extension pie
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879 or ceiling slab ex
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Installation details
www.troxchina.com In this case the class of performance ofisthe wall or ceiling slab
not critical. – An opening or a
to read the operating and installation manual and to comply with applies also to the FKRS-EU. Requirements
it. In addition, the national guidelines must be complied with. FKRS-EU with fusible link FKRS-EU
into the wallwith
or c
– –
Special
The features
general guidelines of DIN 31051 and EN 13306 are also ventilation systems. Ducts must be connected on both according
gypsum wallboards
for example, concrete, aerated concrete, masonry, or solid
ends, to EN 12859 (without hollow –
following: mortar
applicable.
– Complies with the requirements of EN 15650 or a duct on one end and a cover grille on the other end. 500 kg/m³, and a minimum thickness
of 100 mm
– 1366-2 – – Solid ceiling slabs made of concrete or aerated concrete,
every
– six months. If two consecutive tests are successful,
13501-3 with provisions of federal state law and the generally kg/m³, and a minimum thickness of concrete.
the next test can be conducted one year later. recognised codes of practice. 150 mm The mortar bed d
– For mortar-based installation in lightweight partition walls and – 40 mm minimum distance to load bearing structural elements, –
– Ducting must be installed in such a manner
75 mm that it does
minimum not when installed in ceiling slabs
distance is concreted into
– Easy dry mortarless installation with installation block,

remote control.
Installation details – 40
installed in walls, 45 mm when installed in ceiling slabs
dry mortarless installation kit or wall face frame – Solid
For information onslabs
walls and ceiling how to limit such loads please refer to the
Fire
– dampers must be included in the regular cleaning schedule
of the ventilation system.
Declaration of Performance
Design information
DoP / FKRS-EU / DE / 2013 / 001 Correct use – Mortar-based installation Recommendations
– An extension piece should be used if the thickness of the wall
Wall installation Ceiling slab instal
Order Details
or ceiling slab exceeds 115 mm
W: 100 to 115 mm
Quick selection
Quick selection
– – is not critical. Installation details
For further and up-to-date information, including the operating 220
on the application,
Installation details see table. – An opening or a cut hole W of the nominal size plus 80 mm
and installation manual, please refer to our website. Requirements
–– An extensioninpiece
Installation solidiswalls
required
and ceiling slabs whose class of – into the wall or ceiling slab during construction
for example, concrete, aerated concrete, masonry, or solid – Special features
– An opening ØD2 is required gypsum wallboards according to EN 12859 (without hollow
please refer to the Easy Product Finder design programme on following: mortar of group II, IIa, III or IIIa according to – Complies with th
In this case the class of performance of the wall or ceiling slab
–our 500 kg/m³, and a minimum thickness
–
website. of 100 mm tested to EN 1366-2 and comply with EN 15650.
y with applies also to the FKRS-EU. – Solid ceiling slabs made of concrete or aerated concrete, Correct approved installation locations are in solid walls and –
Nomenclature Nomenclature
– alternatively, with threaded rods. kg/m³, and a minimum thickness of concrete.
ceiling slabs,The
onmortar
the face – For mortar-based
bedofdepth
solidmust
walls,
beinatlightweight
least 100 mm. partition
Recommendations
A Forventilation :systems. Ducts must be connected provide optimum150 results.
mm provide It ensures
optimum compliance
results. It with
ensuresnormally
compliance with normally
further information
[m²] on
AFree cross wall face
sectional
[m²] frames
: area
Free pageon area
seesectional
cross both
8. ends, – 40 mm minimum distance to load bearing structural elements, –
AD– An extension piece should be used if the thickness of the wall acceptable aerodynamic
or aInstallation
duct
[m²]on: location
one
AD end and[m²]
Cross-sectional aarea
cover grille
: based onon
Cross-sectional
ØD thearea
other end.
based on ØD
acceptable
and acoustic
aerodynamic
limits. and acoustic limits. is concreted into a wall during construction.
75 mm minimum distance when installed in ceiling slabs
– Easy dry mortarle
dry mortarless ins
Construction and building
– Minimum – Class of performance Mortar- is not critical.
Dry Installation
ickness or ceiling slab exceeds
[m³/h]115or [l/s]mm
– 40
–[m³/h] or [l/s] : : material
–
thickness EI TT
installed in walls,
–
45 (v –h o installed in ceilingbased
mme when slabs mortarless details °C or at concrete
Mortar, 95 °C –
vA [m/s] : vA of federal
with provisions [m/s]
state: law and the generally [mm] installation(for installation
use in warm air ventilation
on page systems) either byora gypsum
fusible link
mortar
Declaration of Pe
– Sound power level– Sound power level or thermoelectrically with a spring return actuator. The release
v A = ⁄ A
recognised codes of practice. D × 3600 v A = ⁄ A D × 3600 Pa
mechanism is accessible and can be tested from the outside. DoP / FKRS-EU / D
Mortar, concrete
Δp t [Pa] : Δp t [Pa] : For furthermortar
and up-
– Ducting must be installed in such a manner that it does notExample
Δp t = ζ × ρ ⁄ 2 × v A ² Δp t = ζ × ρ ⁄ 2 × v A ²
Example
Spigot connections on both ends, with lip seal, suitable or gypsum
and installation ma
for ventilation ducts according to EN 1506 orCeiling
Wall installation EN 13180
slab installation, upright
ζ Solid walls: and
ζ ceiling slabs : Solid walls, plus EI 120 S but commercial
non-standard N nominal W 1 180, 224,
on the application,
sizes 14
see/ table
16 / 17on page 3.
Given data W: 100Given
to 115 data
mm
kg/m³
ρ – For [kg/m³]
information on how
: ρAir density toblade
[kg/m³]limit
(approx. : andsuch
1.2
Air at loads
adensity
20
release°C) please1.2
(approx.
mechanism. refer to the
at 20 °C) 100 and 280.
220 W
666 m³/h (185 l/s) 666 m³/h (1852 l/s)
please refer to the E
our website.
Closedsound EI 90air
blade S leakage according– to EN E 1751,
/ W class 15 3. to 17 Ceiling slab instal
ickness L WA LSound
[dB(A)] :Installation power
[dB(A)]
level
opening : ofSound
the air-regenerated
dimensions power
[mm] level of the air-regenerated
Application-dependent W
WA Required sound power Required
level: 35 dB(A)
power level: 35 dB(A)
noise in the duct noise in the duct Casing air leakage according to EN 1751, class C.
L WNC– Nominal size : LNC rating of the Solid ceiling slabs, Quick selection QuickFireselection
damper variant
EI 120 S with: spring return
N actuator
W 1 with thermo -
14 / 16 / 17
100
WNC 125 150sound
: 160
NCpower
rating
200 level
of224
the sound
250 280 power315 level
1366-2.
220
L WNC ≈ L WA - 5With declaration
L WNC ≈ L of performance FKRS-EU / AT / 200
150 FKRS-EUelectric release
/ AT / 200mechanism. Two limit switches integrated
WA - 5 Extension piece Mortar, concrete
DoP / FKRS-EU / DE / 2013 / 001 and CE marking. into actuator for indicating damper blade positions OPEN
ØD2 130 155180 190 230 254 280 310 345 EI 90 S – 2 E/W 15 to 17 or gypsum mortar
– Result Resultand CLOSED.
For mortar-based installation and dry mortarless installation
into solid walls and ceiling slabs, lightweightv partition = 666
walls m³/h v ⁄ Materials:
0.031 m² = × 666
3600 m³/h= 6⁄ m/s
0.031 m² × 3600 = 6 m/s
All sound power levels
All are
soundbased
On the face of solid walls power
on 1levels
pW. are based on 1 pW.
Solid walls, A A
D
Dimensions [mm] Δp t
kg/m³ = 10 Pa Δp t Casing (frommade
=table
10 of
Pa2)
galvanised (from
sheettable
steel, 2)
damper blade made
All noise levels were All determined
noise levels in shaft
awere
reverberation
determined
walls. Also forchamber.
in amortarless
dry reverberation Lchamber.
installation on the = face
33 dB(A) L WA of (from
special=table
33 dB(A)
3) material,
insulating (from table
damper
Mortar, 3) shaft made of
blade
concrete
WA
The sound power data Thehassound
beenpowerdetermined
data has and been
corrected
determined and corrected or gypsum mortar
stainless steel, plain bearings made of plastic.
Nominal
according size 5135,
to ISO 100
according
February125
to ISO150
1999.
and 5135, 160 February
lightweight 200partition
2241999. 250 with
walls 280cladding
315 on both sides.
100 Text for anEIFKRS-EU
90 S with fusible link – E 18
Mortar, concrete
Connection of ducts made of combustible or or gypsum mortar
99 124 non-combustible
149 159 199 building
223 materials
249 279 is approved.
314 accessories, please refer to the design programme on our website.
Special features:
– Complies
Quick Selection Tablewith the requirements
Table 1: Quick of ENselection
15650 Table 1: Quick selection Ceiling slab installation, suspended
Minimum Class of performance– Mortar- Dry Installation W
Lightweight
thickness EI TTpartition
(v e –h owalls withto metal based Lightweight
mortarless
< 35 Pa partition
details wallst < 35 Pa t < 35 Pa t<
EN 1366-2 t N – 35 Pa 19
[mm]support structure and cladding onNominal installation
size installation onsize
Nominal page Nominal size Nominal size
both sides
L WA [dB(A)] L WA [dB(A)] – 13501-3
Extension piece Mortar, concrete
100 125 150 – 160For
100mortar-based
125
200 150installation
224 160
250 in lightweight
200
280 224 partition
315 250
100 walls 150
280
125 315 100 EI200
160 120 S 224
125 3150 160
250 200
280 224 or250
315 280
gypsum mortar 315
100 – E 20 / 21
EI 90 S 14
25 22 40 70 – Easy
80
22 dry mortarless
140
40 170
70 installation
21580 280with
140 installation
360
170 79
215 block,
144
280 252
360 288
79 504
144 612
252 774
288 1008
504 1296
612 774 1008 1296
EI 120 25
S N W1 14 / 16 / 17
dry mortarless installation kit or wall face frame
35
100 35 65 35105 125
35 210
65 245
105 315
125 405
210 525
245 126
315 234
405 378
525 450
126 756
234 882
378 1134
450 1458
756 1890
882 1134 1458 1890
– – W 22 / 23
45 50 EI 90 S45150
90 180
50
pressure –
295
90 150 E / W
345 445
1802 57015 to 17
295 735
345 180
445 324
570 540
735 648
180 1062
324 1242
540 1602
648 2052
1062 2646
1242 1602 2052 2646
D
–
Fire walls with metal support structure Fire walls
and cladding on EIboth120 sides
S N W1 14 / 16 / 17
N – 24
150 Order code 220
EI 90 S – E/W 15 to 17
Nominal size Nominal size
FKRS-EU - 1 / DE / 160 / ER / 115 / Z43 EI 90 S
v A [m/s] v A [m/s]
100 125 100 150 125 160 150 200 160 224 200 250 224 280 250 315 280 315
–none
No entry: E 25
4 18 4 11 18 8 11 7 8 4 7 6 4 5 6 4 5 3 4 3
Country14
of destination ER Circular installation block
40 25 40 17 25 15 17 10
6 6 -DE 15 13 10 10 13 8 EQ 10Square6 installation
8 block 6
100 EI 90 S – E 18
8Lightweight partition
71 walls
8 with
44 metal71 No entry:
31 Shaft 44wallsconstruction
standard 27 31 18 27 Other22destination
18 countries
18 22 14 TQ 18Square 11dry mortarless
14 11
support structure and cladding on 1one Powder-coated casing upon request installation kit
10side 111 10 69 111 48 69 42 48 27 42 35 27 28 35 N face
22 WA 28Wall 17 frame22– 26
17
21 Stainless steel casing
7
Coated damper blade 100 Accessories 2
90 EI 90 S No entry: none
1-7
Powder-coated
Table 3: Sound casingpower
and levels
TableLWA 125 power levels LWA [dB(A)]
3: Sound
[dB(A)]
coated damper blade 150 S0 to AS
2-7 1 NStainless steel casing
– and 19 Nominal size 160 Nominal size –
Attachments E 27
coated damper blade 200 Z00 to ZL08
v A [m/s] v A [m/s]
100EI 120 S 33 125 W 2100 With 150fusible link
125 95 160°C 150 200 224160 224 200 250 224 1 280 250 315 280 315
1
100 100 to 200 100 to –(only
200 infor
lightweight partition
use inEwarm wall/ 21
air 20 with 250
2 224 to 315EI 90 S metal support structure and mineral wool 2 W can be combined with all construction
4 32 4 28 32 ventilation
25 systems)
28 25 25 23 280 25 23 23 22 23 22
variants 22 under21
listed 22 21
315
6 41 6 37 41 35 37 34 35 33 34 34 33 33 34 32 33 32 32 32
–
Order example W
for FKRS-EU with22fusible
/ 23 link Order example for FKRS-EU, powder-coated, 3
49 45
8 8 72 °C 49 43 45 42 43 40 42 42 40 41 42
with installation 41
block, 41
operating40 41
side cover grille 40
10 55 10 51 55 49 51 48 49 47 48 49 47 48 49 47 48 47 V 47 47
Make: N – 24 Make:
Type: Type:
115 EI 90 S
Nominal size Nominal size
28
100 – 150 E 25
75 100 125 125 160 150 200 160 224 200 250 224 280 250 315 280 315
A [m²] 0.005 A [m²] 0.009 0.005 0.013 0.009 0.016 0.013 0.025 0.016 0.032 0.025 0.040 0.032 0.052 0.040 0.067 0.052 0.067
A D [m²] 0.008 A D [m²] 0.012 0.008 0.017 0.012 0.020 0.017 0.031 0.020 0.039 0.031 0.049 0.039 0.061 0.049 0.077 0.061 0.077

Fire Shutter Dampers 4.0 Fire Shutter Dampers
13.0 Fire Shutter Dampers
Type ‘FSD’ Type ‘FSD’
4.0 Fire
Type ‘FSD’Shutter Dampers
KEY FEATURES
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Type ‘FSD’ Type ‘FSD’ Fire Shutter Damper
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
TheKEY
FireFEATURES
Shutter Damper provides a means to isolate
www.troxchina.com
Type ‘FSD’ Fire Shutter Damper
and prevent the spread of fire and products of combus-
tionThe Fire Shutter
through Damper
mechanical andprovides a means to
air conditioning isolate
ventilation
and prevent the spread of fire and products of combus-
systems.
tion through mechanical and air conditioning ventilation
systems.
This damper is designed to be installed into walls or
floor slabs. It is available in a wide range of sizes that
areThis damper is designed to be installed into walls or
suitable for low and medium pressure system
floor slabs. It is available in a wide range of sizes that
application.
are suitable for low and medium pressure system
application.
Each damper module is fitted with a standard fusible
linkEach
rateddamper
at 72 °C.
module is fitted with a standard fusible
link rated at 72 °C.
This damper has been tested successfully for up to four
hours
Thisfire integrity
damper hastobeen Britishsuccessfully
the tested Standard, for
BSup476
to four
Part 20, 1987 and Australian Standard, AS 1530.4,
hours fire integrity to the British Standard, BS 476 This damper should be installed into the wall or floor
1997.
Part 20, 1987 and Australian Standard, AS 1530.4, structure
This with
damper the means
should of; into the wall or floor
be installed
1997.
structure with the means of;
This damper has been approved by BOMBA, the
I. Sleeve and peripheral angles or,
This damper
Malaysian has been Department
Fire Services approved by and,
BOMBA, the
the Hong I.II. Sleeve
HEVACand peripheral angles or,
Sub-frame.
KongMalaysian Fire Services
Fire Services Department
Department and,has
(HKFSD) the given
Hong a
II. HEVAC Sub-frame.
Kong
letter Fireobjection.
of no Services Department (HKFSD) has given a
letter of no objection. Note: Silicon based sealant will be used on TROX
Note:
‘FSD’ Silicon based
Type fire sealantIfwill
dampers. be used on
requested, TROXsilicon
special
‘FSD’ Type fire dampers. If requested, special
free sealant can be applied to these dampers. silicon
INSTALLATION free sealant can be applied to these dampers.
INSTALLATION
Please note that the damper installation method, which
Please note that the damper installation method, which MATERIAL
includes the provision of access panel and breakaway MATERIAL
includes the provision of access panel and breakaway Galvanised Sheet (Standard supply)
joint (to be provided by the others), should meet the Galvanised Sheet (Standard supply)
joint (to be provided by the others), should meet the Stainlesssteel
Stainless steelconstruction
constructionis is available
available if requested.
if requested.
requirements
requirements of of
thethe
local
localstandards
standardsand
andfire
fire authority’s
authority’s
requirements.
requirements. Minimummodule
Minimum modulesize:
size:150
150 mm
mm x 150
x 150 mmmm
Maximummodule
Maximum modulesize:
size:1000
1000 mm
mm x x 1000
1000 mmmm
This damper
This damper can
can bebe
mounted
mountedininthethevertical
vertical or
or horizon-
horizon-
tal tal
position EXCEPT
position EXCEPT forforconstruction
constructionvariant
variant Type
Type
‘FSD-CM’
‘FSD-CM’ since it does not have a setof
since it does not have a set ofclosing
closing
springs. The
springs. Type
The Type ‘FSD-CM’
‘FSD-CM’can canonly
onlybe
bemounted
mounted
vertically.
vertically.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 4/1.1/EN/--. 55
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 4/1.1/EN/--. 55
76

Combination Smoke &
13.0 Combination
4.0
4.0Smoke
Smokeand,Smoke
and, & Fire Dampers
Combination
Combination Smoke
Smoke
Typeand
‘MSD’
Fire Dampers Type ‘MSD’
andFire
FireDampers
Dampers
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
Type
Type‘MSD’
‘MSD’Smoke
SmokeDamper
Damper
E-mail: troxchn@troxchina.com Type
Type‘MSD’
‘MSD’Smoke
SmokeDamper
Damper
www.troxchina.com
The
TheSmoke
SmokeDamper
Damperisisdesigned
designedtotoprovide
providean
anauto-
auto-
matic
matictotoprevent
preventthe
thespread
spreadsmoke
smokethrough
throughmechanical
mechanical
ventilation
ventilationsystems.
systems.
This
Thisdamper
damperisiscapable
capableofofoperating
operatingfor
fora amaximum
maximum
period
periodofof120
120minutes
minutesatat250250°C
°Cusing
usingananelectric
electricspring
spring
return
returnactuator
actuatorinina athermal
thermalenclosure.
enclosure.
Type
Type‘SFD’
‘SFD’Smoke
Smokeand
andFire
FireDamper
Damper
This
Thisdamper
damperisisdesigned
designedtotoprovide
providean anautomatic
automatic
means
meansofofpreventing
preventingthe
thespread
spreadofoffire
fireand/or
and/orsmoke
smoke MATERIAL
MATERIAL
the
themechanical
mechanicalventilation
ventilationsystem.
system. Galvanised
GalvanisedSheet
Sheet(Standard
(Standardsupply)
supply)
Stainless
Stainlesssteel
steelconstruction
constructionisisavailable
availableif ifrequested.
requested.
The
Thedamper
damperwas wasindependently
independentlytested
testedfor
forfire
fireintegrity
integrity
for
forup
uptoto4 4hours
hourstotoAS AS1530.4,
1530.4,1997
1997andandforforupuptoto3 3 Minimum
Minimummodule
modulesize:
size:100
100mm
mmx x100
100mm
mm
hours
hourstotoBSBS476:
476:Part
Part20,
20,1987
1987bybyan
aninternationally
internationally Maximum
Maximummodule
modulesize:
size:1200
1200mm
mmx x1800
1800mm
mm
recognised
recognisedfire firetest
testcentre.
centre.
The
TheType
TypeSFD
SFDdamper
damperisiscapable
capableofofoperating
operatingforfora a Type
Type‘SFD’
‘SFD’Smoke
Smokeand
andFire
FireDamper
Damper
maximum
maximumperiod
periodofof60
60minutes
minuteswith
withairairtemperature
temperatureatat
250
250°C°Cpassing
passingthrough
throughthe
thedamper,
damper,usingusingananelectric
electric
spring
springreturn
returnactuator
actuatorhoused
housedinina athermal
thermalenclosure.
enclosure.
MATERIAL
MATERIAL
Galvanised
GalvanisedSheet
Sheet(Standard
(Standardsupply)
supply)
Stainless
Stainlesssteel
steelconstruction
constructionisisavailable
availableif ifrequested.
requested.
Both
Bothtypes
typesofofdampers
dampers(i.e.,
(i.e.,‘SFD’
‘SFD’and
and‘MSD’)
‘MSD’)can
canbebe
supplied
suppliedwith
withlow
lowclosed
closedblade
bladeleakage
leakagecharacteristics,
characteristics,
Minimum
Minimummodule
modulesize:
size:250
250mm
mmx x250
250mm
mm
for
forsmoke
smokecontrol
controlapplication.
application.BothBothdampers
dampershavehavebeen
been
Maximum
Maximummodule
modulesize:
size:1000
1000mm
mmx x1000
1000mm
mm
tested
testedindependently
independentlyfor forclosed
closedblade
bladeleakage
leakageand
and
cycling
cyclingtests,
tests,having
havingcompleted
completedmore morethan
than20,000
20,000
cycles
cycleswith
withelectric
electricspring
springreturn
returnactuator
actuatortotocomply
complywith
with
the
therequirements
requirementsofofUL UL555S.
555S.
Three
Threedifferent
differentseal
sealvariants
variantsare areavailable
availablewith
withboth
both
‘MSD’
‘MSD’andand‘SFD’
‘SFD’Type
Typedampers;
dampers;
1.1. CC– –Without
Withoutside
sideorortiptipseal
seal
2.2. C1C1– –With
Withside
sideseals
sealsonlyonly(Class
(Class3 3totoUL555S).
UL555S).
3.3. C2C2– –With
Withside
sideandandtiptipseal
sealfor
forimprove
improveblade
blade
leakage
leakagerating
rating(to
(toClass
Class2 2ofofUL555S).
UL555S).
Note:
Note:For
Forfurther
furtherdetails,
details,please
pleaserefer
refertotoTROX
TROXKLIMA
KLIMAAsia
AsiaPacific
Pacificcatalogue
catalogueRef.
Ref.MM4/2.2/EN/--.
4/2.2/EN/--.
5656
77

Combination Smoke &13.0
4.0 Smoke and, Combination
Combination Smoke & FireSmoke
Dampers
Fire Dampers Type ‘MSD’
and Fire
Type Dampers
‘MSD’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
78 57

4.0 Smoke and,
13.0 Combination Combination
Combination
Smoke Smoke
Smoke&
& Fire Dampers
Type and Fire Dampers Type ‘SFD’
‘SFD’Fire Dampers
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
58 79

Industrial Tunnel Dampers
3.2 Industrial
13.0 IndustrialTunnel
TunnelDampers
Dampers
Type ‘JFM’ Type ‘JFM’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
The TROX Type ‘JFM’ is an industrial damper designed This damper complies with the European Directive
to operate in arduous environment, suitable for tunnel 94/9/EC (ATEX 95), Appendix 1 and is classified under
ventilation, offshore oil and gas and nuclear applica- equipment group II, category 2D and 2G. It can there-
tions. This damper is suitable for isolation, regulation of fore be used in Zone 21 and Zone 22 hazardous areas
air flow and to control the spread of fire and smoke in where combustible dust is present and Zone 1 and 2
mechanical ventilation systems. It can be operated hazardous areas where Group IIA, IIB and IIC gases
are present at temperature classes T1 to T6 in accor-
manually or automatically using either electric or pneu-
dance with European Directive 99/92/EC (ATEX 137),
matic actuators with associated ancillary controls in
accordance with the system design requirements.
Type ‘JFM’ Tunnel Fire and Smoke Damper

This damper can be manufactured in either galvanised
sheet steel or in stainless steel with a pressure rating
up to 3 kPa for standard supply or, 6 kPa for high
pressure applications.
The ‘JFM’ damper has been successfully tested for fire

integrity for up to 4 hours to BS 476: Part 20, 1987 and,
for 1 hour to BS EN 1366 Part 2, in both horizontal and
vertical mounting positions by an independent fire test
centre.
The Type ‘JFM’ damper is capable of operating for TWO

hours at an elevated ambient temperature of 400°C.
Actuator ratings are:
Pneumatic: 250°C for 2 hours, 400°C for 1 hour without

thermal enclosure including external end position MATERIAL
switches. Galvanised Sheet (Standard supply)
Stainless steel construction is available if
Electric: 400°C for 2 hours with thermal enclosure requested.
including integral end position switches.
Minimum module size: 200 mm x 200 mm
They can be mounted vertically or horizontally, directly
to structural walls or concrete floor slabs and directly
onto connecting ductwork. In all cases, this damper
should be installed to manufacturer’s recommendations
and comply with the local by-laws and fire authority
requirements.
80 51

13.0 Industrial Industrial
3.2 Industrial Tunnel
Tunnel Tunnel
Damper
Dampers Dampers
s
Type Type Type
‘JFM’ ‘J FM ’ ‘JFM’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
TE
Z00X – Manual
Z01X – Pneumatic Spring Return
Z02X – Pneumatic Double Acting
Z03X – Electric Spring Return
Z04X – Electric Double Acting
Thermal Enclosure
TE1: 250 °C for 2 hours
TE2: 400 °C for 2 hours
TE3: Others
52 81

15.0 Lab Control
Lab Control Type ‘TVLK’ 9.1 Lab Control Type TV
Type ‘TVLK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
9.1 Lab Control Type TVLK
www.troxchina.com
9.1 Lab Control Type TVLK
90

15.0 Lab Control
Type ‘TVLK’ Lab Control
Type ‘TVLK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
91

Lab Control 15.0 Lab Control
Type ‘TVLK’
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘TVLK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
92

15.0 Lab Control Lab
VAVControl
Box VAV Box
Type ‘TVJ’ Type ‘TVJ’ TVJ VAV
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869 TVJ VAV
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
93

16.0 SandSand
Trap Louvres
Trap Louvre
Sand Trap Louvres
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘WSL • AWSL’
Type ‘WSL & AWSL’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Types WSL and AWSL
for Building Façades
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Description Materials
The sand trap louvre is used as pre-filter for the protection Basic construction either aluminium (AWSL) or galvanized steel
of air conditioning plants in areas exposed to extreme (WSL). Bird screen galvanized steel mesh 12 x 12 x 1 mm.
levels of industrial pollution. It has a degree of separation Standard finish AWSL mill, WSL galvanized or powder coated
of sand and large dust particles, even in cases of high dust RAL RAL 9010 25% gloss, other RAL colours and of gloss
concentrations. The vertically arranged sections and holes for finish on request. For all external application AWSL powder
sand drainage ensure the sand trap louvre is self cleaning and coat finish to BS EN 12206-1;2004, WSL powder coat finish to
maintenance-free. The sand trap louvre is designed to separate BS EN 13438:2005.
large particles at low air velocities, thus avoiding excessive dust
loading on conventional plant filters. It is not intended as a
substitute for conventional supply air filtration plant. Louvre Fixing
Materials
Materials
Basic construction either aluminium (AWSL) or galvanized steel
Basic construction either aluminium (AWSL)
Louvre rear section to be site drilled for fixings supplied by
others.
(WSL). Bird screen galvanized steel mesh 12 xor12galvanized
x 1 mm. steel
(WSL).
Standard Birdfinish
screen galvanized
AWSL mill, WSL steel mesh 12orx powder
galvanized 12 x 1 mm.coated
Standard
RAL RAL 9010finish25%
AWSL mill,other
gloss, WSL galvanized
RAL coloursorand powder coated
of gloss
RAL RAL
finish on 9010 25%For
request. gloss, other RAL
all external colours and
application AWSL of gloss
powder
finishfinish
on request. Dimensions
For all external application AWSL
coat to BS EN 12206-1;2004, WSL powder coatpowder
finish to
coat
BS ENfinish Standard Sizes · Single Section
to BS EN 12206-1;2004, WSL powder coat finish to
13438:2005.
BS EN 13438:2005.
Louvre
2 Fixing
Width B in mm
Height H in mm 150
150
300
300
450
450 600
600
750
750
900
900
1050
1050 1)
1200
1200 1)
1350
1350 1)
1500
1500 1)
1650
1650 1)
1800
1800 1)
1949
1949 1)
Louvre Fixing
Louvre rear section to be site drilled for fixings supplied by 1)
Louvre rear section to be site drilled for fixings supplied by With Split blades and sand chute (see Detail 1)
others.
others. All combinations for B and H dimensions can be supplied. For Construction
sizes larger than indicated in the table several sections can be Two rows of vertically arranged channels sections to form a
combined to provide any combination of overall width or height. labyrinth for the air path. Base frame has drainage holes for the
Dimensions
Technical Data · Order Details
Sand trap louvres with H between 1050 and 1949 integral sand sand ensuring the louvre is self cleaning and maintenance free.
chutes are fitted (see detail 1), H between 1950 and 3900 they
Standard Sizes · Single Section
are split on height and supplied with additional sand chute
(see detail 2), loose for fitting on site by others. The additional Weight
Width B in mm 150
support for reinforcement 300
and assembly450of the sand
600trap louvre
750 900 1050
Net weight 1200
without packing 1350 1500 1650 1800 1949
combi nation is to be supplied on site by others. Sand trap Aluminium approx. 18 kg per m 2 of area (B x H)
louvres with B = 1950 to 3900 are also split into end section Steel approx. 27 kg
1) per m
2
of
1) area (B x H)
Height H in mm
left, end section150
right and 300 450 The 600
middle if required. 750
vertical joint 900 1050 1200 1)
1350 1500 1) 1650 1) 1800 1) 1949 1)
between two end sections of sand trap louvre is capped on
1)
site by others with a loose channel section supplied. With Split blades and sand chute (see Detail 1)
All combinations for B and H dimensions can be supplied. For

Construction
Construction
sizes larger than indicated in the table several sections can be Two rows of vertically arranged channels sections to form a
combined to provideVertical
any combination
section ofHorizontal
overall section
widthBor= 150...1949
height. mm labyrinth for the air path. Base frame has drainage holes for the
Sand trap louvres with H between
76 45
1050 and 1949 integralB
sand sand ensuring 1 the
DetailTROX louvre is self
UK Ltd cleaning
Detail 2 and maintenance
Telephone +44 (0) 1842 free.
754545
chutes are fitted (seePressure Drop
detail 1), H between 1950 and 3900 B -10
they Filtration
Caxton Way
H = 1050...1949 mmis dependant H =on1950...3900Telefax
mm +44 (0) 1842 763051
The filtration performance the dust type
are split on height and150supplied with additional sand chute Thetford
and the velocity of the air: e-mail trox@troxuk.co.uk
Pa
drop ininPa
(see detail 2), loose for fitting on site by others. The additional Weight Norfolk IP24Filtration
Particle Size
3SQ
Efficiency in % www.troxuk.co.uk
Total pressure
support for reinforcement and assembly of the sand trap louvre Sand
Net weight withoutatpacking
Range
chute 1.0 m/s at 2.0 m/s
150
Pressure
125
50
50
combi nation is to be supplied on site by others. Sand trap Aluminium approx. 90

350-700 18 kg per m 70 of area (B x H) 2
louvres with B = 1950 to 3900 are also split into end section Sand drain holes Steel
75-700approx. 27 kg 60
per m 2 of area (B 30
approx. x H)
H +100
25 50 100
left, end section right and middle if required. The vertical joint
H-10
H
100
B +100
between two end sections of sand trap louvre is capped on Additional support for
reinforcement by others
site by others with a loose channel section supplied.
75
Example
Horizontal section B = 1950...3900 mm For normal operation conditions the sand trap louvres
should be rated for a face velocity of approx 1.0 m/s.
Construction 50
25
Volume flow 2430 l/s (8750) m 3/h

Vertical section Note: Louvre supplied with
Bird Mesh Screen.
Horizontal section B = 150...1949 mm With a face velocity of 1.0 m/s
25
76 45 Galvanised mesh B Area of louvre required approx. 2.4 m 2
DimensionsDetail
selected1 Detail 2
12 x 12 x 1 mm
B -10
0 Supplied as separate sections– –AssemblyHwidth
= 1050...1949 mm 1800 mm H = 1950...3900 mm
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 assembly
2.0 by2.5others on side – Assembly height 1350 mm
Central channel supplied Face velocity in m/s
loose to cap joint Endonsection
(based B x H areal)left
– EL Total pressure drop approx. 30 Pa
End section right – ER
Sand
Order Code chute
150
50
50
- WSL / 900 x 900 / 0 / 0 / P9 / RAL 9010 / 25% Gloss

Sand drain holes
H +100
25 50 100
H-10
H
Complete Louvre or
multi-section 1) 2) B +Sizes
Standard 100 Not used Finish/colour
M = middle section BxH A1 = Aluminium mill finish
Additional support for
EL = end left section G0 = Pre Galvanised sheet
reinforcement by others
ER = end right section P9 = External use Powder coat finish to RAL colour
RAL colours and levels of gloss finish on request

Horizontal section
TypeB = 1950...3900 mm
AWSL - Aluminium sand trap louvre with galvanised steel bird screen.
25 WSL - Galvanised steel sand trap louvre with galvanised steel bird screen.
94 1)
Split on H Dimension when H exceeds 1949 mm
Note: Louvre supplied
2) with
Split on B Dimension when B exceeds 1949 mm 3
e · All rights reserved © TROX UK (11/2011)
Bird Mesh Screen.

3.1 WeatherWeather
16.0 Resistant Resistant
Louvres Louvres
Resistant Louvres
Type ‘AWG •Type
Type‘AWG AWK’
● AWK’‘AWG & AWK’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
Both ‘AWG’ and ‘AWK’ Type weather louvers are made RECOMMENDATION
from extruded aluminium with an approximate free area Limit the face velocity to 3 m/s in order to main-
of 60%. tain a pressure drop of 60 Pa.
KEY FEATURES STANDARD FINISH:
• Powder coating to RAL 9010 in matt white.
Type ‘AWG’ Louvre
• 50 mm flange for ‘AWG’ Louvre.
• 20 x 20 mm sq. wire mesh screen.
• 95 mm deep frame.
• Max. module size – 1985 mm (B) x 1980 mm (H).
Type ‘AWK’ Louvre

• 28 mm flange for ‘AWG’ Louvre
• 6 x 6 mm sq. wire mesh screen.
• 34 mm deep frame.
• Max. module size – 1197 mm (B) x 497 mm (H).
Order Code
Basic louvre
with wire mesh
screen.
95 43

Acoustic Louvres 16.0
6.0 Acoustic Louvres
Acoustic Louvers
Type ‘NL & NLH’
Type‘NL
‘NL●• NLH’
NLH’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
The Type NL acoustic louvre provides a
www.troxchina.com Type ‘NL’ Acoustic Louvre Table 1: Recommend maxi-
positive solution where noise attenuation is mum velocity for 'NL' and
required at the weather louvre. This type of 'NLH' Acoustic Louvres with a
louvre is available in either steel or maximum pressure drop of 70
aluminium construction for both ‘standard’ Pa across the louvre.
(Type ‘NL’) and ‘high’ (Type ‘NLH’) acoustic
performance options. Louvre Ht. Louvre Type
(mm) NL NLH
A non- acoustic version (Type ‘NLD’) is also 450 1.5 m/s 0.7 m/s
available to complement these two options 600 2.0 m/s 1.0 m/s
750 2.5 m/s 1.2 m/s
to provide a consistent visual external
900 3.0 m/s 1.5 m/s
appearance. 1500 3.0 m/s 1.8 m/s
2400 3.5 m/s 2.0 m/s
Minimum module size: 300 mm (B) x 450 mm (H)
Maximum module size: 1800 mm (B) x 2400 mm (H)
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 6/ 6/ EN/--.
70 96

Rectangular Duct Attenuators
17.0
6.0 Rectangular DuctSilencers
Type ‘DS’Duct
Rectangular Attenuators
TROX Air Conditioning Components (Suzhou) Co.,Ltd. Type ‘DS’
& Splitters
The ‘DS’ Type rectangular attenuator is made from galva-

Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
nised sheet steel with 40 mm wide Doby slide on flanges.
www.troxchina.com Type ‘DS’ Attenuator
The infill acoustic material is fire retardant and complies with
Class ‘O’ Building Regulations. The infill acoustic material is
protected with a lining which prevents fibre erosion. This was
successfully tested against fibre erosion for up to 30 m/s.
This is available in galvanised or stainless steel construction.
Vertical or horizontal bend construction is also available on
request.
‘DK’ Type splitters can be supplied separately to be installed

in AHU section or builder’s work duct by others. For detail
selection, please contact TROX.
Table 1: Quick selection table for DS20 to maintain a design Noise Criteria of NC 40
Duct Height Duct Width (mm) 300 350 400 550 600 700 800 900 1050 1200
(mm) Type DS20 - 100 150 200 75 100 150 200 100 150 200
Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 0.342 0.539 0.712 0.506 0.684 1.078 1.424 1.026 1.617 2.136
200
97 81 66 124 98 81 66 98 81 66
300 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 0.513 0.809 1.068 0.759 1.026 1.617 2.136 1.539 2.426 3.204
95 78 64 120 96 78 63 96 78 63
400 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 1.424 1.012 1.368 2.156 2.848 2.052 3.234 4.272
62 118 95 77 62 95 77 62
500 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 1.265 1.710 2.695 3.560 2.565 4.043 5.340
118 94 76 61 94 76 61
600 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 2.052 3.234 4.272 3.078 4.851 6.408
94 76 61 94 76 61
700 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 3.773 4.984 3.591 5.660 7.476
75 61 94 75 61
800 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 5.696 4.104 6.468 8.544
60 93 75 60
900 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 4.617 7.277 9.612
93 75 60
1000 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 8.085 10.680
75 60
1100 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 11.748
60
1200 Flow, Vmax (m³/s) 12.816
60
Table 2: Insert Loss for 600 mm long DS20 attenuator
Product Type @ Insert Loss, De (in dB) at Octave Band Freq. (Hz)
600 mm long 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000
DS20-200 3 8 16 18 13 8
DS20-150 3 9 20 23 17 11
DS20-100 4 11 25 31 22 15
DS20-75 5 12 29 36 26 18
DS / 0 / 20 - 100 / 0 / 800 X 800 X 1200

Type Attenuator size
DS - Attenuator type Width by Height by
DK - Splitters only to unit length in mm.
be installed in ductwork Standard length
by others. available (mm):
600; 900; 1200; 1500;
C onstruction 1800; 2100 and 2400.
variants
Material
0 - With vertical air
0 – Galvanised steel (Standard
ways (Standard supply)
W idth of splitter supply)
Note: for other
and air gap S – Stainless steel. Customer to
variants, please refer to
state grade of stainless steel
product catalogue.
required.
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 6/ 1.1/ EN/--. 97
68

Circular Duct Attenuators
17.0 Circular
6.0 Circular DuctDuct Attenuators
Silencers
Type ‘CA’ Type
Type ‘CA’
‘CA’
Telephone: +86 0512-67168869
Telefax: +86 0512-67168879
www.troxchina.com
KEY FEATURES: Type ‘CA’ Circular Attenuator
The outer casing and the internal perforated

duct of this circular attenuator is made from
galvanised sheet steel. This attenuator can be
supplied with either 50 mm or 100mm thk
non-combustible acoustic insulation that is
referred to as ‘CA50’ and ‘CA100’ respectively.
The ‘CA50’ and ‘CA100’ Type attenuators are

available in two standard lengths;
a. 500 mm long and,
b. 1000 mm long
Both inlet and outlet connections for this type of

attenuator, as a standard supply, is designed for Table 1: Standard sizes
a plain socket and spigot joint. External Dia. (mm)
Unit Inlet spigot
Size conn. (mm) CA50 CA100
The infill acoustic material is fire retardant and 500 mm Long 1000 mm Long
complies with Class ‘O’ Building Regulations. 4 99 199 299
The infill acoustic material is protected with a 5 124 224 324
lining which prevents fibre erosion. This was 6 149 249 349
successfully tested against fibre erosion for up 7 174 274 374
to 30 m/s. 8 199 299 399
10 249 349 449
12 299 399 499
14 349 449 549
16 399 499 599
18 448 n/a 648
Note: For further details, please refer to TROX KLIMA Asia Pacific catalogue Ref. M 6/ 2.1/ EN/--.
98 69

NOTES

NOTES

AN D
NT
ME CO
VE NT
O
RO
M
AIR
L
VAV DIFFUSERS
L
NA
AS
O TI
O
S
CI
AT NA
IO ER
N INT
Brisbane t 07 3808 9400 f 07 3808 6955 MEMBER

Sydney t 02 9669 4500 f 02 9669 4700
Melbourne t 03 9646 2211 f 03 9646 9577
sales@ecohvac.com.au www.ecohvac.com.au
© 2016 Acutherm FORM 010.102 REV 1604
VAV Diffusers
SQUARE Therma-FuserTM...................................... pg. 216

LINEAR SLOT Therma-FuserTM............................... pg. 216
www.acutherm.com
LINEAR SLOT SIDEWALL ThermaFuser™............... pg. 216
Products
AVAILABLE ONLINE CALL US EMAIL SUPPORT
Access digital brochures, Talk to our Send us your questions
CAD files, performance data customization and we’ll get you the
and more! and specification experts answers you need.
www.acutherm.com +1 800 544 1840 info@acutherm.com
ACUTHERM HEADQUARTERS 1766 Sabre Street Hayward CA 94545, USA Tel: +1 510 785 0510 Fax: +1 510 785 2517

VAV DIFFUSERS
SQUARE Therma-FuserTM
PRODUCT FACE SIZE INLET SIZE
CODE (mm) (“)
STHC6 595 x 595 6” Dia
STHC8 595 x 595 8” Dia
STHC10 595 x 595 10” Dia
STHC12 595 x 595 12” Dia
• Grilles are White RAL 9003 Gloss Level 70%
• Round Disc Action
• 105 - 740 CFM (50 - 350 l/s)
• 10 year warranty
SQUARE Therma-FuserTM
PRODUCT FACE SIZE INLET SIZE
CODE (mm) (“)
TFHC6 595 x 595 6” Dia
TFHC8 595 x 595 8” Dia
TFHC10 595 x 595 10” Dia
TFHC12 595 x 595 12” Dia
• Peripheral Blade Action
• 100 - 720 CFM (45 - 340 l/s)
LINEAR SLOT Therma-FuserTM

PRODUCT FACE INLET SIZE (“) PATTERN
CODE SIZE
(mm) 1 2 3 4 1-WAY 2-WAY
SLOT SLOT SLOT SLOT BLOW BLOW
TLCW595 595 6” Dia 6” Dia - 8” Dia
TLCW895 895 6” Dia 6” Dia - 8” Dia
TLCW1195 1195 8” Dia 8” Dia - 10” Dia
TLCW1495 1495 8” Dia 8” Dia - 12” Dia
• 45 - 960 CFM (20 - 445 l/s)
LINEAR SLOT SIDEWALL Therma-Fuser™

PRODUCT FACE Inlet Size (“) PATTERN
CODE SIZE
(mm) 1 2 3 4 1-WAY 2-WAY
SLOT SLOT SLOT SLOT BLOW BLOW
TLWCW595 595 6” Dia 6” Dia - 8” Dia -
TLWCW895 895 6” Dia 6” Dia - 8” Dia -
TLWCW1195 1195 8” Dia 8” Dia - 10” Dia -
TLWCW1495 1495 8” Dia 8” Dia - 12” Dia -
• 45 - 960 CFM (20 - 445 l/s)

NOTES

NOTES

PRE-INSULATED ALUMINIUM DUCT
ALP System
Panels ................................................................... pg. 226
Box Flat Packed..................................................... pg. 226
Box Manufactured................................................ pg. 227
V-Box Flat Packed.................................................. pg. 228
V-Box Manufactured............................................. pg. 229
Castellated Starting Collars................................... pg. 230
Extrusions.............................................................. pg. 230
ALP System Active

Panels Specification.............................................. pg. 233
Consumption materials ....................................... pg. 234
Profiles.................................................................. pg. 235
Profiles and Accessories....................................... pg. 236
Round System
Circular Ducts........................................................ pg. 241
Fittings................................................................... pg. 242
Equipment............................................................. pg. 255
Accessories............................................................ pg. 256

Quality Air Equipment was awarded the

biggest and the most substantial ALP
System based project in Australia.
Situated at Sydney Central, 477 Pitt Street,
the entire installation has been carried
out using ALP PRE-Insulated Aluminium
Duct System and ALP Round System – the
first pre-insulated ductwork with circular
section in the world.


ALP System: pre-insulated ductwork

from the small to the big installation
Being adaptable to any needs, ALP System pre-insulated HVAC ducts
solve in a definitive way all the problems related to air duct installa-
tion and servicing. ALP System ducts are extremely light weight and
offer top performance with energy savings up to 85,23%, by keeping
high safety, hygiene and fire resistance levels.
Any installation, be it big or small, can be carried out using ALP System,
by benefiting thus of all the advantages that only such an ingenious system
can offer.
5 14
9
10
7
4
10
10 15
3
1
2

16 15 14 13 12
13
11
12
11 10
16
1 connection to AHU 9 fire damper

2 flexible duct connector 10 inspection porthole
3 plate for temperature check 11 profiles for grille
4 joint flange system 12 circular diffuser 8
5 invisible joint flange 13 diffuser with plenum
6 stiffening rod system 14 linear diffuser
7 turning vanes 15 profile for screen
8 profiles for branches 16 duct support
2 3 4 5 6

PRE-INSULATED
PRE-InsulatedALUMINIUM
AluminiumDUCT
Duct
ALP System: Insulation and duct all in one

ALP panel is a sandwich constituted by a board of rigid In order to guarantee the maximum pneumatic
polyurethane foam faced on both sides by an aluminum foil. seal of a junction; it is vital that an
T The high density foam, produced using top quality adhesive gasket is applied.
chemicals as well as CFC and HCFC free bowling agents, in As specified by the EN 12097, on the ductworks,
6
line with the most recent environmental protection guidelines, access points for carrying out in-spection and
is characterised by excellent stability and insulation properties. cleaning operation must be applied.
Moreover, the transparent coating on the aluminum foil it-self
makes it particularly resistant against UV rays and other
weathering agents. diameter and removable glass, represents another
This particular close-cell chemical structure of the foam does innovative solution.
not allow any water absorption. Moreover, accelerated aging
tests carried out in laboratory have shown that after 25 years TA protective lining can be applied on junction
the thermal resistance of ALP panel will only be increased by (ONLY) on the external runs, preventing the infiltration
6%. The aluminum foil also ensures a continuous vapor of water.
barrier, with a value of 2000m²hPa/mg.
Each ALP panel is marked and identified by
codes as requested by the AS 4859. All ALP
products have been tested and certified for the use in
Australia and NZ according to AS 4254 and NCC.
ALP complies to the European per-insulated duct
standard EN13403.
For assembly of adhesion; ALP uses a bicom-
ponent water-based glue (class 1) and the
anti-mold sealant in water dispersion
(class 1).
The junction between the various duct’s
lengths is carried out by the aluminum
“flange/slide-in channel” system profi-
les. The flanges has a thickness of
14/10 and are applied on the
panel by a self-extinguishing adhesive
made with special hardening resin The ALP System panel: a rigid polyurethane foam board
faced by aluminum / stainless steel foils

ALP System
Aluminum Pre-insulated HVAC Air Ducts
Technical Data Sheet
Aluminum Pre-insulated ducts, self-

supporting, for Heating, Ventilation and
Air Conditioning air distribution systems.
Advantages
ALP Ducting Systems have been fully independently tested
and assessed to Australian Ducting Standards as required under
section A2 of the NCC. To achieve this ALP was required to meet
AS4254.2 Ducting standard and the Insulation standard AS4859,
making it one of the only product that can be used as a full Pr-
Insulated ducting system in Australia, this has been made possible
by its comprehensive testing globally and locally. For Further
information, please Contact “Ductus”
• L ong duration granted by the characteristics of the aluminum
foil (absolutely no rust or other type of deteriorations)
Specifications of Use
• No fibers r elease or dispersion
• Very high thermal insulation Temperature Air Velocity Pressure
• Out door installation without any additional protection (°C) (m/sec) (Pascal)
• Ex cellent air tightness +110 / -35 30 2000
• R esistant to high pressure of the air (positive and negative)
• R esistant to salty atmosphere Fire Rating
• Eas y access for maintenance - AS1530.3 : Class 0,0,0,0
• Eas y cleaning (water washing, brushing or disinfection) - BS 476 Part 6 & 7 Class 0
- UL 181.11
Fabrication
ALP SYSTEM air ducts are fabricated using a rigid polyurethane Technical Characteristics
foam board, faced on both side by an aluminum foil.
• Thermal Conductiv ity:
• Panel thickness:21mm, 25mm, 30mm, 42mm and 64mm
• Rigid polyur ethane foam, closed cells, density 48 kg/m 3
without (new panel)
CFC-HCFC-HFC (aged panel)
• Int ernal facing : Thermal Resistance & Thickness:
Aluminum f oil 60, 80, 200 or 500 micron thickness, treated with 21mm R 0.99 m 2·K/W
3 g/m ² of epoxy varnish as protection against weather agents 25mm R 1.20 m 2·K/W
and UV rays,
30mm R 1.50 m 2·K/W
• Ext ernal facing :
42mm R 2.00 m 2·K/W
Aluminum f oil 60, 80, 200 or 500 micron thickness, treated with
64mm R 3.00 m 2·K/W
3 g/m ² of epoxy varnish as protection against weather agents
and UV rays,
Application • Nominal Pressure*:

Realisation of HVAC air distribution systems (Supply, Return, Positive: 2.000 Pascal
Exhaust, Fresh air) to be installed Indoor and Outdoor, especially Negative: -2.000 Pascal
in the following projects:
(*) Higher Pressures are possible – Please contact ALP.
- Hospitals and Operating Suites,
- Clean Rooms and Pharmaceutical Industry,
- Food Industry
- Shopping Malls/Centers
- Swimming Pools.
Range
Range: Please refer to the Table on the page 209.
Typical Aluminum Foil
REF. Panel
Application Thickness
ALP100R Indoor 21 mm 60 μm 60 μm
ALP200R Machine Rooms 21 mm 200 μm 80 μm
ALP230R Outdoor 30 mm 200 μm 80 μm
ALP550/50 Heavy Duty 50 mm 0,5 mm 0,5 mm
www.alp.it www.ductus.com.au
ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct Panels

PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION SIZE PIECES
ALPB4000R1 ALP Board Only R1.0 4000mm x 1200mm x 21mm 7
ALPB4000R12 ALP Board Only R1.2 4000mm x 1200mm x 25mm 5
ALPB4000R2 ALP Board Only R2 4000mm x 1200mm x 42mm 3
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct - Box Flat Packed

PRODUCT CODE
ALPBF
Note:
• Please specify the following information prior to ordering:
- Spigot Size (Dia.)
- Location of Spigot(s)
- Number of Spigots
- Height of Box
- R-Value
• All opening dimensions will be assumed as internal sizes unless otherwise stated.
• All heights will be assumed as overall unless otherwise stated.
• “h” Extrusion is standard for all boxes unless specified otherwise.
• Flanges and Spigots are not affiliated with ALP.
End Boot Flat Packed Side Boot Flat Packed Uni Boot Flat Packed

ALP Pre-Insulated Duct - Box Manufactured

PRODUCT CODE
ALPBM
Note:
- Number of Spigots (includes a maximum of two spigots)
- Height of Box
- R-Value
• All heights will be assumed as overall unless otherwise stated.
• Flanges and Spigots are sourced by QAE and are not affiliated with ALP.
End Boot Manufactured Side Boot Manufactured Uni Boot Manufactured
End Boot Box Overall Heights - Based On Spigot Size

Short Side of Box Internal
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
Spigot Size Dia. Overall Height of Box
100 Dia. 228 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
125 Dia. 268 240 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225
150 Dia. 307 278 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
200 Dia. 385 357 328 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
250 Dia. 464 435 407 383 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
300 Dia. 542 514 485 462 428 400 400 400 400 400 400
350 Dia. 621 592 564 540 507 478 450 450 450 450 450
400 Dia. N/A 671 642 619 585 557 528 500 500 500 500
450 Dia. N/A 750 721 697 664 635 607 578 550 550 550
500 Dia. N/A N/A N/A 776 742 714 686 657 628 600 600
Ø 250
435
150
600
Example: 600 x 150 - 250 Dia. End Boot

ALP Pre-Insulated Duct V-Box 1-Way Flat Packed

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBF1
Note:
- R-Value
• “F” Extrusion available upon request.

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBF2
Note:
- R-Value
• Flanges and Spigots and are not affiliated with ALP.

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBF3
Note:
- R-Value
Flat pack ALP offers the best value. It reduces the cost per
unit, freight cost and is transport friendly. The result is that
more products can be delivered in a single shipment.

ALP Pre-Insulated Duct V-Box 1-Way Manufactured

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBM1
Note:
- R-Value

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBM2
Note:
- R-Value
• Flanges and Spigots and are not affiliated with ALP.

PRODUCT CODE
ALPVBM3
Note:
- R-Value

Castellated Starting Collars

PRODUCT CODE SIZE (mm)
CSC6* 150 Dia
CSC8* 200 Dia
CSC10* 250 Dia
CSC12* 300 Dia
CSC14* 350 Dia
CSC16* 400 Dia
CSC18* 450 Dia
CSC20* 500 Dia
*Marked products are not affiliated with ALP*
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Extrusions

PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION PANEL LENGTH
ALPCA* Cover Angle (PVC) N/A N/A
ALPCE “C” Extrusion (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPIFE* Invisible Flange (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPFE “F” Extrusion (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPHE “h” Extrusion (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPIF90E* Invisible Flange 90 Deg (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPBE* Bayonnet (PVC) N/A 4m Long
ALPSD* Shaped Disc (Aluminium) N/A N/A
ALPRR* Re-Inforcement Bar (Aluminium) N/A 4m Long
ALPHEE “h” Extension Extrusion (PVC) 21mm 4m Long
ALPHEA25 “h” Extrusion (Aluminium) 25 mm 4m Long
ALPFEA25* “F” Extrusion (Aluminium) 25 mm 4m Long
ALPCEA25* “C” Extrusion (Aluminium) 25 mm 4m Long
ALPHEA42* “h” Extrusion (Aluminium) 42 mm 4m Long
ALPFEA42* “F” Extrusion (Aluminium) 42 mm 4m Long
ALPCEA42* “C” Extrusion (Aluminium) 42 mm 4m Long
*Marked products are sourced by QAE and are not affiliated with ALP*
ALPCA ALPCE ALPIFE ALPFE ALPHE
ALPIF90E ALPBE ALPSD ALPRR
ALPHEE
ALPHEA25/ ALPFEA25/ ALPCEA25/

ALPHEA42 ALPFEA42 ALPCEA42

PRE-INSULATEDAluminium
PRE-Insulated ALUMINIUMDuct
DUCT
ALPactive ®
ALPactive®
ANTIMICROBIAL panels and accessories
ALPactive represents a brilliant technological innovation for all It is also effective against the following virus:
milieus in which high hygiene levels are absolutely necessary to SARS
protect human health as well as industrial manufacturing Norwalk Viruses 5N1
process from the risk of unwanted contamination. ALPactive Avianflu Virus
prevents virsus, bacteria, fungi and moulds from growing to
disruptive colonies, HVAC ducts have, up to now have
been considered as a fertile culture ground for micro- compound that exploits the antimicrobial action of a
organisms.
A patented technology; ALPactive has been tested and strial process, tested and patented by ALP, this com-
researched by some of the most stringent facilities around the pound is incorporated into the aluminium foil.
globe; it has proved itself time and time again to best choice Meticulous and detailed study of all the issues related to
for those that demand a reliable anti microbial solution healthy air, the result of synergic and intensive teamwork
by providing clean air and ensuring hygiene, whiles composed of different and heterogeneous professionalism,
providing low maintenance of facilities. ALPactive system has led to the design and implementation of a compre-
is in complete harmony with all legislation concerning hensive active system and where the
all new advancements and can therefore be applied also ALPactive is guaranteed by the continuity of the antimicrobial
for the replacement of old and obsolete systems, action within the duct, on the surface and on all the components in
ensuring compliance with constraints and limitations. contact with the air.
ALPactive has proved to be effective ATTENTION: to achieve a antimicrobial duct system; it is necessary
against a wide range of bacteria among use the Hydro-glue Active (art. 202/C3A), the Aqua-seal
which: Active (art. 203/CA-DA) and the aluminum tape Active
(art. 201BA). ALP disclaims any liability on the guarantee about
• Legionella Pneumophila the antimicrobial eness inside the ductwork if not used
6
• Staphylococcus Aereus the consumption materials aforementioned.
• Pseudomonas Aeruginosa
• Escherichia Coli Hereunder: the principle lying behind ALPactive
®
• Candida Albicans
• Aspergillus Niger
• Salmonella Choleraesuis
• Listeria Monocytogenes
Patented System ALPactive®

29
207
PRE-INSULATED
AluminiumDUCT
Duct
ALP System Active

Pre-insulated HVAC Ducts - ANTIMICROBIAL
Technical Data Sheet
ALP Active Antimicrobial Systems have

been fully independently tested and
assessed to Australian Ducting Standards
as required under section A2 of the NCC;
making it one of the only product that can
be used as a full Pre- Insulated ducting
system in Australia, this has been made
possible by its comprehensive testing
globally and locally. For Further information,
please Contact "Ductus"
Advantages
• High quality of the air, granted by the silver-ions “antimicrobial”
treatment on the internal side of the duct
• Long duration, granted by the characteristics of the aluminium
foil (absolutely no rust or other type of deteriorations)
• No fibers release or dispersion
• Very high thermal insulation
• Outdoor installation without any additional protection
6 • Excellent air tightness

• Resistant to high pressure of the air (positive and negative)
• Resistant to salty atmosphere
• Easy access for maintenance
• Easy cleaning
Specifications of Use
Temperature Air Velocity Pressure
Construction (°C) (m/sec) (Pascal)
The ALP SYSTEM ACTIVE ducts are fabricated using a rigid -35 / +110 30 2000*
polyurethane foam board, faced on both side by an aluminium
foil. On one side, the aluminium foil is treated with an antimicrobial
compound based on silver ions. Duct Sealing Class
- Rigid polyurethane foam, closed cells, density 48 kg/m3,
Pressure (Pascal) Class
without CFC-HCFC-HFC
- Panel thickness : 21, 25, 30, 42 and 64 mm -750 C
- Internal facing : 400 C
Aluminum foil, treated with silver-ions based
1000 B
ANTIMICROBIAL copound
- External facing : 2000 B
Aluminum foil, treated with 3 g/m 2 of transparent varnish as
Performances reached with a “standard” fabrication. Better
protection against weather agents and UV rays, Application Sealing Class can be reached – Please contact ALP.
Realisation of air distribution systems (Supply, Return,
Exhaust, Fresh air), especially for Hospitals, Operating Suites, Technical Characteristics
Pharmaceutical Industries, Food Industries and Clean Rooms. • Panels ness: EI u > 350.000 N·mm
• Thermal Conductivity:
(new) λ 0,0213 W/(m·K)
(aged) λ 0,0216 W/(m·K)
Thermal Resistance & Thickness:
R 0,986 m 2·K/W
Water Vapor Transmission: Z
Z ≥ 2000 (m 2 h Pa)/mg
• Nominal Pressure*:
Positive: 2.000 Pascal
Negative: -2.000 Pascal
(*) Higher Pressures are possible – Please contact
Ductus.

www.alp.it
232 www.ductus.com.au
ALP Panels Comnbination of facings available as follows (micron)

FACING FINISH
Active Black Embossed Smooth SS
Internal Facing Thickness 80, 200 60 60, 80, 200, 500 80, 200, 500 100
External Facing Thickness N/A N/A 60, 80, 200, 500 80, 200, 500 100
*SS - Stainless Steel*
ALP Panels thickneses (mm)

PANNEL THICKNESS (mm) BOARD THICKNESS
Active Black Embossed Smooth SS
21 available on order Stock Stock Available on order Available on order
30 available on order N/A Available on order Available on order Available on order
63 available on order N/A Available on order Available on order N/A
* All products marked as “Available on order” require minumum qty order Please call for further information*
ALP Panels Facing thickness combinations

INTERNAL FACING EXTERNAL FACING
Active Black Embossed Smooth SS100
60 yes yes no no yes
80 no yes yes no yes
200 no yes yes yes no
500 no no yes yes no
SS100 no no no no yes
*SS - Stainless Steel*

Consumption materials
ALPactive®
Art. 201
Adhesive aluminum tape Active
Art. 201/BA 70 mm x 50 micron

Tearing resistance:
45 N/cm
Art. 202
Glue for panels
Art. 202/C3A HYDRO - GLUE

Active glue 24 kg
consumption: 3 0gr/mt
package single drum
Art. 202/C2 Catalyst for HYDRO - GLUE
drum 10 kg
consumption: 10gr/mt
package single drum
Art. 203
Water-based Sealant
Art. 203/CA AQUA - SEAL Active

pail 32 kg
single package
Art. 203/DA AQUA - SEAL Active
tube 310 ml
consumption: 24 gr/mt
ATTEN TION : to realize antimicrobial ductwork it is necessary use the Hydro-glue Active (art. 202/ C3A), the Aqua-seal Active (art. 203/ CA-DA) and the aluminum tape Active (art. 201/ BA).
ALP disclaims any liability on the guarantee about the antimicrobial effectiveness inside the ductwork if not used the consumption materials aforementioned.
Art. 205
Corner
Art. 205/NV2A for 21 mm panel

in nylon corner Active
Art. 205/AZ3A for 30 mm panel
in galvanized
steel corner Active
30 Note: keep all the Active accessories in integer packaging, properly sealed, to avoid deterioration.

PRE-INSULATED
PRE-Insulated ALUMINIUMDuct
Aluminium DUCT
ALPactive®
Art. 301
Joi ange – 4 m bars
Art. 301/A2A for 21 mm panel

in aluminum Active
in aluminum Active
Thickness 14/10
Art. 301/V2A for 21 mm panel
in VICAT Active
Thickness 14/10
in VICAT Active
Thickness 14/10
in VICAT Active
6
Art. 307
F pro bars

in aluminum Active
in aluminum Active
Thickness 14/10
in VICAT Active
Note: keep all the Active accessories in integer packaging, properly sealed, to avoid deterioration 31

211
PRE-INSULATED
AluminiumDUCT
Duct
ALPactive®
Art. 308
Chair pro

in aluminum Active
in aluminum Active

in aluminum
Active
in aluminum
Active
Thickness 14/10
Art. 309
U e
6 Art. 309/A2A for 21 mm panel

in aluminum Active
in aluminum Active

in VICAT Active
in VICAT Active

in VICAT Active
Thickness 14/10
Art. 501
Corner for F
Art. 501/2A for 21 mm panel

in steel Active
Art. 501/3A for 30 mm panel
in steel Active
in steel Active
Art. 501/A42A for 42mm panel
in steel Active
Note: keep all the Active accessories in integer packaging, properly sealed, to avoid deterioration.
32
Accessories
ALPactive®
Art. 506
Stiffening rod
Art. 506/AA diam. 14 mm

in aluminum Active
Art. 507
Plate for Stiffening rod
Art. 507/AA diam. 120 mm

in nylon Active
Art. 508
Cross-fixing device for Stiffening rod
Art. 508/AA in nylon Active
Art. 509
Turning vane
Art. 509/AA in aluminum Active

thickness 1,8 mm
Art. 509/VA in VICAT Active
33

Accessories
ALPactive®
Art. 510
Plate for turning vane
Art. 510/AA plate in aluminum Active

Art. 510/VA plate in VICAT Active
Art. 405
Neck in aluminum Active for flexible duct
Thickness 5/10 mm
Max length 215 mm
Art. 405/AA ø 100 mm
Art. 405/PA ø 125 mm
Art. 405/BA ø 150 mm
Art. 405/NA ø 160 mm
Art. 405/CA ø 200 mm
Art. 405/DA ø 250 mm
Art. 405/EA ø 300 mm
Art. 405/QA ø 320 mm
Art. 405/GA ø 400 mm
Other diameters are

available upon
request
Art. 512
Inspection porthole
Art. 512/21A Active for 21 mm panel

Art. 512/21LA Active for 21 mm panel with light
hole diameter 23 cm
in compliance with
EN 12097
34 238 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020
Accessories
ALPactive®
Art. 403 FLEX Active
Flexible duct made of reinforced aluminum foil
treated with ALP active® antimicrobial compound
Thickness 30 micron double layer.
Fire reaction: Class 1 (Italy)
Class M0 (France)
Package 10 m
Art. 403/AA Ø 102 mm

Art. 403/BA Ø 127 mm
Art. 403/CA Ø 152 mm
Art. 403/DA Ø 203 mm
Art. 403/EA Ø 254 mm
Art. 403/FA Ø 315 mm
Art. 404
ISOFLEX Active
Insulated flexible duct made in aluminum,
inner wall treated with ALP active®
antimicrobial compound
thickness 30 micron double layer,
20 mm PET wool insulation,
sheathed in a reinforced aluminum.
Fire reaction: Class 1-1 (Italy)
Class M1 (France)
Package 10 m
Art. 404/AA Ø 102 mm

Art. 404/BA Ø 127 mm
Art. 404/CA Ø 152 mm
Art. 404/DA Ø 203 mm
Art. 404/EA Ø 254 mm
Art. 404/FA Ø 315 mm
35
PRE-INSULATED
AluminiumDUCT
Duct
Round System
6 first in
Round System the world
The only pre-insulated ductwork with circular section
ALPRound is the only pre-insulated duct with circular section • It can be worked on directly at the
available on the global market and endowed with a specific application site, considerably reducing the
patent: it is capable of superior performances in thermal, execution times.
pressure, installation, maintenance and ease of application. • material can be adjusted to the required
A revolution in pre-insulated ducting, astically pleasing and size by means of simple tools while waste is
easily applied, it does away with the difficulties of reduced to the minimum (less waste and lower
traditional heavy systems from complexity of planning, costs to handle).
designing and installation. ALPRound provides a considerable
addition in value as far as energy saving are concerned. products (ducts, s,
ALPRound bases its functionality on the same ideas accessories, transitions and branches) is a guarantee
that have made ALP System a successful recognised that makes it possible to carry out accurate installation in
technology: lightness of the materials and easiness of projects characterised by very complex HVAC designs.
installation, make it ideal for reducing roofing structure
Th e ease of material handiness and the
weight consequently reducing construction costs. A
uncomplicated tools intended for its working enable HVAC
combination of all of this with a unique design make it
contractors to install Round System while respecting safety
unmatched in technological advancement of duct
norms and by be ting a greater practicality.
technology.
Choosing ALPRound System also means drawing
great benefits during the installation Round System winning formula is constituted by 2 “sandwich” half-
operations: shells made of expanded polyurethane high density foam, faced on
•hTe duct is light and easy to move, thus both sides with an aluminum foil.
simple to handle perticulary in
constrained situations.
64
64
216 ©
© Quality
Quality Air
Air Equipment
Equipment Pty
Pty Ltd
Ltd 2017
2017
first in
Circular ducts
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Aluminum Pre-insulated Round ducts made of "pre-formed"
aluminum/polyurethane sandwich boards
Length 4 mt.
External facing aluminum 120 micron
embossed
Internal facing aluminum 120 micron
embossed
Insulation foam density 60 Kg/m 3
Insulating material thickness 25 mm
Reaction to fire 0-1 class homologation
Technical features Pressure resistance up to
3500 Pascal
Pneumatic resistance B/C class
according to EN13403
The ducts can be installed
in systems with air velocity
up to 30 m/s max
Straight ducts
Length 4 mt
Art. ALPround200 ø 200 mm

Packing
Cardboard boxes dimensions
Diameter 200 4040x300x700h mm qt. 16 m (no. 8 shells of 4 mt each)

Note: assemble material not included.

65

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Fittings made of pre-formed aluminum/polyurethane
sandwich boards
Duct/Foam wall thickness 25 mm

External facing aluminum 120/200 micron
embossed
Internal facing aluminum 120/200 micron
embossed
Insulation foam density 60 Kg/m 3
Elbow 45°
Art. CVround245 ø 200 mm
Elbow 90°
Reducer
Art. RDround600/400 from ø 400 mm to ø 300 mm and ø 200 mm
Art. RDround400/200 from ø 600 mm to ø 500 mm and ø 400 mm
Note: the diameters indicated must be considered as internal measures
66

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Twin-bend D3 D2
D1=D2=D3
External/internal facing: aluminum foil 200 micron
Assembled without joints

Art. D2Vround200.1 Ø 200 mm
Art. D2Vround300.1 Ø 300 mm D1
Assembled with no. 3 invisible joint-neck

h 90 mm D3 D2
D1
Assembled with no. 3 joint flange in ABS

D2
D1
67

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
T-piece D1=D2
D2
Assembled without flange
D1 D2
Art. Tround200.1 Ø 200 mm Ø 200 mm

Art. Tround400.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 400 mm D1
Assembled with no. 3 invisible joint-neck h 90 mm

D1 D2
D2
D1

D1 D2
D2
D1
68

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Take-off 90° multi-diameter
D1≠D2 D2
Assembled without flange

D1 D2
Art. TMround300/A.1 Ø 300 mm Ø 200 mm
D1
Art. TMround400/B.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 300 mm
Art. TMround500/C.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. TMround600/D.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm

D1 D2
D2
Art. TMround500/B.2 Ø 500 mm Ø 300 mm D1
Art. TMround600/D.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm

D1 D2
D2
D1 69

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Take-off 45° multi-diameter D2

D1 D2
Art. Bround200/A.1 Ø 200 mm Ø 200 mm
D1
Art. Bround300/B.1 Ø 300 mm Ø 300 mm
Art. Bround400/C.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. Bround500/D.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. Bround600/E.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 600 mm
70

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
D1 D2 D2
Art. Bround400/C.2 Ø 400 mm Ø 400 mm D1
Art. Bround600/E.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 600 mm

D1 D2 D2
Art. Bround400/C.3 Ø 400 mm Ø 400 mm D1
71

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
D4
Cross
D1=D2=D3=D4
External/internal facing: aluminum foil 120 micron D2
embossed D3

Assembled with no. 4 invisible joint-neck D4

h 90 mm
D3
Assembled with no. 4 joint flange in ABS D4

D3
D1
72

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Cross Multidiameter
4 way junction D1≠D2≠D3 D2
D3
D1 D2 D3
Art. D4Mround300/A.1 Ø 300 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 300 mm
D1
Art. D4Mround400/B.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. D4Mround400/C.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. D4Mround500/D.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. D4Mround500/E.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. D4Mround500/F.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. D4Mround600/G.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. D4Mround600/H.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. D4Mround600/I.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. D4Mround600/L.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm Ø 600 mm
73

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Assembled with no. 4 invisible joint-neck h
D1 D2 D3
Art. D4Mround300/A.2 Ø 300 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 300 mm D2

D3
Art. D4Mround500/A.2 Ø 500 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 300 mm D1
Art. D4Mround600/G.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. D4Mround600/H.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. D4Mround600/I.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. D4Mround600/L.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm Ø 600 mm

D1 D2 D3
D2
Art. D4Mround400/B.3 Ø 400 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 400 mm D3
D1
74

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Double take-off 45° D3 D2

D1 D2=D3
Art. DBround200/A.1 Ø 200 mm Ø 200 mm
D1
Art. DBround300/B.1 Ø 300 mm Ø 300 mm
Art. DBround400/C.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. DBround500/D.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. DBround600/E.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 600 mm
75

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
D3 D2
D1 D2=D3

D1
Art. DBround600/E.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 600 mm

D3 D2
D1 D2=D3
Art. DBround400/B.3 Ø 400 mm Ø 300 mm D1
76

first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Double take-off 45° D3 D2
multi-diameter
D1≠D2≠D3

D1 D2 D3 D1
Art. DBMround300/A.1 Ø 300 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 300 mm

Art. DBMround400/B.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. DBMround400/C.1 Ø 400 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. DBMround500/D.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 400 mm
Art. DBMround500/E.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. DBMround500/F.1 Ø 500 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. DBMround600/G.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. DBMround600/H.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. DBMround600/I.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. DBMround600/L.1 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm Ø 600 mm
77
first in
Fittings
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
D1 D2 D3 D2
D3
Art. DBMround500/A.2 Ø 500 mm Ø 200 mm Ø 300 mm D1
Art. DBMround600/G.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 300 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. DBMround600/H.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 500 mm
Art. DBMround600/I.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 400 mm Ø 600 mm
Art. DBMround600/L.2 Ø 600 mm Ø 500 mm Ø 600 mm

D1 D2 D3 D3 D2
D1
End cap
Art. TPround200 Ø 200 mm
78

first in
Equipment
TE N the world
Round System
PA
TE D
Template for gluing elbow
Art. Mround200 template for elbow Ø 200 mm
Template for gluing reducer

Art. Mround600/400 template for reducer Ø 600/400 mm
Art. Mround400/200 template for reducer Ø 400/200 mm
Tool-kit case ROUND

COMPLETE WITH:
n. 1 single-blade cutter, 45° right n. 1 spatula in nylon – stiff
n. 1 single-blade cutter, 45° left n. 1 blades for cutter (5 pcs)
n. 1 single-blade Round cutter 90° n. 1 allen wrench diam 3
n. 1 manual glue spreader n. 1 allen wrench diam 4
n. 1 tape marker n. 1 allen wrench diam 5
n. 2 markers n. 1 folding meter
n. 1 file n. 1 manual gun for sealant
n. 1 hammer n. 2 T-wrench diam 10
n. 1 riveting machine n. 2 cutters
n. 2 spatulas soft n. 1 manual handsaw
TE N
PA
TE D
Spatula
Multi-diameter soft
Art. 3200 with aluminum rod

length 2 m
TE N
PA
TE D
Round cutter
Art. 3350 Round cutter 90° - single blade
blade not included
79
79

first in
Accessories
the world
Round System
TE N
PA
TE D
Joint flange in ABS
Art. FLround200 Ø 200 mm
TE N
PA
Invisible joint-neck TE D
for straight duct

in aluminum, thickness 0,8 mm, H 300 mm
with precut wings
Art. 3190/A Ø 200 mm

Art. 3190/B Ø 300 mm
Art. 3190/C Ø 400 mm
Art. 3190/D Ø 500 mm
Art. 3190/E Ø 600 mm
TE N
PA
TE D
Invisible joint-neck
for fittings
in aluminum, thickness 0,8 mm, H 90 mm
with precut wings
Art. 3191/A Ø 200 mm

Art. 3191/B Ø 300 mm
Art. 3191/C Ø 400 mm
Art. 3191/D Ø 500 mm
Art. 3191/E Ø 600 mm
Double-sided tape
for invisible joint-neck
Art. 3170 double-sided tape 12 mm
roll 66 m
80

first in
Accessories
the world
Round System
Bolts and Nuts
Art. 3160 Bolts Hex head M6x20
Art. 3161 Nuts Hex M6
TE N
PA
TE D
Duct support
Art. 3180/A Support for duct
Ø 200/300/400 mm
Art. 3180/B Support for duct
Ø 500/600 mm
ALP System Accessories

Art. 201/B adhesive aluminum tape
70 mm 50 micron – package 4
Art. 201/C adhesive aluminum tape
90 mm 50 micron – package 3
Art. 204/A adhesive gasket
15x10 mm – package 792 m
Art. 202/F ALPtak glue can 4,5 kg
Art. 202/B ALPtak glue can 15 kg
Art. 202/C3 HYDRO-GLUE
drum 24 kg
Art. 202/C2 HYDRO-GLUE - catalyst
drum 10 kg
Art. 202/D PROFIX glue
rapid glue for Joints
bottles 750 gr
Art. 806/F blade for cutter
package 5 pcs
81

82

NOTES

NOTES

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Sheet Metal
Products
V-Boxes.................................................................. pg. 262

Return Air Boxes/Plenums.................................... pg. 263
Drip Trays ............................................................. pg. 264
Linear Boxes.......................................................... pg. 265
Uni Boots............................................................... pg. 265 - 266
Side Boots............................................................. pg. 266
End Boots.............................................................. pg. 266
Cushion Boxes....................................................... pg. 267 - 270
Starting Collars .................................................... pg. 271
Joining Collars ...................................................... pg. 272
Castellated Starting Collars................................... pg. 272
Manual Line Dampers........................................... pg. 272
Bell Mouth Spigots .............................................. pg. 273
Stream Splitter....................................................... pg. 273
Blanking Plates...................................................... pg. 273
Reducing Necks..................................................... pg. 274 - 276

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
1-Way V-Box
Quality Air= Available
Equipment Pty Ltd
Insulation
PRODUCT PERIMETER 5mm
13mm/ 13mm/
Rubber 10mm 25mm
CODE RANGE
(External Sheet
Rubber Metal Products
25mm 25mm
Perforated
Polyester Fiberglass
Ins.)
VB12300 0 - 2300
1-Way V-Box
VB12820 2301 - 2820
VB13500
Product 2821Perimeter
- 3500 Price Price Price Price Price
*Other
Codeinsulation thicknesses
Range available5 mm
*All 1-Way13V-Box’s
mmexcept13plain
mm and 5mm
25rubber
mm 25 mm
on request.* will
Rubber be constructed
Poly as a 3-Way
F/G V-Box* F/G Perf
VB12300 0 - 2300 $ 35.20 $ 42.20 $ 44.00 $ 47.50 $ 52.80
VB12820 2301 - 2820 $ 40.70 $ 48.80 $ 50.90 $ 55.00 $ 61.10
VB13500
2-Way V-Box 2821 - 3500 $ 51.70 $ 62.00 $ 64.60 $ 69.80 $ 77.60
= Available Insulation
PRODUCT PERIMETER
CODE RANGE 5mm/10mm 2-Way
13mm/25mm V-Box
13mm/25mm 25mm
Rubber Polyester Fiberglass Perforated
VB22300
Product 0 Perimeter
Code
VB22820 2301 -Range
2820 5 mm 13 mm 13 mm 25 mm 25 mm
VB23500 2821 - 3500 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
VB22300
*Other 0 - 2300 available
insulation thicknesses $ on33.00
request.*$ 39.60 $ 41.30 $ 44.60 $ 49.50
VB22820 2301 - 2820 $ 38.50 $ 46.20 $ 48.10 $ 52.00 $ 57.80
VB23500 2821 - 3500 $ 49.50 $ 59.40 $ 61.90 $ 66.80 $ 74.30
3-Way V-Box 3-Way V-Box

PRODUCT PERIMETER
Product
CODE Perimeter
RANGE Price
5mm/10mm Price 13mm/25mm
13mm/25mm Price Price
25mm Price
Code Range Rubber5 mm Polyester
13 mm Fiberglass
13 mm Perforated
25 mm 25 mm
VB32300 0 - 2300 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
VB32300 2301 0- 2820
VB32820 - 2300 $ 38.50 $ 46.20 $ 48.10 $ 52.00 $ 57.80
VB32820 2821
VB33500 2301 - 2820 $ 44.00 $ 52.80
- 3500 $ 55.00 $ 59.40 $ 66.00
VB33500 2821 - 3500
*Other insulation thicknesses $ on
available 55.00
request.*$ 66.00 $ 68.80 $ 74.30 $ 82.50
CODE VB1 2820 5R EXAMPLE: 1150 x 250 – 1 x 350 DIA SPIGOTS

1150 + 1150 + 250 + 250 = 2800 PERIMETER
VB1 = VEE BOX 1-WAY

VB2 = VEE BOX 2-WAY
VB3 = VEE BOX 3-WAY
PERIMETER RANGE
5R = 5 MM RUBBER INSULATION
13P = 13 MM POLYESTER INSULATION
13F = 13 MM FIBREGLASS INSULATION
25PERF = 25 MM PERFORATED INSULATION
Note:
• To
NO T select
E: -the
Tocorrect
selectproduct code from
the correct the table
product codeabove
fromfor
thea specified V/boxfor
table above size, you must firstly
a specified v/boxcalculate the must
size, you perimeter of the
v/box asfirstly
shown in the example
calculate above which
the perimeter will determine
of the the correct
v/box as shown perimeter
in the range
example to choose
above from
which willindetermine
the table above.
the
• If a specified
correct box exceeds the
perimeter perimeter
range it willfrom
to choose be priced
in theontable
application.
above.
• If the spigot
- If size does notbox
a specified fit the specifiedthe
exceeds boxperimeter
we will automatically step the
it will be priced onbox to suit at an additional charge.
application.
- If v/box is required to be stepped there will be an additional charge of $10.00 ie:- that is if the
spigot size does not fit the specified box.

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd

Return Air Boxes/Plenums Top Entry (Height = 150mm)
Sheet MetalINSULATION
= AVAILABLE Products
PRODUCT PERIMETER
CODE RANGE 5mm/10mm 13mm/25mm 13mm/25mm 25mm
RAB1600
Return Air Boxes/Plenums Top Entry (150mm High)
0 - 1600
RAP1600
Product
RAB2400 Perimeter Price Price Price Price Price
Code 1601 Range
- 2400 5mm 13mm 13mm 25mm 25mm
RAP2400
RAB2900 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
RAB1600 2401 0
- 2900
-1600 $ 18.20 $ 21.80 $ 22.80 $ 24.60 $ 27.30
RAP2900
RAP1600
RAB3440
RAB2400 2901
RAP3440
- 3440
1601 - 2400 $ 26.20 $ 31.40 $ 32.80 $ 35.40 $ 39.30
RAP2400
RAB3600
RAB2900 3441
RAP3600
- 3600
2401 - 2900 $ 28.10 $ 33.70 $ 35.10 $ 37.90 $ 42.20
RAP2900
*Other insulation thicknesses available on request.*
RAB3440 2901 - 3440 $ 34.70 $ 41.60 $ 43.40 $ 46.90 $ 52.10
RAP3440
RAB3600 3441 - 3600 $ 39.60 $ 47.50 $ 49.50 $ 53.50 $ 59.40
RAP3600
Return Air Boxes/Plenums Side Entry (Height = Spigot Size + 75mm)

Return Air Boxes/Plenums Side Entry
= Available Insulation(Height = Spigot Size + 75mm)
PRODUCT PERIMETER
Product Perimeter Rubber
Price Polyester
Price Price
Fiberglass Price
Perforated Price
Code
RABS1600 Range 5mm 13mm 13mm 25mm 25mm
0 - 1600
RAPS1600 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
RABS1600
RABS2400 0 - 1600 $ 27.30 $ 32.80 $ 34.10 $ 36.90 $ 41.00
RAPS1600 1601 - 2400
RAPS2400
RABS2400
RABS2900 1601 - 2400 $ 39.30 $ 47.20 $ 49.10 $ 53.10 $ 56.00
RAPS2400 2401 - 2900
RAPS2900
RABS2900
RABS3440
2401 - 2900 $ 42.15 $ 50.60 $ 52.70 $ 56.10 $ 63.20
RAPS2900 2901 - 3440
RAPS3440
RABS3440 2901 - 3440 $ 52.05 $ 62.50 $ 65.10 $ 70.30 $ 78.10
RABS3600
RAPS3440 3441 - 3600
RAPS3600
RABS3600 3441 - 3600 $ 59.40 $ 71.30 $ 74.30 $ 80.20 $ 89.10
RAPS3600
CODE RAB 2900 5R EXAMPLE: 900 x 400 – 2 x 400 DIA SPIGOTS

900 + 900 + 400 + 400 = 2600 PERIMETER
RAB = RETURN AIR BOX

RAP = RETURN AIR PLENUM
RABS = RETURN AIR BOX SIDE ENTRY
RAPS = RETURN AIR PLENUM SIDE ENTRY
PERIMETER RANGE
Note:
• To select the correct product code from the table above for a specified box size, you must firstly calculate the perimeter
NO
of T E:box
the - To select in
as shown the
thecorrect
exampleproduct
above code
which from the table the
will determine above for perimeter
correct a specified boxto
range size, youfrom
choose mustin the table
above. firstly calculate the perimeter of the box as shown in the example above which will determine the
correct
• If a specified perimeter
box range
exceeds the to choose
perimeter rangefrom
it willinbe
the tableon
priced above.
application.
- If a specified box exceeds the perimeter range it will be priced on application.
• If the spigot size does not fit the specified box we will automatically step the box to suit at an additional charge.
- If box is required to be stepped there will be an additional charge of $10.00 ie:- that is if the spigot
• Fresh air spigot and filter available on request.
size does not fit the specified box.
• Filter track and slide available at additional cost, please enquire.
DISTRIBUTOR PRICE LIST (Rev 4:Nov 2007) All Prices are GST Exclusive www.qualityair.com.au
Page 62 of
108
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Drip Trays - 40mm High

PRODUCT CODE PERIMETER RANGE
DT4400 3201 - 4400
DT5200 4401 - 5200
DT5600 5201 - 5600
DT6200 5601 - 6200
DT6800 6201 - 6800
DT7400 6801 - 7400
*Drip trays with copper spouts available on request.*
CODE DT CB 3200 Example: 1000 x 500

1000 + 1000 + 500 + 500 = 3000 Perimeter
DT = Drip Tray
CB = Cross Break
Note:
• To select the correct product code from the table above for a specified drip tray size, you must firstly calculate the
perimeter of the drip tray as shown in the example above which will determine the correct perimeter range to choose
from in the table above.
• Drain location standard short side centre.
• 20mm PVC drain connector is fitted as standard, 25mm also available (electrical connection).
• If a specified drip tray exceeds the perimeter range it will be priced on application.

Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
LB800 0 - 800 $ 15.95 $ 19.10 $ 19.90 $ 21.50 $ 23.90
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
LB1200 801 - 1200 $ 20.90 $ 25.10 $ 26.10 $ 28.20 $ 31.40
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
LB1600
LB2100
1201 - 1600
1601 - 2100
$ 22.55
$ 27.75
$ 27.10
$ 33.30
$ 28.20
$ 34.70
$ 30.40
$ 37.50
$ 33.80
$ 41.60
SHEET METAL
LB2700 2101 - 2700 $ 33.00 $ 39.60 $ 41.30 $ 44.60 $ 49.50
LB3300 2701 - 3300 $ 41.00 $ 49.20 $ 51.30 $ 55.40 $ 61.50
LB3900 3301 - 3900 $ 52.00 $ 62.40 $ 65.00 $ 70.20 $ 78.00
LB5100 3901 - 5100 $ 65.00 $ 78.00
Linear Boxes Side Entry (Height = Spigot Size + 75mm) $ 81.30 $ 87.80 $ 97.50
*Stepped Linear Boxes to cover =Insulation will be
Available Insulation an additional $8.50*
PRODUCT PERIMETER
Rubber Linear
PolyesterBoxes Top Entry
Fiberglass Perforated
LB800 0 - 800
Product
LB1200 801Perimeter
Code
LB1600 1201 -Range
1600 5 mm 13 mm 13 mm 25 mm 25 mm
LB2100 1601 - 2100 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
UB800
LB2700 2101 -02700
- 800 $ 13.20 $ 15.80 $ 16.50 $ 17.80 $ 19.80
UB1200 801 - 1200 $ 16.50 $ 21.80 $ 22.70 $ 22.30 $ 24.80
LB3300 2701 - 3300
UB1600 1201 - 1600 $ 19.80 $ 23.80 $ 24.80 $ 26.70 $ 29.70
LB3900
UB2100 3301 - 3900
1601 - 2100 $ 25.00 $ 30.00 $ 31.30 $ 33.80 $ 37.50
LB5100
UB2700 3901 - 5100
2101 - 2700 $ 31.00 $ 37.20 $ 38.80 $ 41.90 $ 46.50
UB3300Linear Boxes
*Stepped 2701to- cover
3300Insulation
$ 38.00 $ 45.60 charge.*
will be an additional $ 47.50 $ 51.30 $ 57.00
*Larger
UB3900 spigot sizes may -be3900
3301 ovalised.* $ 47.00 $ 56.40 $ 58.80 $ 63.50 $ 70.50
*Other
UB5100 insulation 3901
thicknesses available$on59.00
- 5100 request.* $ 70.80 $ 73.80 $ 79.70 $ 88.50
CODE LB 2700 8 5R EXAMPLE: 1200 x 120 - 200 DIA 5 MM RUBBER

1200 + 1200 + 120 + 120 = 2640
LB = LINEAR BOX
UB = UNI BOOT
PERIMETER RANGE
SPIGOT SIZE
Note:
of the box as shown in the example above which will determine the correct perimeter range to choose from in the table
NOabove.
T E: - To select the correct product code from the table above for a specified box size, you must firstly
calculate the perimeter of the box as shown in the example above which will determine the correct
perimeter range to choose from in the table above.
Uni Boot Top Entry (Height = 150mm)
Page 64 of
108 = Available Insulation
PRODUCT PERIMETER
LB800 0 - 800
LB1200 801 - 1200
LB1600 1201 - 1600
LB2100 1601 - 2100
LB2700 2101 - 2700
LB3300 2701 - 3300
LB3900 3301 - 3900
LB5100 3901 - 5100

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Uni Boot - Spigot Opposite Open End (Height = 150mm)
PRODUCT PERIMETER Quality=Air Equipment

Available Insulation Pty Ltd
UB800 0 - 800
Sheet Metal Products
UB1200 801 - 1200
UB1600 1201 - 1600 Uni Boots
UB2100 1601 - 2100
Product Perimeter Price Price Price Price Price
*If size exceeds the parameters in table above then refer to RAB’s for pricing*
Code Range 5 mm
*Other insulation thicknesses available on request* 13 mm 13 mm 25 mm 25 mm
Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
UB800 0 - 800 $ 13.20 $ 15.80 $ 16.50 $ 17.80 $ 19.80
Side Boot - Spigot
UB1200
on Long Side (Height
801 - 1200
= Spigot$ Size
$ 16.50
+ 125mm)
21.80 $ 22.70 $ 22.30 $ 24.80
UB1600 1201 - 1600 $ 19.80 =$Available
23.80 Insulation
$ 24.80 $ 26.70 $ 29.70
PRODUCT PERIMETER
UB2100
CODE 1601
RANGE - 2100 $
5mm/10mm 25.00 $
13mm/25mm 30.00 $ 31.30
13mm/25mm $ 33.80
25mm $ 37.50
Rubber
*If size exceeds the parameters in Polyester
table above then Fiberglass Perforated
refer to RAB’s for pricing*
SB800 0 - 800
SB1200 801 - 1200 Side Boots
SB1600 1201 - 1600
Product 1601Perimeter
SB2100 - 2100 Price Price Price Price Price
Code Range 5 mm 13 mm 13 mm
*If size exceeds the parameters in table above then refer to RABS for pricing* 25 mm 25 mm
Rubber
*Other insulation thicknesses available on request* Poly F/G F/G Perf
SB800 0 - 800 $ 15.95 $ 19.10 $ 19.90 $ 21.50 $ 23.90
SB1200 801 - 1200 $ 20.90 $ 25.10 $ 26.10 $ 28.20 $ 31.40
End Boot - Spigot on Short Side (Height dependent on spigot size)
SB1600 1201 - 1600 $ 22.55 $ 27.10 $ 28.20 $ 30.40 $ 33.80
SB2100 1601 - 2100 $ 27.75 =$Available
33.30 Insulation
$ 34.70 $ 37.50 $ 41.60
PRODUCT PERIMETER
*If size exceeds
CODE RANGEthe parameters
5mm/10mm in13mm/25mm
table above then refer to RABS’s
13mm/25mm for pricing*
25mm
EB800 0 - 800
End Boots
EB1200 801 - 1200
EB1600
Product 1201 - 1600
Perimeter Price Price Price Price Price
Code
EB2100 1601 -Range
2100 5 mm 13 mm 13 mm 25 mm 25 mm
EB2700 2101 - 2700 Rubber Poly F/G F/G Perf
EB800
*If 0 - 800 in table
size exceeds the parameters $ above
16.90then $refer
20.30
to RABS $for21.10
pricing* $ 22.80 $ 25.40
EB1200
*Prices quoted above801are
- 1200
at maximum$height
22.65of 400mm.
$ 27.20 $ 28.30
For End Boots that are$required
30.60 $ 34.00
EB1600
to be manufactured 1201 - 1600
higher $ 23.50
to enable spigot to fit on$end,
28.20 $ charge
additional 29.40 will $be 31.70
applied $ 35.30
EB2100 on height*
depending 1601 - 2100 $ 28.70 $ 34.40 $ 35.90 $ 38.80 $ 43.10
*Other insulation
*If size thicknesses
exceeds available on request*
the parameters in table above then refer to RAB’S for pricing*
CODE UB 1200 10 5R EXAMPLE:

EXAMPLE:350X150-250 DIA UNI
350 x 150 – 250 DIA BOOT 5MM 5RUBBER
UNI BOOT MM RUBBER
350+350+150+150=1000
350 + 350 + 150 + 150 = 1000
UB = UNI BOOT
SB = SIDE BOOT
EB = END BOOT
PERIMETER RANGE
SPIGOT SIZE
Note:
NOofTthe
E:box
- To
asselect
shownthe correct
in the product
example code
above from
which willthe table above
determine for a specified
the correct perimeterbox size,
range to you must
choose firstly
from in the table
calculate
above. the perimeter of the box as shown in the example above which will determine the correct perimeter
Page 65 of 108

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL

Cushion Boxes
SPIGOT Sheet Metal
PRODUCT BOX Products
CODE OPENING SIZE SIZE 5mm/10mm 13mm/25mm
(“) (mm) Plain
Rubber Poly
CB666 6x6 150 Dia Cushion Boxes
CB668 6x6 200 Dia
Product
CB886 8x8 Size150 Dia Size Price Price Price
CB888 Code 8x8 Metric
200 Dia Imperial Unins. 5 mm 13 mm
CB996 9x9 150 Dia Rubber Poly
CB666 150 x 150 - 150 6x6-6 $ 9.90 $ 11.90 $ 13.10
CB998 9x9 200 Dia
CB668 150 x 150 - 200 6x6-8 $ 10.80 $ 12.50 $ 13.80
CB9910CB886 9 x 200
9 x 200250 Dia
- 150 8x8-6 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB888
CB10106 10 x 200
10 x 200150
- 200
Dia 8x8-8 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB996
CB10108 10 x 225
10 x 225200
- 150
Dia 9x9-6 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB998
CB101010 225
10 x 10 x 225 - 200
250 Dia 9x9-8 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB9910 225 x 225 - 250 9 x 9 - 10 $ 12.50 $ 16.70 $ 18.40
CB12126 12 x 12 150 Dia
CB10106 250 x 250 -150 10 x 10 - 6 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB12128
CB10108 12 x 250
12 x 250200 Dia
- 200 10 x 10 - 8 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB121210
CB12126 12 x 300
12 x 300250 Dia
- 150 12 x 12 - 6 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB12128
CB121212 12 x 300
12 x 300300
- 200
Dia 12 x 12 - 8 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121210
CB14148 300
14 x 14 x 300 - 250
200 Dia 12 x 12 - 10 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121212
CB141410 14 x 300
14 x 300250
- 300
Dia 12 x 12 - 12 $ 15.00 $ 19.00 $ 20.90
CB14148 350 x 350 - 200 14 x 14 - 8 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB141412 14 x 14 300 Dia
CB141410 350 x 350 - 250 14 x 14 - 10 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB141414
CB141412 14 x 350
14 x 350350 Dia
- 300 14 x 14 - 12 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB141414
CB151510 15 x 350
15 x 350250
- 350
Dia 14 x 14 - 14 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB151510
CB151512 15 x 375
15 x 375300
- 250
Dia 15 x 15 - 10 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151512
CB151514 375
15 x 15 x 375 - 300
350 Dia 15 x 15 - 12 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151514 375 x 375 - 350 15 x 15 - 14 $ 17.45 $ 24.10 $ 26.50
CB16168 16 x 16 200 Dia
CB16168 400 x 400 - 200 16 x 16 - 8 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB161610 16 x 16
CB161610 400 x 400250 Dia
- 250 16 x 16 - 10 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB161612
CB161612 16 x 400
16 x 400300 Dia
- 300 16 x 16 - 12 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161614
CB161614 16 x 400
16 x 400350
- 350
Dia 16 x 16 - 14 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161616
CB161616 400
16 x 16 x 400 - 400
400 Dia 16 x 16 - 16 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CODE CB 1212 10 U EXAMPLE: CB121210U
CODE “Cushion Box Product Code” “Insulation Type” EXAMPLE: CB666P
(Select 1st column from (Select Available Insulation
the table above) type from the table above) CB = CUSHION BOX
Select “Cushion Box Product Code”
OPENING SIZE
Select “Insulation Type”
P = Plain SPIGOT SIZE
5R = 5mm Rubber
10R = 10mmU = Rubber
UNINSULATED
13P = 13mm5R =Polyester Insulated INSULATION
5 MM RUBBER
25P = 25mm13P Polyester
= 13 MMInsulated
POLYESTER INSULATED
Note
• All boxes standard with no step unless requested or required to enable spigot to be fitted. An additional charge will be
added for stepping.
NOadditional
• An T E: - Add $ 2.50
charge if additional
will be added if anspigot required
extra spigot & indicate
is required. if spigots
Indicate OPPOSITE
areare
if spigots opposite or or ADJACENT
adjacent.
OPPOSITE ADJACENT
Round 25 mm
Spigot Standard
50 mm
Standard
Cushion Boxes continued

DISTRIBUTOR PRICE LIST (Rev 4:Nov 2007)
on next page….
All Prices are GST Exclusive www.qualityair.com.au
Page 67 of 108
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL

Cushion Boxes
PRODUCT
CODE
BOX
OPENING SIZE
SPIGOT
SIZE
Sheet Metal Products
5mm/10mm 13mm/25mm
(“) (mm) Plain
Rubber Poly
CB18186 18 x 18 150 Dia Cushion Boxes
CB18188 18 x 18 200 Dia
Product
CB181810 18 x 18 Size
250 Dia Size Price Price Price
Code
CB181812 18 x 18 Metric
300 Dia Imperial Unins. 5 mm 13 mm
CB181814 18 x 18 350 Dia Rubber Poly
CB666 150 x 150 - 150 6x6-6 $ 9.90 $ 11.90 $ 13.10
CB181816 18 x 18 400 Dia
CB668 150 x 150 - 200 6x6-8 $ 10.80 $ 12.50 $ 13.80
CB20208 20 x 20 200 Dia
CB886 200 x 200 - 150 8x8-6 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB202010
CB888 20 x 20
200 x 200 250 Dia
- 200 8x8-8 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB996
CB202012 225 x 225
20 x 20 300- 150
Dia 9x9-6 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB998
CB202014 225 x 225
20 x 20 350- 200
Dia 9x9-8 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB9910
CB202016 225
20 x 20 x 225 - 250
400 Dia 9 x 9 - 10 $ 12.50 $ 16.70 $ 18.40
CB10106 250 x 250 -150 10 x 10 - 6 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB22228 22 x 22 200 Dia
CB10108 250 x 250 - 200 10 x 10 - 8 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB222210
CB12126 22 x 22
300 x 300 250 Dia
- 150 12 x 12 - 6 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB222212
CB12128 22 x 22 300 x 300 300 Dia
- 200 12 x 12 - 8 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121210 22 x 22
CB222214 300 x 300 350- 250
Dia 12 x 12 - 10 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121212
CB222216 300
22 x 22 x 300 - 300
400 Dia 12 x 12 - 12 $ 15.00 $ 19.00 $ 20.90
CB14148
CB222218 350
22 x 22 x 350 - 200
450 Dia 14 x 14 - 8 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB141410 350 x 350 - 250 14 x 14 - 10 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB24248 24 x 24 200 Dia
CB141412 350 x 350 - 300 14 x 14 - 12 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB242410
CB141414 24 x 24
350 x 350 250 Dia
- 350 14 x 14 - 14 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB151510 24 x 24
CB242412 375 x 375 300- 250
Dia 15 x 15 - 10 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151512
CB242414 375
24 x 24 x 375 - 300
350 Dia 15 x 15 - 12 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151514
CB242416 375
24 x 24 x 375 - 350
400 Dia 15 x 15 - 14 $ 17.45 $ 24.10 $ 26.50
CB16168 400 x 400 - 200 16 x 16 - 8 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB242418 24 x 24 450 Dia
CB161610 400 x 400 - 250 16 x 16 - 10 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
*Other insulation
CB161612 thicknesses
400 x 400 - 300on request.*
available 16 x 16 - 12 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161614 400 x 400 - 350 16 x 16 - 14 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CODE “Cushion Box Product Code” “Insulation Type” EXAMPLE: CB666P
CB161616(Select 1st column
400 x from
400 - 400 (Select Available
16 x 16Insulation
- 16 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
the table above) type from the table above)
P = Plain
CB =Rubber
5R = 5mm CUSHION BOX
10R = 10mm Rubber
13P = 13mm Polyester
OPENING SIZEInsulated
25P = 25mm Polyester Insulated
SPIGOT SIZE
U = UNINSULATED
13P = 13 MM POLYESTER INSULATED
Note
added for stepping.
NO T E: - Add $ 2.50 if additional spigot required & indicate if spigots are OPPOSITE or ADJACENT
• An additional charge will be added if an extra spigot is required. Indicate if spigots are opposite or adjacent.
OPPOSITE ADJACENT
Round 25 mm
Spigot Standard
50 mm
Standard
DISTRIBUTOR PRICE LIST (Rev

Cushion Boxes continued on next page….
4:Nov 2007) All Prices arePty
GSTLtd
Exclusive
268 © Quality Air Equipment 2020 www.qualityair.com.au
Page 67 of 108
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL

Cushion Boxes
PRODUCT
CODE
BOX
OPENING SIZE
Sheet Metal
SPIGOT
SIZE
Products
13mm/25mm
(“) (mm) 25mm Perforated
Fiberglass
CB666 6x6 150 Dia Cushion Boxes
CB668 6x6 200 Dia
Product
CB886 8x8 Size 150 Dia Size Price Price Price
Code
CB888 8x8 Metric 200 Dia Imperial Unins. 5 mm 13 mm
CB996 9x9 150 Dia Rubber Poly
CB666 150 x 150 - 150 6x6-6 $ 9.90 $ 11.90 $ 13.10
CB998 9x9 200 Dia
CB668 150 x 150 - 200 6x6-8 $ 10.80 $ 12.50 $ 13.80
CB9910
CB886 9200
x 9 x 200 - 150
250 Dia 8x8-6 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB888
CB10106 10200
x 10x 200 - 200
150 Dia 8x8-8 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB996
CB10108 10225
x 10x 225 - 150
200 Dia 9x9-6 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB998
CB101010 225
10 x 10x 225 - 200
250 Dia 9x9-8 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB9910
CB12126
225 x 225 - 250
12 x 12 150 Dia
9 x 9 - 10 $ 12.50 $ 16.70 $ 18.40
CB10106 250 x 250 -150 10 x 10 - 6 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB12128
CB10108 12250
x 12x 250 - 200
200 Dia 10 x 10 - 8 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB121210
CB12126 12300
x 12x 300 - 150
250 Dia 12 x 12 - 6 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB12128
CB121212 12300
x 12x 300 - 200
300 Dia 12 x 12 - 8 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121210
CB14148 300
14 x 14x 300 - 250
200 Dia 12 x 12 - 10 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121212 300 x 300 - 300 12 x 12 - 12 $ 15.00 $ 19.00 $ 20.90
CB141410 14 x 14 250 Dia
CB14148 350 x 350 - 200 14 x 14 - 8 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB141412
CB141410 14350
x 14x 350 - 250
300 Dia 14 x 14 - 10 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB141414
CB141412 14350
x 14x 350 - 300
350 Dia 14 x 14 - 12 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB141414
CB151510 15350
x 15x 350 - 350
250 Dia 14 x 14 - 14 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB151510
CB151512 375
15 x 15x 375 - 250
300 Dia 15 x 15 - 10 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151512
CB151514 15375
x 15x 375 - 300
350 Dia 15 x 15 - 12 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151514 375 x 375 - 350 15 x 15 - 14 $ 17.45 $ 24.10 $ 26.50
CB16168 16 x 16 200 Dia
CB16168 400 x 400 - 200 16 x 16 - 8 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB161610
CB161610 16400
x 16x 400 - 250
250 Dia 16 x 16 - 10 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB161612
CB161612 16400
x 16x 400 - 300
300 Dia 16 x 16 - 12 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161614
CB161614 400
16 x 16x 400 - 350
350 Dia 16 x 16 - 14 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161616
CB161616 16400
x 16x 400 - 400
400 Dia 16 x 16 - 16 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CODE “Cushion Box Product Code” “Insulation Type” EXAMPLE: CB66613F
(Select 1st column from (Select Available Insulation
the table above) type from the table above) CB = CUSHION BOX
OPENING SIZE
SPIGOT SIZE
13F = 13mmFiberglass
25F = 25mm Fiberglass
25PERFU ==25mm
UNINSULATED
Perforated
Note
added for stepping.
NO T E: - Add $ 2.50 if additional spigot required & indicate if spigots are OPPOSITE or ADJACENT
• An additional charge will be added if an extra spigot is required. Indicate if spigots are opposite or adjacent.
OPPOSITE ADJACENT
Round 25 mm
Spigot Standard
50 mm
Standard
DISTRIBUTOR PRICE LIST (Rev

Cushion Boxes continued on next page….
4:Nov 2007) All Prices arePty
GSTLtd
Exclusive
© Quality Air Equipment 2020www.qualityair.com.au269
Page 67 of 108
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL

Cushion Boxes
PRODUCT BOX Sheet Metal
SPIGOT Products
CODE OPENING SIZE SIZE 13mm/25mm 25mm
(“) (mm) Fierglass Perforated
CB18186 18 x 18 150 Dia Cushion Boxes
CB18188 18 x 18 200 Dia
Product
CB181810 18 x 18Size 250 Dia Size Price Price Price
Code
CB181812
Metric
18 x 18 300 Dia
Imperial Unins. 5 mm 13 mm
Rubber Poly
CB181814 18 x 18 350 Dia
CB666 150 x 150 - 150 6x6-6 $ 9.90 $ 11.90 $ 13.10
CB181816
CB668 18 x 18x 150 - 200400 Dia 6 x 6 - 8
150 $ 10.80 $ 12.50 $ 13.80
CB886
CB20208 200
20 x 20x 200 - 150200 Dia 8 x 8 - 6 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB888
CB202010 20 x 20x 200 - 200250 Dia 8 x 8 - 8
200 $ 11.05 $ 13.75 $ 15.10
CB996
CB202012 225
20 x 20x 225 - 150300 Dia 9 x 9 - 6 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB998 225 x 225 - 200 9x9-8 $ 12.30 $ 15.95 $ 17.60
CB202014 20 x 20 350 Dia
CB9910 225 x 225 - 250 9 x 9 - 10 $ 12.50 $ 16.70 $ 18.40
CB202016 20 x 20 400 Dia
CB10106 250 x 250 -150 10 x 10 - 6 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB22228
CB10108 22 x 22
250 x 250 - 200200 Dia 10 x 10 - 8 $ 12.65 $ 17.50 $ 19.30
CB12126
CB222210 300
22 x 22x 300 - 150250 Dia 12 x 12 - 6 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB12128
CB222212 300
22 x 22x 300 - 200300 Dia 12 x 12 - 8 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121210
CB222214 22 x 22x 300 - 250350 Dia 12 x 12 - 10
300 $ 14.60 $ 18.50 $ 20.40
CB121212 300 x 300 - 300 12 x 12 - 12 $ 15.00 $ 19.00 $ 20.90
CB222216 22 x 22 400 Dia
CB14148 350 x 350 - 200 14 x 14 - 8 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB222218
CB141410 22 x 22
350 x 350 - 250450 Dia 14 x 14 - 10 $ 16.00 $ 20.50 $ 22.60
CB24248
CB141412 24 x 24x 350 - 300200 Dia 14 x 14 - 12
350 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB141414
CB242410 350
24 x 24x 350 - 350250 Dia 14 x 14 - 14 $ 16.40 $ 21.30 $ 23.40
CB151510
CB242412 24 x 24x 375 - 250300 Dia 15 x 15 - 10
375 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB151512 375 x 375 - 300 15 x 15 - 12 $ 16.90 $ 22.00 $ 24.20
CB242414 24 x 24 350 Dia
CB151514 375 x 375 - 350 15 x 15 - 14 $ 17.45 $ 24.10 $ 26.50
CB242416 24 x 24
CB16168 400 x 400 - 200400 Dia 16 x 16 - 8 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB242418
CB161610 24 x 24x 400 - 250450 Dia 16 x 16 - 10
400 $ 18.10 $ 25.60 $ 28.20
CB161612
*Other insulation 400 x available
thicknesses 400 - 300 16 x 16 - 12
on request.* $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161614 400 x 400 - 350 16 x 16 - 14 $ 18.40 $ 26.40 $ 29.00
CB161616
CODE “Cushion Box Product
400 x Code”
400 - 400 “Insulation Type”
16 x 16 - 16 $ 18.40 $ 26.40
EXAMPLE: CB1818613F $ 29.00
(Select 1 column from
st
(Select Available Insulation
the table above) type from the table above)
13F = 13mmFiberglass
CB =Fiberglass
25F = 25mm CUSHION BOX
25PERF = 25mm Perforated
OPENING SIZE
SPIGOT SIZE
U = UNINSULATED
Note
added for stepping.
NOadditional
• An T E: - Add $ 2.50
charge will ifbeadditional spigot
added if an extra required & indicate
spigot is required. if spigots
Indicate are OPPOSITE
if spigots ADJACENT
are opposite ororadjacent.
OPPOSITE ADJACENT
Round 25 mm
Spigot Standard
50 mm
Standard
Cushion Boxes continued

DISTRIBUTOR PRICE LIST (Rev 4:Nov 2007)
on next page….
All Prices are GST Exclusive www.qualityair.com.au
Page 67 of 108
mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Starting Collars Round

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
SC4 100 Dia
SC5 125 Dia
SC6 150 Dia
SC8 200 Dia
SC10 250 Dia
SC12 300 Dia
SC14 350 Dia
SC16 400 Dia
SC18 450 Dia
SC20 500 Dia
SC22 550 Dia
SC24 600 Dia
* An additional charge will be added if volume control blade is required.*
CODE SC 10 VCB Example SC10VCB
SC = Starting Collar
Spigot Size
VCB = Volume Control Blade
Starting Collars Ovalised

PRODUCT SIZE PLATE SIZE
CODE (mm) (mm)
OSC4 100 Dia 152 x 110
OSC5 125 Dia 157 x 120
OSC6 150 Dia 220 x 120
OSC8 200 Dia 315 x 150
OSC10 250 Dia 386 x 200
OSC12 300 Dia 420 x 250
OSC14 350 Dia 465 x 300
OSC16 400 Dia 576 x 350
OSC18 450 Dia 600 x 453
* An additional charge will be added if volume control blade is required.*
CODE OSC 10 VCB Example OSC10VCB
OSC = Ovalised Starting Collar
Spigot Size
VCB = Volume Control Blade

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Joining Collars - 150mm Long

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
JC4 100 Dia
JC5 125 Dia
JC6 150 Dia
JC8 200 Dia
JC10 250 Dia
JC12 300 Dia
JC14 350 Dia
JC16 400 Dia
JC18 450 Dia
JC20 500 Dia
JC22 550 Dia
JC24 600 Dia
Castellated Starting Collars

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
CSC6 150 Dia
CSC8 200 Dia
CSC10 250 Dia
CSC12 300 Dia
CSC14 350 Dia
CSC16 400 Dia
CSC18 450 Dia
CSC20 500 Dia
Manual Line Dampers

PRODUCT SIZE LENGTH
CODE (mm) (mm)
MLD4 100 Dia 150
MLD5 125 Dia 175
MLD6 150 Dia 200
MLD8 200 Dia 250
MLD10 250 Dia 300
MLD12 300 Dia 350
MLD14 350 Dia 400
MDL16 400 Dia 450
MLD18 450 Dia 500

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Bell Mouth Spigots complete with Blade & Raised Quadrant

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
BMS6 150 Dia
BMS8 200 Dia
BMS10 250 Dia
BMS12 300 Dia
BMS14 350 Dia
Stream Splitter
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
CODE
SS Stream Splitter
Blanking Plates
PRODUCT SUIT THESE
CODE GRILLES
BP150 SD66/BED66
BP225 SD99/BED99
BP300 SD1212/BED1212
BP375 SD1515/BED1515
BP450 XLD595F/BED1818
BP525 BED2121
BP600 BED2424

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Reducing Neck to Suit Lay-In Diffusers
Square to Round Reducing Neck Square to Round Reducing Neck

(without clips) to suit Lay-In Diffusers with Fixing Clips to suit Lay-In Diffusers
PRODUCT POSSIBLE SPIGOT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE PRODUCT POSSIBLE SPIGOT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE
CODE SIZES GRILLES (mm) CODE SIZES GRILLES (mm)
(mm) (mm)
RN1010 150 250 Dia LD4395F 250 x 250 FCF1010 150 250 Dia LD4395F 250 x 250
RN1818 150 450 Dia XLD4595F 450 x 450 FCF1818 150 450 Dia XLD4595F 450 x 450
LD3595F LD3595F
LD2OPP595F LD2OPP595F
LD2CNR595F LD2CNR595F
LD1595F LD1595F
RN605F 150 450 Dia LD4605F 460 x 460 FCF605F 150 450 Dia LD4605F 460 x 460
CODE “Reducing Neck Product Code” “Spigot Size” BFD EXAMPLE PRODUCT CODES: RN10106
(Select 1st column from (Select 2nd column from FCF101010BFD
one of the tables above) one of the tables above)
Select “Reducing Neck Product Code”
RN - Square to Round Reducing Neck (without clips)
FCF - Square to Round Reducing Neck complete with Fixing Clips
Spigot Size (Imperial)
add “BFD” for Butterfly Damper
Square to Square Reducing Neck Square to Square Reducing Neck

(without clips) to suit Lay-In Diffusers with Fixing Clips to suit Lay-In Diffusers
PRODUCT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE PRODUCT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE
CODE GRILLES (mm) CODE GRILLES (mm)
RN181866 450 x 450 - 150 x 150 FCF181866 450 x 450 - 150 x 150
RN181888 450 x 450 - 200 x 200 FCF181888 450 x 450 - 200 x 200
XLD4595F XLD4595F
RN181899 LD3595F 450 x 450 - 225 x 225 FCF181899 LD3595F 450 x 450 - 225 x 225
RN18181010 LD2OPP595F 450 x 450 - 250 x 250 FCF18181010 LD2OPP595F 450 x 450 - 250 x 250
LD2CNR595F LD2CNR595F
RN18181212 450 x 450 - 300 x 300 FCF18181212 450 x 450 - 300 x 300
LD1595F LD1595F
RN18181414 450 x 450 - 350 x 350 FCF18181414 450 x 450 - 350 x 350
RN18181515 450 x 450 - 375 x 375 FCF18181515 450 x 450 - 375 x 375
RN18181616 450 x 450 - 400 x 400 FCF18181616 450 x 450 - 400 x 400

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Reducing Neck to Suit Flush Mounted Diffusers
Square to Round Reducing Neck Square to Round Reducing Neck

(without clips) to Flush Mounted Diffusers with Fixing Clips to suit Flush Mounted Diffusers
PRODUCT POSSIBLE SPIGOT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE PRODUCT POSSIBLE SPIGOT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE
CODE SIZES GRILLES (mm) CODE SIZES GRILLES (mm)
(mm) (mm)
RN66 100 150 Dia SD66 150 x 150 FCF66 100 150 Dia SD66 150 x 150
CODE “Reducing Neck Product Code” “Spigot Size” BFD EXAMPLE PRODUCT CODES: RN664
(Select 1st column from (Select 2nd column from FCF666BFD
RN - Square to Round Reducing Neck (without clips)
FCF - Square to Round Reducing Neck complete with Fixing Clips
Reducing Neck to Suit Bevelled Edge Diffusers

Fixing Clip Reducing Necks to suit Bevelled Edge Diffusers
PRODUCT POSSIBLE SPIGOT SUIT THESE NECK SIZE
CODE SIZES GRILLES (mm)
(mm)
FCB66 100 150 Dia BED66 150 x 150
FCB99 150 200 Dia BED99 225 x 225
DUMP99
FCB1212 150 300 Dia BED1212 300 x 300
DUMP1212
FCB1515 150 350 Dia BED1515 375 x 375
FCB156 150 250 Dia BED156 375 x 150
FCB189 150 300 Dia BED189 450 x 225
FCB1818 150 450 Dia BED1818 450 x 450
FCB2121 150 500 Dia BED2121 525 x 525
FCB2424 150 600 Dia BED2424 600 x 600
CODE “Reducing Neck Product Code” “Spigot Size” BFD EXAMPLE PRODUCT CODE: FCB664BFD
(Select 1st column from (Select 2nd column from
FCB - Square to Round Reducing Neck complete with Fixing Clips

mm 100 125 150 200 225 250 300 350 375 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200
‘‘ 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
SHEET METAL
Reducing Neck to Suit Eggcrate Grilles
Stocked Reducing Necks complete with Fixing Clip to Suit Stocked Eggcrate Grilles
to Suit Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles to Suit Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles to Suit Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles
NECK
REDUCING POSSIBLE SUITS REDUCING POSSIBLE SUIT THESE REDUCING POSSIBLE SUIT
SIZE
NECK SPIGOT SIZES THESE NECK SPIGOT SIZES GRILLES NECK SPIGOT SIZES THESE
(mm)
PRODUCT (mm) GRILLES PRODUCT (mm) PRODUCT (mm) GRILLES
CODES CODES CODES
150 x 150 FCE66 100 150 Dia EG66 FCLC66 100 150 Dia LCEG66 FCRC66 100 150 Dia RCEG66
225 x 225 FCE99 150 200 Dia EG99 FCLC99 150 200 Dia LCEG99 - - -
Stocked Reducing Necks without Fixing Clip to Suit Stocked Lay-in Eggcrate Grilles
to Suit Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles to Suit Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles to Suit Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles
NECK
REDUCING POSSIBLE SUIT REDUCING POSSIBLE SUIT REDUCING POSSIBLE SUIT
SIZE
NECK SPIGOT SIZES THESE NECK SPIGOT SIZES THESE NECK SPIGOT SIZES THESE
(mm)
PRODUCT (mm) GRILLES PRODUCT (mm) GRILLES PRODUCT (mm) GRILLES
CODES CODES CODES
250 x 250 RN295F 150 250 Dia EG295F - - - - - -
350 x 350 RN395F 150 350 Dia EG395F RN395F 150 350 Dia LCEG395F - - -
550 x 250 RN595295F 150 400 Dia EG595295F RN595295F 150 400 Dia LCEG595295F RN595295F 150 400 Dia RCEG595295F
550 x 550 RN595F 150 550 Dia EG595F RN595F 150 550 Dia LCEG595F RN595F 150 550 Dia RCEG595F
1150 x 550 RN1195595F 1 spigot: EG1195595F RN1195595F 1 spigot: LCEG1195595F RN1195595F 1 spigot: RCEG1195595F
150 600 Dia 150 600 Dia 150 600 Dia
2 spigots: 2 spigots: 2 spigots:
500 Max 500 Max 500 Max
CODE “Reducing Neck Product Code” “Spigot Size” BFD EXAMPLE PRODUCT CODES: FCE666
(Select 1st column from (Select 2nd column from RN595295F16BFD
RN - Reducing Neck without clips
FCE - Fixing Clip Reducing neck to suit Fixed Core Eggcrate Grille
FCLC - Fixing Clip Reducing neck to suit Loose Core Eggcrate Grille
FCRC - Fixing Clip Reducing neck to suit Removable Core Eggcrate Grille

NOTES

NOTES

FLEXIBLE DUCT
Flexible Semi Rigid Aluminium Duct.................................... pg. 280

Polyester Insulated Flexible Ducts R1, R1.5, R2.0.. pg. 281
Duct
Metalised Nude Core............................................. pg. 281
Interlock Duct......................................................... pg. 281
Flat Duct 2m length................................................ pg. 282

Duct Joiner.............................................................. pg. 282
Duct Clip................................................................. pg. 282
Horizontal 45° Bend............................................... pg. 283
Horizontal 90° Bend............................................... pg. 283
Rangehood Adaptor................................................ pg. 283
Vertical 45° Bend.................................................... pg. 284
Rectangle to Round 150ø....................................... pg. 284
Rectangle to Round 200ø....................................... pg. 284

FLEXIBLE DUCT
Description
Our flexible ducting has been designed for cooling, heating and ventilation applications, with high or low pressure.
Diameter range from 150mm to 500mm in 50mm increments. Standard length is 6 meter, but 3 meter can be made to order
(pending sizes and quantities)
Construction
• Inner Core: Polyethylene film encapsulating a coated mechanical spring wire helix. The exposed surface is black to
• prevent light being reflected through the grille.
• Outer Sleeve Vapor Barrier: Metalized Mylar laminate with reinforcing scrim, to prevent tearing.
• Insulation: White polyester available in a range of R- Values – see following page.
• Note: Glasswool insulated ducting is available on request and is made to order
• The Flexible Duct can also be supplied with a black outer sleeve. These are made to order and lead time may depend on
overall requirements (size, R-values, Quantity, etc.)
Our flexible duct products meet Australian Standards

and have passed AS4254 & AS 4859.1 as detailed below:
AS4254 as required by building code is achieved if the
“product” satisfies the following 9 UL tests.
*UL181 Mould Growth test.
*UL181 Burning test.
*UL181 Temperature test
*UL181 Puncture test.
*UL181 Impact test.
*UL181 Static load test.
*UL181 Pressure test.
*UL181Collapse test.
*UL181 Tension test.
**AS1530 part3 “Fire Performance” test.
*Ignitability Index =0
*Spread Of Flame Index = 0
*Smoke Development Index ≤ 3
AS4859.1 Thermal Insulation test for R – Value.
Semi Rigid Aluminium Duct

PRODUCT CODE DIAMETER (mm) LENGTH (m)
AD4 100 3
AD5 125 3
AD6 150 3
AD8 200 3

FLEXIBLE DUCT
Polyester Insulated Flexible Ducts

DIAMETER PRODUCT CODE LENGTH PRODUCT CODE LENGTH PRODUCT CODE LENGTH
(mm) R1.0 (m) R1.5 (m) R2.0 (m)
150 IF6R1P 6 IF6R15P 6 IF6R2P 3
200 IF8R1P 6 IF8R15P 6 IF8R2P 3
250 IF10R1P 6 IF10R15P 6 IF10R2P 3
300 IF12R1P 6 IF12R15P 6 IF12R2P 3
350 IF14R1P 6 IF14R15P 6 IF14R2P 3
400 IF16R1P 6 IF16R15P 6 IF16R2P 3
450 IF18R1P 6 IF18R15P 6 IF18R2P 3
500 IF20R1P 6 IF20R15P 6 IF20R2P 3
Note: Other insulation thicknesses are available upon request
Metalised Nude Core

PRODUCT DIAMETER LENGTH
CODE (mm) (m)
NC4 100 6
NC5 125 6
NC6 150 6
NC8 200 6
NC10 250 6
NC12 300 6
NC14 350 6
NC16 400 6
NC18 450 6
NC20 500 6
Interlock Duct
PRODUCT CODE PRODUCT CODE DIAMETER LENGTH
3 METERS 6 METERS (mm) (m)
IL63M IL66M 150 3 or 6
IL83M IL86M 200 3 or 6
IL103M IL106M 250 3 or 6
IL123M IL126M 300 3 or 6
IL143M IL146M 350 3 or 6
IL163M IL166M 400 3 or 6
IL183M IL186M 450 3 or 6
IL203M IL206M 500 3 or 6
IL223M IL226M 550 3 or 6
IL243M IL246M 600 3 or 6

FLEXIBLE DUCT
ECODUCT
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
25 l/s 50 l/s 75 l/s 100 l/s 125 l/s 150 l/s 175 l/s

FLEXIBLE
ECODUCT
DUCT
7
42
175
6
35 150
5
28 125
4
21
3 100
2
14 75
1 50
7
0 25
0 25
25 l/s 50
50 l/s 75
75 l/s 100
100 l/s 125
125l/s 150
150l/s 175
175l/s
7212
175
6010 150
48 8 125
6
36 100
4
24 75
2
12 50
0
25
0 25 l/s 50
25
50 l/s 75
75 l/s 100
100
l/s 125
125
l/s 150
150
l/s 175
175
l/s
60
96
175
50
80 150
40
64 125
30
48 100
20
32 75
10
16 50
0
25
0 25 l/s 50 l/s 75 l/s 100 l/s 125 l/s 150 l/s 175 l/s
25 50 75 100 125 150 175

FLEXIBLE DUCT
ECODUCT
6630
175
5525 150
4420 125
15
33 100
10
22 75
5
11 50
0
25
0 25 l/s 50
25
50 l/s 75
75 l/s 100
100 l/s 125
125
l/s 150
150
l/s 175
175
l/s
6620
175
55 150
15
44 125
10
33 100
22 5 75
11 50
0
25
0 25 l/s 5050 l/s 75
25
75 l/s 100
100 l/s 125
125
l/s 150
150
l/s 175
175
l/s
20
15
10
0
25 l/s 50 l/s 75 l/s 100 l/s 125 l/s 150 l/s 175 l/s

FITTINGS
Fittings
Metal Y-Piece Fitting (Y-Piece)............................. pg. 286

Metal Branch Take Off Fitting (BTO)..................... pg. 287
Metal Double Branch Take Off Fitting (DBTO)...... pg. 288
Metal Reducers.................................................... pg. 288

FITTINGS
Metal Y-Piece Fitting (Y-Piece)

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
Y666 150 x 150 x 150
Y866 200 x 150 x 150
Y888 200 x 200 x 200
Y1066 250 x 150 x 150
Y1088 250 x 200 x 200
Y101010 250 x 250 x 250
Y1288 300 x 200 x 200
Y121010 300 x 250 x 250
Y121212 300 x 300 x 300
Y141010 350 x 250 x 250
Y141212 350 x 300 x 300
Y141414 350 x 350 x 350
Y1688 400 x 200 x 200
Y161010 400 x 250 x 250
Y161212 400 x 300 x 300
Y161414 400 x 350 x 350
Y161616 400 x 400 x 400
Y181414 450 x 350 x 350
Y181616 450 x 400 x 400
Y201616 500 x 400 x 400

FITTINGS
Metal Branch Take Off Fitting (BTO)

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
BTO666 150 x 150 x 150
BTO866 200 x 150 x 150
BTO886 200 x 200 x 150
BTO888 200 x 200 x 200
BTO1066 250 x 150 x 150
BTO1086 250 x 200 x 150
BTO1088 250 x 200 x 200
BTO10106 250 x 250 x 150
BTO10108 250 x 250 x 200
BTO101010 250 x 250 x 250
BTO1286 300 x 200 x 150
BTO1288 300 x 200 x 200
BTO12106 300 x 250 x 150
BTO12108 300 x 250 x 200
BTO121010 300 x 250 x 250
BTO12126 300 x 300 x 150
BTO12128 300 x 300 x 200
BTO121210 300 x 300 x 250
BTO121212 300 x 300 x 300
BTO1488 350 x 200 x 200
BTO14106 350 x 250 x 150
BTO14108 350 x 250 x 200
BTO14126 350 x 300 x 150
BTO141010 350 x 250 x 250
BTO141212 350 x 300 x 300
BTO14128 350 x 300 x 200
BTO141210 350 x 300 x 250
BTO14148 350 x 350 x 200
BTO141410 350 x 350 x 250
BTO141412 350 x 350 x 300
BTO141414 350 x 350 x 350
BTO16108 400 x 250 x 200
BTO161010 400 x 250 x 250
BTO16128 400 x 300 x 200
BTO161210 400 x 300 x 250
BTO161212 400 x 300 x 300
BTO16148 400 x 350 x 200
BTO161410 400 x 350 x 250
BTO161412 400 x 350 x 300
BTO161414 400 x 350 x 350
BTO16168 400 x 400 x 200
BTO161610 400 x 400 x 250
BTO161612 400 x 400 x 300
BTO161614 400 x 400 x 350
BTO161616 400 x 400 x 400

FITTINGS
Metal Double Branch Take Off Fitting (DBTO)

PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
DBTO8666 200 x 150 x 150 x 150
DBTO10866 250 x 200 x 150 x 150
DBTO10888 250 x 200 x 200 x 200
DBTO101088 250 x 250 x 200 x 200
DBTO12888 300 x 200 x 200 x 200
DBTO121088 300 x 250 x 200 x 200
DBTO12101010 300 x 250 x 250 x 250
DBTO121288 300 x 300 x 200 x 200
DBTO1212108 300 x 300 x 250 x 200
DBTO12121010 300 x 300 x 250 x 250
DBTO14888 350 x 200 x 200 x 200
DBTO141088 350 x 250 x 200 x 200
DBTO14101010 350 x 250 x 250 x 250
DBTO141288 350 x 300 x 200 x 200
DBTO14121010 350 x 300 x 250 x 250
DBTO14121212 350 x 300 x 300 x 300
DBTO141488 350 x 350 x 200 x 200
DBTO14141010 350 x 350 x 250 x 250
DBTO14141212 350 x 350 x 300 x 300
DBTO161488 400 x 350 x 200 x 200
DBTO16121010 400 x 300 x 250 x 250
DBTO16121212 400 x 300 x 300 x 300
DBTO16141010 400 x 350 x 250 x 250
DBTO16141212 400 x 350 x 300 x 300
DBTO16141414 400 x 350 x 350 x 350
DBTO16161010 400 x 400 x 250 x 250
DBTO16161212 400 x 400 x 300 x 300
DBTO16161414 400 x 400 x 350 x 350
Metal Reducers
PRODUCT SIZE
CODE (mm)
RED86 200 x 150
RED108 250 x 200
RED128 300 x 200
RED1210 300 x 250
RED1410 350 x 250
RED1412 350 x 300
RED1612 400 x 300
RED1614 400 x 350
RED1816 450 x 400

NOTES

NOTES

INTUMESCENT FIRE DAMPERS
Intumescent
Fire Dampers
Lorient Mastic Sealant (310ml Cartridge)...................................... pg. 292
LVH44 Square and Rectangular Intumescent Fire Dampers........... pg. 292
LVH44C Circular Intumescent Fire Dampers................................... pg. 292
LVH-D Fire Door Kits........................................................................ pg. 292 - 293
LVH-C Ceiling Mounted–60 min System Integrity and Insulation... pg. 294

Lorient Mastic Sealant

PRODUCT CODE SIZE COLOUR
LIM-310W 310ml Cartridge White
Key Benefits:
• Lorient intumescent sealant is an integral part of Lorient’s approved intumescent fire damper systems.
• Use to ensure compliance with Lorient’s approved installation methods.
• Approved in accordance with AS1530.4.2005.
• When exposed to fire Lorient intumescent sealant expands in volume to fill cavities and provides a stable barrier to restrict the
spread of fire and hot gasses.
LVH44 Square & Rectangular Intumescent Fire Dampers

PRODUCT CODE NOMINAL SIZE (mm) EXACT SIZE (mm)
LVH44-44 100 x 100 95 x 95
LVH44-64 150 x 100 145 x 95
LVH44-66 150 x 150 145 x 145
LVH44-86 200 x 150 195 x 145
LVH44-88 200 x 200 195 x 195
LVH44-108 250 x 200 245 x 195
LVH44-1010 250 x 250 245 x 245
LVH44-1210 300 x 250 295 x 245
LVH44-1212 300 x 300 295 x 295
LVH44-1414 350 x 350 345 x 345
LVH44-1515 375 x 375 370 x 370
LVH44-1616 400 x 400 395 x 395
LVH44-1818 450 x 450 445 x 445
LVH44-2020 500 x 500 495 x 495
LVH44-2424 600 x 600 595 x 595
*Larger modular sizes avaiable POA*
LVH44C Circular Intumescent Fire Dampers

PRODUCT CODE NOMINAL SIZE (mm)
LVH44C-4 100 Dia
LVH44C-5 125 Dia
LVH44C-6 150 Dia
LVH44C-8 200 Dia
LVH44C-10 250 Dia
LVH44C-12 300 Dia
LVH44C-14 350 Dia
LVH44C-16 400 Dia
LVH44C-18 450 Dia
LVH-D Fire Door Kits

PRODUCT CODE STANDARD KIT SIZES (mm) COVER GRILLE STANDARD COLOUR
LVH-D1818 450 x 450 Silver
Notes:
• Kits supplied complete with pair of cover grilles, Lorient Intumescent Mastic, Fixings and installation instructions.
• Standard sizes only apply – up to two kits may be installed per door leaf if required
• Kits suits both 35 and 45 mm thick fire doors

LVH INTUMESCENT
FIRE DOOR GRILLES
Lorient LVH Intumescent air transfer grilles are
specifically designed for use in fire rated door
assemblies where pressure relief or extra
ventilation is required.
Providing free airflow at ambient conditions; when

exposed to elevated temperatures the intumescent
material in the slats expands to create a physical
barrier to fire and hot smoke.
Fire tested in accordance with AS1530.4 on most

AS1905.1 proprietary fire door types, providing up
to 4 hour fire resistance.
Grill Sizing & Approved Fire Resistance Ratings

E-Core Firecore Pyropanel FR Pyropanel Pyropanel
Mini or Maxi Mini or Maxi 38mm or 47mm Pyrolite Pandor
Fire Door Type 38mm or 47mm 38mm or 47mm
FRL -/120/30 FRL -/120/30 FRL -/240/30 FRL -/120/30 FRL -/60/30
450 x 450mm (up to 3 per leaf) (1 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf)
FRL -/120/30 FRL -/120/30 FRL -/240/30 FRL -/120/30 FRL -/60/30
600 x 300mm (up to 3 per leaf) (1 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf)
FRL -/240/30 FRL -/120/30 FRL -/60/30

600 x 600mm (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf) (Up to 2 per leaf)
e
LORIENT cover grilles are designed for internal use only. If intended for exterior use they must be treated with an appropriate weather proof finish (by others)
SPECIFICATION:
Air transfer grilles fitted to fire doors shall be Lorient LVH
intumescent fire door grilles and be fully tested to
AS 1530.4 to comply with the requirements
AS/NZS 1905.1. They must allow bi-directional airflow
and have no moving parts.
HOW TO ORDER:
Lorient LVH 450 x 450mm Fire Door Kit: Product Code : LVH-FDK4545

LVH-C Ceiling Mounted–60 min System Integrity & Insulation (Incipient Rated)
PRODUCT CODE BOX SIZE (mm) NOM. BOX SIZE (‘‘)
LVHC66 150 x 150 6x6
LVHC88 200 x 200 8x8
LVHC1010 250 x 250 10 x 10
LVHC1212 300 x 300 12 x 12
LVHC1414 350 x 350 14 x 14
LVHC1616 400 x 400 16 x 16
LVHC1818 450 x 450 18 x 18
CODE LVHC S 88 6 Example: LVHC-S-88-6
LVHC = Ceiling Mounted

S= Side Entry
Box Size
Spigot Size
Systems available with integrity, insulation and incipient fire ratings
General Key Features

The Lorient LVH-C series • New and innovative design
(Ceiling Mounted) • Space savings compared to ‘rat trap’ type designs
intumescent fire dampers • Suitable for use behind supply air diffusers and return
allow for air transfer air grilles
penetrations in fire rated • Slim line design, only 44 mm thick
Plasterboard ceilings. • Lightweight
Special systems can be • Moisture resistant
provided for integrity, • No moving parts
insulation and incipient
fire ratings. Their slimline design and absence of moving
parts allow major space savings when compared to
conventional ‘rat trap’ type mechanical ceiling fire
dampers.
Lorient LVH-C series intumescent fire dampers have been
fire tested to AS1530.4 and comply with the Building Code
of Australia, specification C3.15 and with the requirements
of AS/NZS1668.1.
This system is ideal for retrofit applications during fire
safety upgrades.

NOTES

NOTES

PERFORMANCE DATA
INTRODUCTION
Product Testing
Between early 2010 and 2011, QAE undertook to
invest in product testing for the majority of their
locally manufactured products and their imported
grilles and diffusers by leading local and international
specialists. QAE will continually test their products in
order to provide a distinct advantage for their ever
growing list of customers who rely on QAE’s product
range in order to compete in what has become a
very competitive market.
STOCKED RANGE
Di Gr Re Lo Da
Diffusers Grilles Registers Louvres Dampers
MANUFACTURED RANGE
DI
DIFFUSERS
GR
GRILLES
LO
LOUVRES
RE
REGISTERS
DA
DAMPERS
Comparing Noise Criteria
Comparing Noise Criteria

• Noise Criterion - NC - were established in the US for rating indoor noise , noise from HVAC equipment, etc.
• Noise Rating Curves - NR - is more popular in Europe.
• dB(A) - is a weighted method compensating for the human hearing of sound pressure at different frequencies.
Type of Room Occupancy Minimum Level (dB)
Noise Criterion, Noise Rating, Sound Pressure
NC NR dB(A)
Music hall, theatres, recording studios, etc. 10 - 20 20 25 - 30
Private bedrooms,live theatre, conference & lecture
20 - 25 25 25 - 30
Very quite rooms, churches, libraries, etc.
Living rooms, board rooms, conference rooms, hotel
30 - 40 30 30 - 35
bedrooms, etc.
Public rooms in hotels, small offices, classrooms, court-
Quite 30 - 40 35 40 - 45
rooms, hospitals, etc.
Moderate Drawing offices, toilets, bathrooms, reception areas,
35 - 45 40 45 - 55
Noisy lobbies, department stores etc.
Kitchens, laundry, computer rooms, canteens,
Noisy 40 - 50 45 45 - 55
supermarkets, etc.
Notes
Sound pressures are calculated from the sound power data for each octave band frequency.
Lp = Sound pressure dB(A) at 1.5m
NC or NR ≈ Lp - 5

DI Di
DIFFUSERS Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers: LD/SD/XLD
Air Patterns and Throw
Note: • L = Throw in M (refer graphs)
• L 0.25 = Throw at at 0.25m/s terminal velocity
• Active Length = supply air plenum Length
bh
Plan View Side View b
v
L bh L bv
Air Pattern (with isothermal air supply)

bh = Active Length + (L 0.25 x 0.03) bv = L 0.25 x 0.06
L bh = L 0.25 x 0.65 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.65
Frequency (cycles per second)
Sound data Size 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
NR levels for the grille may be determined from engineering charts. 150 +17 +13 +10 +8 +3 -5 -15
225 +14 +11 +10 +8 +1 -10 -16
Sound power level LW
300 +13 +9 +9 +8 -3 -15 -18
The generated sound power level LW dB is calculated by adding the
correction factor Kok (see table on the right) to the sound level NR dB 450 +13 +9 +11 +7 -6 -21 -21
according to the formula: 525 +12 +8 +10 +7 -4 -23 -24
LW = NR + Kok
600 +12 +7 +9 +7 -4 -23 -24
Tol+/- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Correction factor Kok
Lay-In Ceiling Diffuser Data
THROW (m)
q (l/s) AxB Static Pressure Sound Level 4-way 3-way 2-way 1-way
(Pa) dB(A)
150x150 8 <20 0.7 - 1.4 0.8 - 1.7 0.9 - 1.8 1.4 - 2.8
35
225x225 2 <20 0.4 - 0.9 0.5 - 1.1 0.6 - 1.2 0.9 - 1.8
150x150 23 29 1.2 - 2.4 1.5 - 3.0 1.6 - 3.2 2.4 - 4.8
60
225x225 5 <20 0.8 - 1.6 1.0 - 2.0 1.0 - 2.1 1.6 - 3.2
150x150 43 35 1.6 - 3.3 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.6
82
225x225 9 21 1.1 - 2.2 1.4 - 2.8 1.4 - 2.9 2.2 - 4.4
150x150 64 40 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
100
225x225 13 26 1.3 - 2.7 1.7 - 3.4 1.7 - 3.5 2.6 - 5.3
225x225 20 31 1.7 - 3.4 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.7
125
300x300 6 21 1.2 - 2.5 1.6 - 3.2 1.6 - 3.3 2.5 - 5.0
225x225 29 34 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
150
300x300 9 24 1.5 - 3.0 1.9 - 3.8 2.0 - 4.0 3.0 - 6.0
225x225 39 38 2.4 - 4.8 2.9 - 5.9 3.1 - 6.2 4.7 - 9.4
175 300x300 13 28 1.8 - 3.6 2.2 - 4.4 2.3 - 4.7 3.5 - 7.0
375x375 5 20 1.4 - 2.8 1.7 - 3.5 1.8 - 3.7 2.8 - 5.6
300x300 16 31 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
200 375x375 7 23 1.6 - 3.3 2.0 - 4.0 2.1 - 4.3 3.2 - 6.4
450x450 3 <20 1.3 - 2.7 1.7 - 3.4 1.7 - 3.5 2.6 - 5.3
300x300 26 36 2.5 - 5.1 3.2 - 6.4 3.3 - 6.7 5.0 - 10.
250 375x375 11 28 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
450x450 5 21 1.7 - 3.4 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.7
300x300 37 40 3.0 - 6.1 3.8 - 7.6 4.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 12.
300 375x375 15 32 2.4 - 4.9 3.0 - 6.1 3.2 - 6.4 4.8 - 9.7
450x450 7 25 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0

PERFORMANCE DATA Di DI
Diffusers DIFFUSERS

Test Conditions
Throws are based at Isothermal conditions to a terminal velocity of 0.5m/s and 0.25m/s respectively, with a ceiling height of
2.7m. The diffuser is mounted flush in ceiling. Throw factors are for throws in one direction only. Noise Ratings are based on a
room absorption level of 10db.
Note: Please refer to the table “Comparing Noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “sound pressure level dB(A).”
Selection Guide for Lay-in and Flush Mounted Diffusers – LD4/XLD4/SD4

4-Way Pattern
Neck Size 150 x 150(SD4) 225 x 225(SD4) 300 x 300(SD4) 375 x 375(SD4)
100
Sound Level 45 450 x 450(XLD4)
40
Lp dB(A)
35
5 - 10m
30
4- 8m
Static Pressure (Pa)
25
3 - 6m
10
2 - 4m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
1 - 2m
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)
These graphs are for selection only and should not be used for commissioning.
Selection Guide for Lay-in and Flush Mounted Diffusers – LD3/SD3

3-Way Pattern
100
Sound Level 45 450 x 450(LD3)
40
Lp dB(A)
35
30
5 - 10m
25
4- 8m
10
3 - 6m
Terminal Velocity
2 - 4m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
1 1 - 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

DI Di
DIFFUSERS Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Test Conditions

2-Way Pattern
100
45 450 x 450(LD2)
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
5 - 10m
25
4- 8m
10
3 - 6m
Terminal Velocity
2 - 4m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
1 1 - 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

1-Way Pattern
100
45 450 x 450(LD1)
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
40
35
30
25
10 5 - 10m
4- 8m
Terminal Velocity
3 - 6m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
2 - 4m
1 1 - 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

Diffusers DIFFUSERS
Bevelled Edge Diffusers: BED

• L 0.25 = Throw at at 0.25m/s terminal velocity
bh
v
L bh L bv

L bh = L 0.25 x 0.65 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.65
Sound data Size 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
NR levels for the grille may be determined from engineering charts. 150 +17 +13 +10 +8 +3 -5 -15
225 +14 +11 +10 +8 +1 -10 -16
Sound power level LW
300 +13 +9 +9 +8 -3 -15 -18
The generated sound power level LW dB is calculated by adding the
correction factor Kok (see table on the right) to the sound level NR dB 450 +13 +9 +11 +7 -6 -21 -21
according to the formula: 525 +12 +8 +10 +7 -4 -23 -24
LW = NR + Kok
600 +12 +7 +9 +7 -4 -23 -24
Tol+/- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Bevelled Edge Ceiling Diffuser Data
THROW (m)
q (l/s) AxB Static Pressure Sound Level 4-way 3-way 2-way 1-way
(Pa) dB(A)
150x150 8 <20 0.7 - 1.4 0.8 - 1.7 0.9 - 1.8 1.4 - 2.8
35
225x225 2 <20 0.4 - 0.9 0.5 - 1.1 0.6 - 1.2 0.9 - 1.8
150x150 23 29 1.2 - 2.4 1.5 - 3.0 1.6 - 3.2 2.4 - 4.8
60
225x225 5 <20 0.8 - 1.6 1.0 - 2.0 1.0 - 2.1 1.6 - 3.2
150x150 43 35 1.6 - 3.3 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.6
82
225x225 9 21 1.1 - 2.2 1.4 - 2.8 1.4 - 2.9 2.2 - 4.4
150x150 64 40 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
100
225x225 13 26 1.3 - 2.7 1.7 - 3.4 1.7 - 3.5 2.6 - 5.3
225x225 20 31 1.7 - 3.4 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.7
125
300x300 6 21 1.2 - 2.5 1.6 - 3.2 1.6 - 3.3 2.5 - 5.0
225x225 29 34 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
150
300x300 9 24 1.5 - 3.0 1.9 - 3.8 2.0 - 4.0 3.0 - 6.0
225x225 39 38 2.4 - 4.8 2.9 - 5.9 3.1 - 6.2 4.7 - 9.4
175 300x300 13 28 1.8 - 3.6 2.2 - 4.4 2.3 - 4.7 3.5 - 7.0
375x375 5 20 1.4 - 2.8 1.7 - 3.5 1.8 - 3.7 2.8 - 5.6
300x300 16 31 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
200 375x375 7 23 1.6 - 3.3 2.0 - 4.0 2.1 - 4.3 3.2 - 6.4
450x450 3 <20 1.3 - 2.7 1.7 - 3.4 1.7 - 3.5 2.6 - 5.3
300x300 26 36 2.5 - 5.1 3.2 - 6.4 3.3 - 6.7 5.0 - 10.
250 375x375 11 28 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0
450x450 5 21 1.7 - 3.4 2.1 - 4.2 2.2 - 4.4 3.3 - 6.7
300x300 37 40 3.0 - 6.1 3.8 - 7.6 4.0 - 8.0 6.0 - 12.
300 375x375 15 32 2.4 - 4.9 3.0 - 6.1 3.2 - 6.4 4.8 - 9.7
450x450 7 25 2.0 - 4.1 2.5 - 5.1 2.6 - 5.3 4.0 - 8.0

DI Di
DIFFUSERS Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Test Conditions
2.7m. The diffuser is mounted in ceiling. Throw factors are for throws in one direction only. Noise Ratings are based on a room
absorption level of 10db.
Selection Guide for Bevelled Edge Diffusers ‐ BED4
4‐Way Pattern
Neck Size 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x450
100
Sound Level 45
40
Lp dB(A)
35
5 ‐ 10m
30
4‐ 8m
25
3 ‐ 6m
10
2 ‐ 4m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 ‐ 0.25m/s
1 ‐ 2m
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)
3‐Way Pattern
Neck Size 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450
100
Sound Level 45
40
Lp dB(A)
35
30
5 ‐ 10m
25
4‐ 8m
10
3 ‐ 6m
Terminal Velocity
2 ‐ 4m 0.5 ‐ 0.25m/s
1 1 ‐ 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

Diffusers DIFFUSERS

Test Conditions
2.7m. The diffuser is mounted in ceiling. Throw factors are for throws in one direction only. Noise Ratings are based on a room
absorption level of 10db.
2‐Way Pattern
100 Neck Size 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450
Sound Level 45
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
5 ‐ 10m
25
4‐ 8m
10
3 ‐ 6m
Terminal Velocity
2 ‐ 4m 0.5 ‐ 0.25m/s
1 1 ‐ 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)
1‐Way Pattern
Neck Size 150 x 150 225 x 225 300 x 300 375 x 375 450 x 450
100
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
40
35
30
25
10 5 ‐ 10m
4‐ 8m
Terminal Velocity
3 ‐ 6m 0.5 ‐ 0.25m/s
2 ‐ 4m
1 1 ‐ 2m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

Di
Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Curved Blade Diffuser Loose Biscuit: CBD595F (STOCKED)
Nom. Neck Neck Neck Velocity (m/s) 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4
Product Code
(mm) Area (m²)
Pressure Drop (Pa) 6 9 12 15 19 24 29 35
Flow Rate (l/s) 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
CBD595F
CBD2OPP595F 560X560 0.250 NC Level 15 19 23 28 33 37 41 45
Throw m 2.0-4.2 2.4-5.0 2.8-5.8 3.2-6.5 3.8-7.2 4.3-8.2 4.9-9.4 5.5-10.6
DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Curved Blade Diffusers: CBD/RCCBD

• L0.25 = Throw at at 0.25m/s terminal velocity
bh
v
L bh L bv

L bh = L 0.25 x 0.5 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.4

PERFORMANCE DATA DI
DIFFUSERS

Test Conditions
Selection Guide for Curve Blade Diffusers - 1-Way Blow

Square Size (mm) 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
50 600
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
10
25
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
8 - 16m
7 - 14m
6 - 12m
5 - 10m
1 4- 8m
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)
Selection Guide for Curve Blade Diffusers - 2-Way Blow (opposed directions)
Square Size (mm) 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
50
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
10
25 7 - 14m
6 - 12m
5 - 10m
4- 8m Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
3 - 6m
1
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)

DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Test Conditions

Square Size (mm) 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
50
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
10
6 - 12m
25
5 - 10m
4- 8m
Terminal Velocity
3 - 6m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
1 2 - 4m
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)

Square Size (mm) 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
50
Sound Level 45
Lp dB(A)
40
35
10 30
25
5 - 10m
4- 8m Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
3 - 6m
1 1 - 2m 2 - 4m
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)

PERFORMANCE DATA Di
Diffusers
Removable Core (20 mm) 2 and 3 Slot Linear Diffusers: RCLS (STOCKED)
Product Code Supply Air Volume l/s

45 60 75 100 125 150 175 200
Throw H 2.3-6.9 2.7-8.2 3.7-9.7 4.8-10.9 5.8-12.4
Throw V 3.4 4.2 5.0 6.9 8.0
RCLS595F
Pa 15 26 41 72 113
NC 24 27 30 40 48
Throw H 2.2-6.7 2.5-8.0 3.6-9.5 4.7-10.6 5.6-12.1
Throw V 3.3 4.1 4.9 6.7 7.8
RCLS600
Pa 14 24 38 67 104
NC 23 26 29 38 46
Throw H 1.9-5.9 2.4-7.1 2.8-8.4 3.8-9.9 4.9-11.1 5.9-12.6
Throw V 2.7 3.5 4.2 5.2 6.8 7.7
RCLS900
Pa 9 16 25 44 69 100
NC 20 24 26 32 39 45
Throw H 1.7-5.4 2.2-6.5 2.5-7.6 3.5-9.0 4.5-10.1 5.4-11.5
Throw V 2.5 3.2 3.8 4.7 6.2 7.1
RCLS1000
Pa 8 14 22 40 62 90
NC 19 23 25 30 36 42
Throw H 1.5-4.9 2.0-5.8 2.3-6.8 3.1-8.1 4.1-9.0 4.9-10.3 5.6-11.4
Throw V 2.3 2.9 3.4 4.2 5.6 6.4 7.3
RCLS1195F
Pa 7 12 19 34 54 77 105
NC 18 22 24 28 34 40 44
Throw H 1.4-4.8 1.9-5.7 2.2-6.7 3.0-8.0 4.1-8.9 4.8-10.2 5.5-11.3
Throw V 2.2 2.8 3.3 4.1 5.5 6.3 7.2
RCLS1200
Pa 7 12 19 33 52 75 101
NC 18 22 24 28 33 39 43
Throw H 1.2-4.6 1.6-5.6 2.0-6.5 2.7-7.7 3.1-8.8 3.8-10.3 4.5-11.0 5.1-12.0
Throw V 1.7 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.3 5.1 5.9 6.6
RCLS31195F
Pa 5 8 13 23 36 52 70 92
NC - - 19 21 26 30 35 41

ed
Theby adding the
generated correction
sound power factor
level LKwokdB(see table
is calculat-
formula:
below) to the the
ed by adding sound level NRfactor
correction dB according
K ok (seetotablethe
DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
formula: L =
below) to the soundwlevel NR dB
formula:
NR + K
L w = NR + K ok
okaccording to the
L w = NR + K ok
Linear Slot Diffusers: LSD/LCLSD/FLSD/LSD12F
No. Slots 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
1
No. Slots +22 +12 500
125 250 +10 1000
+6 2000 +5 4000 -2 8000 -6
1
2 Frequency
+23 +14 +10
+22 +12 500
ALDA
(cycles
+6
+10 1000
+6
per+5
second)
+5
-2
-2 8000
-6
-6
Sound Data No. Slots 125 250
3 +20 +15 +10 +6 2000 +5 4000 -1 -6
2
14 +23
+22 +14 +10
+12 +10 +6
+10 +6 +6 +5 +5
+5 0-2 -2 -6-6
+21 +14 -7
NR levels for grille may be determined from the 3
2 +20
+23 +15 +10
+14 +10
+10 +6+6
+6 +5 +5
+5 -1
-2 -6
-6-7
Sound datagraph.
engeenering Air pattern 436 +21 +14
+21 +14
+20 +15 +10
+10 +6
+6 +5
+5
0
0
-1 -7
-6
8 +20 +14 +10 +6 +5 -5 -6
Tol
6
4
+/-
+21 +14
+21
2
+14 +10
2
+10 +6
2
+6 +5
2
+5
2
0
0 2 -7-7
2
NR levels for the
Sound power leverl Lw grille may be determined from the (with isothermal 8 air supply)
+20 +14
+14 +10
+10 +6 +6 +5 +5 -5 -6-7
engineering graph. 6 +21
Correction factor K ok
0
bh = L 0.3 xTol +/-
0.028+ length 2 +14
+20 2 +10 2 +6 2 +52 -52 -62
The generated sound power level LW dB is calculated Data shown in engineering graphs is for lengths of
Sound power level L w Correction factor K ok
Tol +/- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
by adding the correction factor K ok (see table below) 1000 mm. For other lengths, refer to the correction
L bh = L 0.3Datax 0.7shown
Correction factorin engineering graphs is for lengths of
K ok
to the sound level NR db according to the formula: tables below.
The generated sound power level L w dB is calculat- 1000 mm. For
Data shown inother lengths,graphs
engineering refer tois the correction
for lengths of
b v = L x 0.07
tables below.
0.3 1000 mm. For other lengths, refer to the correction
Led
W
=byNRadding
+ K ok
the correction factor K ok (see table
ALDA
below) to the sound level NR dB according to the tables below.
L bv = L 0.3 x 0.6
formula:
Correction tables
L w = NR + K ok
Air pattern
Correction
Diffuser lengthtables(m) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3
Add to
Correction NR value
tables(m) 0.5 -3 0 +2 +3 +5
Diffuser length
(with isothermal air supply) 1 1.5 2 3
Multiply throw by 0.7 1 1.25 1.4 1.55
Frequency (cycles per second) Add to NR
Diffuser patternvalue
length (m) 0.5 -3 0
1 +2
1.5 +3
2 +5
3
No. Slots 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 bh = LHorizontal
0.3 xto0.02
Multiply
Add + length
NRthrow
value by 0.7
-3 1 1.25
0 +2 1.4 +3 1.55 +5
Horizontal
Multiplypattern
throw by 0.7 1 1.25 1.4 1.55
1 +22 +12 +10 +6 +5 -2 -6
L bh =Diffuser
L 0.3 x 0.7length (m) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3
2 +23 +14 +10 +6 +5 -2 -6 Horizontal pattern
3 +20 +15 +10 +6 +5 -1 -6 Add to NR value -3 0 +2 +3 +5
bv = LDiffuser length (m) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3
bh
4 +21 +14 +10 +6 +5 0 -7 0.3 x 0.07
Add to
Diffuser NR value
length (m) 0.5 -3 0
1 +2
1.5 +3
2 +5
3
6 +21 +14 +10 +6 +5 0 -7 Vertical pattern
Multiply
L bv =AddL 0.3toxNR throw
0.6 value by 0.7
-3 01 1.2 1.4
+2 +3 +5 1.5
8 +20 +14 +10 +6 +5 -5 -6 Vertical pattern
Tol +/- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Diffuser
Vertical Lbh (m) 0.5
length
pattern 1 1.5 2 3
Correction factor K ok
Add to NR value -3 0 +2 +3 +5
Diffuser length (m) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3
Data shown
Data shown in in engineering
engineeringgrahs
graphs is is
forfor lengths
lengths of of Return air
Add to NR value
Diffuser length (m) 0.5 -3 0
1 +2
1.5 +3
2 +5
3
1000 mm.for
1000mm. Forother
otherlengths,
lengths,refer
refertotomthe
the correction
adjacent Note:
Return air
bv
tables below.
correction tables. Add to NR value -3 0 +2
When using continuous length diffusers with short +3 +5
Lbv and Inactive sections the factors in
Return air active
alternate
the above table need not be applied.
Correction tables
Add to NR value -3 0 +2 +3 +5 Note: • L = Throw in M (refer graphs)
Multiply throw by 0.7 1 1.25 1.4 1.55 • L 0.25 = Throw at 0.25m/s terminal velocity
Horizontal pattern • Active Length = supply air plenum Length

Add to NR value -3 0 +2 +3 +5
Plan View
Multiply throw by 0.7 1 1.2 1.4 1.5 Side View
bh
bv
Vertical pattern
Lbv

Add to NR valueLbh -3 0 +2 +3 +5
Return air

L bh = L 0.25 x 0.7 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.6

L vbv = L0.3
0.3 x 0.6
bv = L 0.3 x 0.07
DI
L bv = L 0.3 x 0.6
L bv = L 0.3 x 0.6
PERFORMANCE DATA DIFFUSERS

Test Conditions
• Data is based on a 1000mm long diffuser module, a 2.7m high flush ceiling and at isothermal conditions. (ambient supply
air at 20° C ± 3° C ) conditions.
bh bh bh
• Data based on 1 way direction.
• The recommended supply air temperature differential range is ± 12° C for horizontal throw applications.
• Noise ratings were determined by subtracting room absorption of 10 dB from sound power level data.
Note: Please refer to the table “Comparing noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “Sound Level db(A)”.
Lbh
Linear Slot LSD20Lbh horizontal throw
(The data presented has been extrapolated from a sample set of tested products)
Lbh Selection Guide for 20mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Horizontal Projection
bv bv bv
Data based on 1000mm Long Active Length.

100 Lbv No. of Slots
45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Lbv
40
Lbv Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 35
30
25
10 20
6 - 10m
5 - 8m
Terminal Velocity
3.5 - 6m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
3 - 5m
2.5 - 4m
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)
Example Selection: Example selection: A 1000mm long 2 Slot at 100l/s will have a static pressure of 27Pa,
throw of 5.7-9.4m & sound pressure level of 35 dB(A)
Linear Slot LSD20 vertical throw

Selection Guide for 20mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Vertical Projection
No. of Slots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
100 8
Sound Level 45
Lp dB(A)
40
35
30
25
10
20
6 - 10m
5 - 8m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
3.5 - 6m
3 - 5m
2.5 - 4m
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)

DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Test Conditions
• Data is based on a 1000mm long diffuser module, a 2.7m high flush ceiling and at isothermal conditions. (ambient supply
air at 20° C ± 3° C ) conditions.
• Data based on 1 way direction.
• The recommended supply air temperature differential range is ± 12° C for horizontal throw applications.
• Noise ratings were determined by subtracting room absorption of 10 dB from sound power level data.
Note: Please refer to the table “Comparing noise Criteria” on page no.297 when evaluating “Sound Level db(A)”.
Linear Slot LSD25 horizontal throw

Selection Guide for 25mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Horizontal Projection
No. of Slots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
100
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
40
35
30
25
10
20
6 - 10m
5 - 8m Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
3.5 - 6m
3 - 5m
2.5 - 4m
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)
Example Selection: Example selection: A 1000mm long 2 Slot at 100l/s will have a static pressure of 18Pa,
throw of 5.5-9m & sound pressure level of 32 dB(A)
Linear Slot LSD25 vertical throw

Selection Guide for 25mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Vertical Projection
100 No. of Slots 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
Sound Level
45 8
Lp dB(A)
40
35
30
25
10
20
6 - 10m
5 - 8m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
3.5 - 6m
3 - 5m
1 2.5 - 4m
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)

PERFORMANCE DATA DI
DIFFUSERS

Linear Slot LSD20 return air
Selection Guide for 20mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Return Air
100 No. of Slots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
45
Sound Level 8
Lp dB(A) 40
35
30
Negative Pressure (Pa)
25
10 20
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)
Horizontal Throw - 20mm Slot - T0.25

Slots 1 2 3
Throw (m) L/s Pa dB(A) L/s Pa dB(A) L/s Pa dB(A)
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
3 23 5 - 32 3 - 39 2 -
Engineering Tables 4 30 10 21 43 5 - 52 3 -
5 38 15 26 53 7 22 65 5 -
Linear6Slot LSD20 45 21 30 horizontal
64 throw
11 25 79 7 23
(The data7 presented 53
has been 29
extrapolated 33 a sample
from 75set of tested
15 products) 29 92 10 26
8 60 38 36 85 19 32 105 13 29
9 Slots 68 1
48 39 96 242 34 118 163 32
Throw10 (m) L/s
76 Pa
60 dB(A)
41 L/s
107 Pa
30 dB(A)
37 L/s
131 Pa
20 dB(A)
34
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
3 23
Horizontal Throw - 25mm Slot - T0.25 5 - 32 3 - 39 2 -
4 Slots 30 10
1 21 43 52 - 52 33 -
Throw 5 (m) 38
L/s 15
Pa 26
dB(A) 53
L/s 7
Pa 22
dB(A) 65
L/s 5
Pa -
dB(A)
62 45
15 21
2 30
- 64
21 11
1 25
- 79
26 71 23
-
73 53
23 29
4 33
- 75
32 15
2 29
- 92
39 101 26
-
84 60
30 38
7 36
- 85
43 19
3 32
- 105
52 132 29
-
95 68
38 48
10 39
23 96
53 24
5 34
- 118
65 163 32
-
106 76
45 60
15 41
27 107
64 30
7 37
22 131
79 205 34
20
7 53 20 30 75 10 26 92 7 23
Horizontal8 Throw - 25mm
60 Slot - T0.2527 33 85 13 29 105 9 26
9 Slots 68 1
34 36 96 172 31 118 113 29
Throw10 (m) L/s
76 Pa
42 dB(A)
38 L/s
107 Pa
21 dB(A)
34 L/s
131 Pa
14 dB(A)
31
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
Linear3 Slot LSD20 23 4 - vertical
32 throw 2 - 39 1 -
(The data
Vertical presented
4Throw has -been
- 20mm 30
Slot T0.25 extrapolated
7 from
- a sample43set of tested3 products) - 52 2 -
5 Slots 38 10
1 23 53 52 - 65 33 -
Throw 6 (m) 45
L/s 15
Pa 27
dB(A) 64
L/s 7
Pa 22
dB(A) 79
L/s 5
Pa 20
dB(A)
72 53
21 20
2 30
- 75
29 10
1 26
- 92
36 71 23
-
83 60
31 27
5 33
- 85
44 13
3 29
- 105
54 92 26
-
94 68
42 34
10 36
23 96
59 17
5 31
- 118
72 113 29
-
10 5 76
52 42
15 38
28 107
74 21
7 34
23 131
90 145 31
21
6 63 22 32 88 11 27 108 7 25
7 73 29 35 103 15 31 126 10 28
Vertical 8Throw - 20mm Slot
83 - T0.25 38 38 118 19 34 145 13 31
7
9 Slots 94 1
48 41 133 242 36 163 163 33
8 Throw10 (m) L/s
104 Pa
60 dB(A)
43 L/s
147 Pa
30 dB(A)
38 L/s
181 Pa
20 dB(A)
36
2 21 2 - 29 1 - 36 1 -
Vertical 3Throw - 25mm 31
Slot - T0.25 5 - 44 3 - 54 2 -
4 Slots 42 10
1 23 59 52 - 72 33 -
Throw 5 (m) 52
L/s 15
Pa 28
dB(A) 74
L/s 7
Pa 23
dB(A) 90
L/s 5
Pa 21
dB(A)
62 63
23 22
2 32
- 88
33 11
1 27
- 108
40 71 25
-
73
84
73
35
83
© Quality
29
5
38
- Air
35
38
Equipment
103
49
118
15
3
19
Pty 31-Ltd
34
2020
126
61
145
10
13
2 28
-
31
311
7 47 9 24 66 5 - 81 3 -
DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Linear Slot LSD25 return air
Selection Guide for 25mm Linear Slot Diffusers - Return Air
100 No. of Slots 1 2 3 4 5 6
45 7
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40 8
35
30
Negative Pressure (Pa)
25
10 20

Slots 1 2 3
Throw (m) L/s Pa dB(A) L/s Pa dB(A) L/s Pa dB(A)
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
8
3 23 5 - 32 3 - 39 2 -
4 30 10 21 43 5 - 52 3 -
5 38 15 26 53 7 22 65 5 -
1
6 45 21 30 64 11 25 79 7 23
10 100 1000
7 53 29 33 75 15 29 92 10 26
Horizontal Flow (L/s per m)
8 Throw - 20mm
60 Slot - T0.2538 36 85 19 32 105 13 29
These graphs are for 9 Slots
selection68 only and 1
48 should 39
not be used 2
96 for commissioning.
24 34 118 163 32
Throw10 (m) L/s
76 Pa
60 dB(A)
41 L/s
107 Pa
30 dB(A)
37 L/s
131 Pa
20 dB(A)
34
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
8
3 Throw - 25mm
Horizontal 23 Slot - T0.25 5 - 32 3 - 39 2 -
4 Slots 30 10
1 21 43 52 - 52 33 -
Throw 5 (m) 38
L/s 15
Pa 26
dB(A) 53
L/s 7
Pa 22
dB(A) 65
L/s 5
Pa -
dB(A)
62 45
15 21
2 30- 64
21 11
1 25- 79
26 71 23-
73 53
23 29
4 33- 75
32 15
2 29- 92
39 101 26-
Engineering Tables 84
95
60
30
68
38
38
7
48
10
36-
39
23
85
43
96
53
19
3
24
5
32-
34-
105
52
118
65
13
16
2
3
29-
32-
106 76
45 60
15 41
27 107
64 30
7 37
22 131
79 205 34
20
y Linear7Slot LSD25 53 20 30 horizontal
75 throw
10 26 92 7 23
(The data
Horizontal presented has
8 Throw - 25mm
been extrapolated from
60 Slot - T0.2527 33
a sample85set of tested
13
products) 29 105 9 26
9 Slots 68 1
34 36 96 172 31 118 113 29
Throw10 (m) L/s
76 Pa
42 dB(A)
38 L/s
107 Pa
21 dB(A)
34 L/s
131 Pa
14 dB(A)
31
2 15 2 - 21 1 - 26 1 -
3 23 4 - 32 2 - 39 1 -
Vertical4Throw - 20mm 30
Slot - T0.25 7 - 43 3 - 52 2 -
1000
5 Slots 38 10
1 23 53 52 - 65 33 -
Throw 6 (m) 45
L/s 15
Pa 27
dB(A) 64
L/s 7
Pa 22
dB(A) 79
L/s 5
Pa 20
dB(A)
y 72 53
21 20
2 30- 75
29 10
1 26- 92
36 71 23-
83 60
31 27
5 33- 85
44 13
3 29- 105
54 92 26-
94 68
42 34
10 36
23 96
59 17
5 31- 118
72 113 29-
105 76
52 42
15 38
28 107
74 21
7 34
23 131
90 145 31
21
6 63 22 32 88 11 27 108 7 25
6 7 73 29 35 103 15 31 126 10 28
83 - T0.25 38 38 118 19 34 145 13 31
1000 7
9 Slots 94 1
48 41 133 242 36 163 163 33
8 Throw 10 (m) L/s
104 Pa
60 dB(A)
43 L/s
147 Pa
30 dB(A)
38 L/s
181 Pa
20 dB(A)
36
Linear2 Slot LSD25 21 2 - vertical
29 throw 1 - 36 1 -
(The data presented has
Vertical3Throw - 25mm 31 been extrapolated
Slot - T0.25 5 from
- a sample
44set of tested3 products) - 54 2 -
4 Slots 42 101 23 59 52 - 72 33 -
Throw 5 (m) 52
L/s 15
Pa 28
dB(A) 74
L/s 7
Pa 23
dB(A) 90
L/s 5
Pa 21
dB(A)
62 63
23 222 32- 88
33 11
1 27- 108
40 71 25-
6 73 73
35 295 35- 103
49 15
3 31- 126
61 102 28-
7 84 83
47 38
9 38
24 118
66 19
5 34- 145
81 133 31-
95 94
58 48
15 41
28 133
82 24
7 36
24 163
101 165 33
21
8 10 104 60 43 147 30 38 181 20 36
6 70 21 32 99 11 28 121 7 25
7 82 29 36 115 14 31 141 10 29
93 - T0.25 37 39 132 19 34 162 12 31
9 Slots 105 1
47 41 148 242 37 182 163 34
Throw 10 (m) L/s
117 Pa
58 dB(A)
43 L/s
165 Pa
29 dB(A)
39 L/s
202 Pa
19 dB(A)
36
2 23 2 - 33 1 - 40 1 -
y 3 35 5 - 49 3 - 61 2 -
4 47 9 24 66 5 - 81 3 -
5 58 15 28 82 7 24 101 5 21
6 70 21 32 99 11 28 121 7 25
7 82 29 36 115 14 31 141 10 29
8 93 37 39 132 19 34 162 12 31
9 105 47 41 148 24 37 182 16 34
1000
10 117 58 43 165 29 39 202 19 36
y 312 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

PERFORMANCE DATA DI
DIFFUSERS
Linear Slot Diffuser Data

LSD 20mm Supply Air Volume per Metre
L/s Per Meter 45 60 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300
Throw H 3.7 - 5.9 4.9 - 7.9 6.2 - 9.9
Pa 21 38 59
Lp 30 36 41
1 Slot
Throw V 2.6 - 4.3 3.5 - 5.7 4.4 - 7.1
Pa 11 20 31
Lp 25 31 36
Throw H 2.6 - 4.2 3.5 - 5.6 4.3 - 7.0 5.8 - 9.3 7.3 - 11.
Pa 5 9 15 26 41
Lp <20 24 29 35 40
2 Slot
Throw V 1.9 - 3.0 2.5 - 4.0 3.1 - 5.0 4.2 - 6.7 5.2 - 8.4
Pa 3 5 8 14 21
Lp <20 <20 24 30 35
Throw H 2.1 - 3.4 2.8 - 4.5 3.5 - 5.7 4.7 - 7.6 5.9 - 9.5 7.1 - 11. 8.3 - 13.
Pa 2 4 7 12 18 26 35
Lp <20 <20 22 28 33 37 40
3 Slot
Throw V 1.5 - 2.4 2.0 - 3.3 2.5 - 4.1 3.4 - 5.5 4.3 - 6.9 5.1 - 8.3 6.0 - 9.6
Pa 1 2 3 6 10 14 19
Lp <20 <20 <20 23 28 32 35
Throw H 1.8 - 2.9 2.4 - 3.9 3.1 - 4.9 4.1 - 6.6 5.1 - 8.2 6.2 - 9.9 7.2 - 11. 8.2 - 13.
Pa 1 2 4 7 10 15 20 26
Lp <20 <20 <20 23 28 32 35 38
4 Slot
Throw V 1.3 - 2.1 1.7 - 2.8 2.2 - 3.5 2.9 - 4.7 3.7 - 5.9 4.4 - 7.1 5.2 - 8.3 5.9 - 9.5
Pa 1 1 2 3 5 8 11 14
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 23 27 30 33
Throw H 1.6 - 2.6 2.2 - 3.5 2.7 - 4.4 3.6 - 5.9 4.6 - 7.3 5.5 - 8.8 6.4 - 10. 7.3 - 11. 8.3 - 13.
Pa 1 2 2 4 7 9 13 17 21
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 24 28 31 34 37
5 Slot
Throw V 1.2 - 1.9 1.6 - 2.5 2.0 - 3.2 2.6 - 4.2 3.3 - 5.3 4.0 - 6.4 4.6 - 7.5 5.3 - 8.5 6.0 - 9.6
Pa 0 1 1 2 3 5 7 9 11
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 23 26 29 32
Throw H 1.5 - 2.4 2.0 - 3.2 2.5 - 4.0 3.3 - 5.4 4.2 - 6.7 5.0 - 8.1 5.9 - 9.4 6.7 - 10. 7.5 - 12. 8.4 - 13.
Pa 1 1 2 3 5 7 9 12 15 18
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31 34 36
6 Slot
Throw V 1.1 - 1.7 1.4 - 2.3 1.8 - 2.9 2.4 - 3.9 3.0 - 4.8 3.6 - 5.8 4.2 - 6.8 4.8 - 7.8 5.5 - 8.8 6.1 - 9.7
Pa 0 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 8 10
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 23 26 28 31
Throw H 1.4 - 2.2 1.8 - 3.0 2.3 - 3.7 3.1 - 5.0 3.9 - 6.2 4.6 - 7.5 5.4 - 8.7 6.2 - 10. 7.0 -11. 7.8 - 12. 9.3 - 15.
Pa 0 1 1 2 3 5 7 9 11 13 19
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 22 26 28 31 33 37
7 Slot
Throw V 1.0 - 1.6 1.3 - 2.1 1.6 - 2.7 2.2 - 3.6 2.8 - 4.5 3.3 - 5.4 3.9 - 6.3 4.5 - 7.2 5.0 - 8.1 5.6 - 9.0 6.7 - 10.
Pa 0 0 1 1 2 3 3 4 6 7 10
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 20 23 26 28 32
Throw H 1.3 - 2.1 1.7 - 2.8 2.1 - 3.5 2.9 - 4.6 3.6 - 5.8 4.3 - 7.0 5.1 - 8.1 5.8 - 9.3 6.5 - 10. 7.3 - 11. 8.7 - 14.
Pa 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 10 15
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 23 26 29 31 35
8 Slot
Throw V 0.9 - 1.5 1.2 - 2.0 1.5 - 2.5 2.1 - 3.3 2.6 - 4.2 3.1 - 5.0 3.7 - 5.9 4.2 - 6.7 4.7 - 7.6 5.2 - 8.4 6.3 - 10.
Pa 0 0 0 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 8
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 21 23 26 30

DI
DIFFUSERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Linear Slot Diffuser Data

LSD 25mm Supply Air Volume per Metre
L/s Per Meter 45 60 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300
Throw H 3.7 - 5.9 4.9 - 7.9 6.2 - 9.9
Pa 15 26 41
Lp 27 33 38
1 Slot
Throw V 2.4 - 3.8 3.2 - 5.1 4.0 - 6.4
Pa 9 15 24
Lp 23 29 34
Throw H 2.6 - 4.2 3.5 - 5.6 4.3 - 7.0 5.8 - 9.3 7.3 - 11.
Pa 4 7 10 18 28
Lp <20 21 26 32 37
2 Slot
Throw V 1.7 - 2.7 2.2 - 3.6 2.8 - 4.5 3.7 - 6.0 4.7 - 7.5
Pa 2 4 6 11 17
Lp <20 <20 22 28 33
Throw H 2.1 - 3.4 2.8 - 4.5 3.5 - 5.7 4.7 - 7.6 5.9 - 9.5 7.1 - 11. 8.3 - 13.
Pa 2 3 5 8 13 18 25
Lp <20 <20 <20 25 30 34 37
3 Slot
Throw V 1.3 - 2.2 1.8 - 2.9 2.3 - 3.7 3.0 - 4.9 3.8 - 6.1 4.6 - 7.4 5.4 - 8.6
Pa 1 2 3 5 7 11 15
Lp <20 <20 <20 21 26 30 33
Throw H 1.8 - 2.9 2.4 - 3.9 3.1 - 4.9 4.1 - 6.6 5.1 - 8.2 6.2 - 9.9 7.2 - 11. 8.2 - 13.
Pa 1 2 3 5 7 10 14 18
Lp <20 <20 <20 20 25 29 32 35
4 Slot
Throw V 1.2 - 1.9 1.6 - 2.5 2.0 - 3.2 2.6 - 4.2 3.3 - 5.3 4.0 - 6.4 4.6 - 7.5 5.3 - 8.5
Pa 1 1 2 3 4 6 8 11
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31
Throw H 1.6 - 2.6 2.2 - 3.5 2.7 - 4.4 3.6 - 5.9 4.6 - 7.3 5.5 - 8.8 6.4 - 10. 7.3 - 11. 8.3 - 13.
Pa 1 1 2 3 5 7 9 12 15
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31 34
5 Slot
Throw V 1.0 - 1.7 1.4 - 2.3 1.7 - 2.8 2.3 - 3.8 2.9 - 4.7 3.5 - 5.7 4.1 - 6.7 4.7 - 7.6 5.3 - 8.6
Pa 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 9
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 21 24 27 30
Throw H 1.5 - 2.4 2.0 - 3.2 2.5 - 4.0 3.3 - 5.4 4.2 - 6.7 5.0 - 8.1 5.9 - 9.4 6.7 - 10. 7.5 - 12. 8.4 - 13.
Pa 0 1 1 2 3 5 6 8 10 13
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 22 25 28 31 33
6 Slot
Throw V 0.9 - 1.5 1.3 - 2.1 1.6 - 2.6 2.1 - 3.5 2.7 - 4.3 3.2 - 5.2 3.8 - 6.1 4.3 - 7.0 4.9 - 7.8 5.4 - 8.7
Pa 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 21 24 27 29
Throw H 1.4 - 2.2 1.8 - 3.0 2.3 - 3.7 3.1 - 5.0 3.9 - 6.2 4.6 - 7.5 5.4 - 8.7 6.2 - 10. 7.0 - 11. 7.8 - 12. 9.3 - 15.
Pa 0 1 1 1 2 3 5 6 8 9 13
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 23 25 28 30 34
7 Slot
Throw V 0.9 - 1.4 1.2 - 1.9 1.5 - 2.4 2.0 - 3.2 2.5 - 4.0 3.0 - 4.8 3.5 - 5.6 4.0 - 6.4 4.5 - 7.2 5.0 - 8.1 6.0 - 9.7
Pa 0 0 0 1 1 2 3 4 4 5 8
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 21 24 26 30
Throw H 1.3 - 2.1 1.7 - 2.8 2.1 - 3.5 2.9 - 4.6 3.6 - 5.8 4.3 - 7.0 5.1 - 8.1 5.8 - 9.3 6.5 - 10. 7.3 - 11. 8.7 - 14.
Pa 0 0 1 1 2 3 3 5 6 7 10
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 20 23 26 28 32
8 Slot
Throw V 0.8 - 1.3 1.1 - 1.8 1.4 - 2.2 1.8 - 3.0 2.3 - 3.7 2.8 - 4.5 3.3 - 5.3 3.7 - 6.0 4.2 - 6.8 4.7 - 7.5 5.6 - 9.0
Pa 0 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 6
Lp <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 <20 22 24 28

PERFORMANCE DATA Di
Diffusers
Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffusers: RCD
Product Code Performance Data Units

Air Flow l/s 25 40 55 70 85 95
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 23 28 32 34
RCD6
Pressure Drop Pa 3 9 16 26 39 48
Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.0 3.3
Air Flow l/s 50 75 100 130 155 180
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 26 31 35 38
RCD8
Throw - 0.25m/s m 1.3 2.0 2.6 3.4 4.1 4.7
Air Flow l/s 80 125 165 210 250 290
Sound Level dB(A) <20 23 29 34 38 41
RCD10
Throw - 0.25m/s m 1.7 2.6 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.1
Air Flow l/s 120 185 245 310 370 430
Sound Level dB(A) <20 25 31 36 40 43
RCD12
Throw - 0.25m/s m 2.1 3.3 4.3 5.4 6.5 7.6
Air Flow l/s 220 330 440 550 660 770
Sound Level dB(A) 23 32 38 43 47 50
RCD14
Throw - 0.25m/s m 3.3 5.0 6.6 8.3 9.9 11.6
Selection Guide for Round Diffusers - RCD

Neck Dia. (mm) 150 200 250 300 350
100
Sound Level 40
Lp dB(A)
35
30
25 3 - 6m
2.5 - 5m
20
10 2- 4m
1.5 - 3m
Terminal Velocity
1 - 2m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

Di
Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers: RND/IRND
Product Code Performance Data Units

Air Flow l/s 15 30 45 60 75 90
RND6/IRND6 Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 25 31 36 40

20% Open Pressure Drop Pa 5 21 48 85 133 192
Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.6 1.1 1.7 2.2 2.8 3.3
Air Flow l/s 15 30 45 60 75 90
RND6/IRND6 Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 <20 24 28

Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
Air Flow l/s 25 50 75 100 125 150
RND8/ IRND8 Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 26 32 37 41

Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.7 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2
Air Flow l/s 25 50 75 100 125 150
RND8/ IRND8 Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 21 25 29

Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.6 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.8
Air Flow l/s 40 80 120 160 200 240
RND10/ IRND10 Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 28 35 40 43
20%
Open Pressure Drop Pa 5 20 44 79 123 177
Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5 5.4
Air Flow l/s 40 80 120 160 200 240

100% Open" Pressure Drop Pa 1 4 10 17 27 38
Throw - 0.25m/s m 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8
Air Flow l/s 60 120 180 240 300 360
RND12/ IRND12 Sound Level dB(A) <20 22 31 37 42 46

Throw - 0.25m/s m 1.1 2.2 3.3 4.5 5.6 6.7
Air Flow l/s 60 120 180 240 300 360

Throw - 0.25m/s m 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

PERFORMANCE DATA Di
Diffusers
SAJI UNIFLO® Round Diffusers: RND/IRND
Selection Guide for Round Diffusers - RND (20% open)

Neck Dia. (mm) 150 200 250 300
200 40
Sound Level
35 3 - 6m
Lp dB(A)
100 30
2.5 - 5m
25 2- 4m
20
1.5 - 3m
1 - 2m
10
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)
Selection Guide for Round Diffusers - RND (100% open)

Neck Dia. (mm) 150 200 250 300
200
Sound Level 40
Lp dB(A)
100 35
30
25
3 - 6m
20
2.5 - 5m
2- 4m
10
1.5 - 3m
1 - 2m Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)

Di
Diffusers
PERFORMANCE DATA
Jet Diffuser Flanged: JDF
JDF (Jet Throw)

Selection Guide for Jet Diffuser Flanged (JDF) - Jet Pattern
Model JDF8 JDF10 JDF12 JDF14 JDF16
100
45
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
40
35
12 - 24m
30
10 - 20m
25
10
8 - 16m
6 - 12m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
4- 8m
1
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)
JDF (Diffused Throw)

Selection Guide for Jet Diffuser Flanged (JDF) - Diffused Pattern
Model JDF8 JDF10 JDF12 JDF14 JDF16
100
Sound Level 45
Lp dB(A)
40
35
6 - 12m
30
5 - 10m
25
10
4 - 8m
3 - 6m
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
2- 4m
1
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)

PERFORMANCE DATA Di
Diffusers
Exhaust Metal Valves: MVE

Test Conditions
Data is based on Isothermal conditions with a ceiling height of 2.7m with the diffuser mounted flush in an unobstructed
ceiling. Pressure drops and Noise levels are tabulated with the adjustable centre cone of the valve at both 20% open and at
100% open. Noise Ratings are based on a room absorption level of 10db
Product Codes Performance Data Units

Air Flow l/s 20 25 30 35 40 45
MVE4 20%
Noise Criteria NC <15 20 23 27 31 40
Open
Air Flow l/s 20 25 30 35 40 45
MVE4 100%
Open
Air Flow l/s 20 30 40 50 60 70
MVE5 20%
Open
Air Flow l/s 20 30 40 50 60 70
MVE5 100%
Open
Air Flow l/s 30 40 50 60 70 80
"MVE6 20%
Noise Criteria NC 16 18 24 31 36 43
Open"
Air Flow l/s 30 40 50 60 70 80
MVE6 100%
Open
Air Flow l/s 40 50 60 70 80 90
MVE8 20%
Noise Criteria NC 17 23 29 33 41 45
Open
Pressure Drop Pa 25 40 57 78 102 129
Air Flow l/s 40 50 60 70 80 90
MVE8 100%
Open

Gr
Grilles
PERFORMANCE DATA
Round Eggcrate Grilles: EGR
Core Area Core Velocity (m/s) 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 6
Product Code
(m²) Pressure Drop (Pa) 0.76 1.35 2.1 3.03 4.12 5.38 6.81 8.41 12.1
Flow Rate (l/s) 20 27 34 41 47 54 61 68 81
EGR6 0.014
NC Level <15 <15 <15 18 22 25 28 31 36
Flow Rate (l/s) 38 50 63 76 88 101 113 126 151
EGR8 0.025
NC Level <15 <15 <15 19 23 26 29 32 37
Flow Rate (l/s) 61 81 101 122 142 162 182 203 243
EGR10 0.041
NC Level <15 <15 16 19 24 26 30 33 38
Flow Rate (l/s) 89 119 149 178 208 238 267 297 356
EGR12 0.059
NC Level <15 <15 16 20 25 27 30 34 39
Gr GR
Grilles GRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Eggcrate Grilles: EG/LCEG/RCEG/HERAG
Test Condition:
Data is based on Isothermal conditions with the grille installed into a ceiling at height of 2.7m from the floor level. Noise
ratings are based on a room absorption level of 10db. Data is based on grilles without additional filters
Note:
• The free area of the eggcrate grilles > 90% of the nominal area providing maximum airflow & very low noise levels
• Please refer to the table “Comparing noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “Sound Level db(A)”.
Selection Guide for Egg Crate Grilles

Square Size (mm) 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
150
100
800
45
40 1,000
35
1,200
30
10
25
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
0
50 500 5000
Flow (L/s)

PERFORMANCE DATA Gr GR
Grilles GRILLES
Eggcrate Grilles: EG/LCEG/RCEG/HERAG

Nominal Neck (mm) Equivalent Sizes Core Area Face Velocity (m/s) 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6
Width Height (mm) (m2) Static Pressure (Pa) 2 4 6 9 12 15 24 35
150 Flow Rate (L/s) 30 41 51 61 71 81 101 122
150 225x100 0.020
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 24 28 31 34 39 43
200 "250x125 Flow Rate (L/s) 41 54 68 81 95 108 135 162
150 0.027
300x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 20 25 29 33 35 40 44
250 "300x125 Flow Rate (L/s) 51 68 84 101 118 135 169 203
150 0.034
400x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 21 26 30 33 36 41 45
200 Flow Rate (L/s) 54 72 90 108 126 144 180 216
200 350x125 0.036
Sound Level dB(A) <20 22 26 30 34 37 42 45
300 Flow Rate (L/s) 61 81 101 122 142 162 203 243
150 450x100 0.041
Sound Level dB(A) <20 22 27 31 34 37 42 46
300 "400x150 Flow Rate (L/s) 81 108 135 162 189 216 270 324
200 0.054
600x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 23 28 32 36 38 43 47
250 "350x175 Flow Rate (L/s) 84 113 141 169 197 225 281 338
250 0.056
650x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 24 28 32 36 39 43 47
450 "350x200 750x100 Flow Rate (L/s) 91 122 152 182 213 243 304 365
150 0.061
700x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 24 29 33 36 39 44 48
300 "400x200 500x200 Flow Rate (L/s) 101 135 169 203 236 270 338 405
250 0.068
600x125 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 24 29 33 36 39 44 48
300 "350x250 600x150 Flow Rate (L/s) 122 162 203 243 284 324 405 486
300 0.081
450x200 950x100 " Sound Level dB(A) <20 25 30 34 37 40 45 49
350 "400x300 600x200 Flow Rate (L/s) 165 221 276 331 386 441 551 662
350 0.110
500x250 850x150 " Sound Level dB(A) 20 26 31 35 39 42 46 50
450 "400x350 700x200 Flow Rate (L/s) 182 243 304 365 425 486 608 729
300 0.122
600 "500x300 Flow Rate (L/s) 203 270 338 405 473 540 675 810
250 0.135
750x200 " Sound Level dB(A) 21 27 32 36 40 42 47 51
400 "400x350 750x200 Flow Rate (L/s) 216 288 360 432 504 576 720 864
400 0.144
550x300 " Sound Level dB(A) 21 28 32 36 40 43 48 51
600 "450x400 750x250 Flow Rate (L/s) 243 324 405 486 567 648 810 972
300 0.162
450 "500x400 700x300 Flow Rate (L/s) 273 365 456 547 638 729 911 1094
450 0.182
750 "500x450 650x350 Flow Rate (L/s) 304 405 506 608 709 810 1013 1215
300 0.203
500 "600x450 750x350 Flow Rate (L/s) 338 450 563 675 788 900 1125 1350
500 0.225
550 "600x500 750x400 Flow Rate (L/s) 408 545 681 817 953 1089 1361 1634
550 0.272
750 "600x550 1000x350 Flow Rate (L/s) 456 608 759 911 1063 1215 1519 1823
450 0.304
850x400" Sound Level dB(A) 25 31 36 40 43 46 51 55
600 "650x550 800x450 Flow Rate (L/s) 486 648 810 972 1134 1296 1620 1944
600 0.324
900 "800x500 1150x350 Flow Rate (L/s) 547 729 911 1094 1276 1458 1823 2187
450 0.365
1000x400 " Sound Level dB(A) 25 32 37 40 44 47 52 56
650 "700x600 Flow Rate (L/s) 570 761 951 1141 1331 1521 1901 2282
650 0.380
1200x350 " Sound Level dB(A) 26 32 37 41 44 47 52 56
750 "700x650 900x500 Flow Rate (L/s) 608 810 1013 1215 1418 1620 2025 2430
600 0.405
800x550 1000x450" Sound Level dB(A) 26 32 37 41 44 47 52 56
700 "750x650 1000x500 Flow Rate (L/s) 662 882 1103 1323 1544 1764 2205 2646
700 0.441
850x550 " Sound Level dB(A) 26 32 37 41 45 48 52 56
900 "750x700 1100x500 Flow Rate (L/s) 729 972 1215 1458 1701 1944 2430 2916
600 0.486
1000x550 " Sound Level dB(A) 27 33 38 42 45 48 53 57
750 "850x650 1200x500 Flow Rate (L/s) 759 1013 1266 1519 1772 2025 2531 3038
750 0.506
950x600 " Sound Level dB(A) 27 33 38 42 45 48 53 57
800 "900x700 1200x600 Flow Rate (L/s) 864 1152 1440 1728 2016 2304 2880 3456
800 0.576
1000x650 " Sound Level dB(A) 27 34 39 42 46 49 54 58
900 "950x850 1200x650 Flow Rate (L/s) 1094 1458 1823 2187 2552 2916 3645 4374
900 0.729
1000x750 " Sound Level dB(A) 28 35 40 43 47 50 55 59

GRGRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Bar Grilles: BG/RCBG/HBG/FBG/BG12F/RABG
Note: • ASG
L = Throw in M (refer graphs)
• Active Height = supply air plenum Height
Ceiling
Side View
bv
Plan View
bh
Wall Wall
Lbh Lbv
00 blowing 00 blowing
bh = Active Length + (L 0.25 x 0.3) b v = Active Height + (L 0.25 x 0.09)
L bh = L 0.25 x 0.6 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.5
NR levels for the grille may be determined from engineering Correction table for grilles of length other than 1 metre
Sound data
graph. Grille length (m) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3+
Add value to NR value -3 0 +2 +3 +5
Sound power level LW Multiply throw by
The generated sound power level LW dB is calculated by adding 0.8 1 1.2 1.35 1.5
the correction factor Kok (see table ojn the right) to the sound Frequency (cycles per second)
level NR dB according to the formula:
Size 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
LW = NR + Kok
All +6 +5 +3 -2 -8 -13 -15
Tol+/- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Test Conditions
Throws are based at Isothermal conditions to a terminal velocity of 0.5m/s and 0.25m/s respectively for a 1 metre active
length with a room height of 2.7m. The diffuser is mounted flush in a side wall no further than 400mm down from the ceiling.
Throw factors are for throws in one direction only. Noise Ratings are based on a room absorption level of 10db.
Note:
• For 9mm spacing ( 3mm flat blade ) apply a size reduction of 25%. For example: If selecting a 1000x200mm grille use the
data for the 1000x150mm.
• For 15 Deg deflection add 20% to pressure drops and 6dB(A) to the new value.
• Please refer to the table “Comparing Noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “sound pressure level dB(A).”
Free Area
BG/RCBG/HBG/FBG/BG12F/RABG 75mm 100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm 300mm
Nominal Neck Height (mm) 75 100 150 200 250 300
No. of Bars 3 5 8 11 14 17
Bar Gap (mm) 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5
Bar Thickness (mm) 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
Face Free Width (mm) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Face Free Height (mm) 50 75 112.5 150 187.5 225
Free Area (m2/m) 0.050 0.075 0.113 0.150 0.188 0.225
Free Area 67% 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%

PERFORMANCE DATA GR
GRILLES
Bar Grilles: BG/RCBG/HBG/FBG/BG12F/RABG
Selec�on Guide for Bar Grilles: BG0

Data based on 1000mm long ac�ve length.
100 Grille Heights 75mm 100mm
150mm
Sound Level
40 200mm
Lp dB(A)
35 250mm
30 300mm
10
Sta�c Pressure (Pa)
25
20
8 - 16m
1 6 - 12m
4- 8m
Terminal Velocity
3 - 6m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
2 - 4m
0.1
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s per m)
Example Selection: A 1000mm long Bar grille (BG0) x 100mm high at 250 l/s will have a static pressure of 7Pa,
a throw of 7-14m & sound pressure level of 25dB(A).
Airflow Grille Size Pressure Face Velocity Throw Lp

L/s Per M 1000 x .... Pa m/s m dB(A)
100 1 1.3 2.8 - 5.7 <20
150 0 0.9 2.3 - 4.7 <20
100 200 0 0.7 2.0 - 4.0 <20
250 0 0.5 1.8 - 3.6 <20
300 0 0.4 1.6 - 3.3 <20
100 4 2.7 5.7 - 11.5 31
150 2 1.8 4.7 - 9.4 24
200 200 1 1.3 4.0 - 8.1 <20
250 1 1.1 3.6 - 7.3 <20
300 0 0.9 3.3 - 6.6 <20
100 10 4.0 >9 40
150 4 2.7 7.0 - 14.1 33
300 200 2 2.0 6.1 - 12.2 28
250 2 1.6 5.4 - 10.9 24
300 1 1.3 5.0 - 10.0 21
100 18 5.3 >12 46
150 8 3.6 >9 39
400 200 4 2.7 8.1 - 16.3 34
250 3 2.1 7.3 - 14.6 30
300 2 1.8 6.6 - 13.3 27
100 28 6.7 >14 51
150 12 4.4 >12 44
500 200 7 3.3 >10 39
250 4 2.7 9.1 - 18.2 35
300 3 2.2 8.3 - 16.6 32

Gr
Grilles
PERFORMANCE DATA
Removable Core Bar Grilles: RCBG (STOCKED)
Face Velocity m/s

Product Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Airflow l/s 37 74 110 147 184 221 258 295
RCBG60090 Throw 1.7 2.9 3.9 5 6.1 7.1 7.8 8.5
RCBG60090NTF Pa 1 5 10 19 29 42 57 74
NC <15 <15 <15 18 24 31 36 39
Airflow l/s 28 56 84 112 140 168 197 225
Throw 1.3 2.2 3.2 4.3 5.4 6.5 7.2 7.9
RCBG164
Pa 1 4 9 17 26 38 51 67
NC <15 <15 <15 20 26 33 38 41
Airflow l/s 42 85 127 170 212 255 297 340
Throw 1.4 2.4 3.6 4.8 6 6.8 8 8.8
RCBG244
Pa 1 4 10 18 28 40 54 70
NC <15 <15 <15 18 24 31 37 40
Airflow l/s 57 114 171 228 284 341 398 455
Throw 1.5 2.6 3.8 5.1 6.4 7.6 8.5 9.3
RCBG324
Pa 1 4 10 17 27 39 53 69
NC <15 <15 <15 17 22 28 33 34
Airflow l/s 43 86 129 172 216 259 302 345
Throw 1.9 3 4 5.1 6.2 7.3 8 8.7
RCBG50012015D
Pa 1 4 10 18 27 39 54 70
NC <15 <15 <15 18 24 31 37 40
Airflow l/s 70 140 211 281 351 421 491 562
Throw 2 3.2 4.4 5.6 6.8 8 8.8 9.6
RCBG246
Pa 1 4 10 17 27 39 53 69
NC <15 <15 <15 15 21 27 32 36
Airflow l/s 40 81 121 162 202 243 283 324
Throw 1.8 2.9 3.9 5 6.1 7.2 7.9 8.6
RCBG146
Pa 1 4 10 17 27 39 53 69
NC <15 <15 <15 18 24 31 37 40
Airflow l/s 46 93 139 186 232 278 325 371
Throw 1.9 3 4 5.1 6.2 7.3 8 8.7
RCBG166
Pa 1 2 6 10 15 22 30 39
NC <15 <15 <15 17 23 30 36 39
Gr
Grilles
PERFORMANCE DATA
Half Chevron Grille 17.5mm Spacing: HC97 (STOCKED)
Nom. Neck Neck Neck Velocity (m/s) 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Product Code
(mm) Area (m²)
Pressure Drop (Pa) 4 7 11 16 22 29 37 45
Flow Rate (l/s) 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130
HC97 230x165 0.026
NC Level <15 <15 19 26 30 34 35 37

PERFORMANCE DATA Gr GR
Grilles GRILLES
Half Chevron Grilles 25mm Spacing: HC25/RCHC25/HHC25

Test Conditions:
Data is based on grilles installed in the wall not more than 600mm below a flat ceiling. Terminal velocities are based on
0.25m/s. NC levels and pressure drops are given for grilles with no filter or damper installed.
Note: Please refer to the table “Comparing Noise Criteria” on the page no. 297 when evaluating sound pressure level dB(A).
Free Area: HC25/RCHC25/HHC25 200 x 200 300 x 200 300 x 300 400 x 350 550 x 500 900 x 450 1200 x 600 1200 x 1200
Nominal Neck Width (mm) 200 300 300 400 550 900 1200 1200
Nominal Neck Height (mm) 200 200 300 350 500 600 600 1200
Nominal Neck Area (m2) 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.14 0.28 0.41 0.72 1.44
No. of Blades 8 8 12 14 20 18 24 48
Blades Pitch (mm) 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
Face Free Width (mm) 185 285 285 385 535 885 1185 1185
Face Free Height (mm) 185 185 285 335 485 435 585 1185
Free Area (m2) 0.033 0.050 0.075 0.119 0.235 0.350 0.626 1.251
Free Area 81% 84% 84% 85% 86% 87% 87% 87%
Half Chevron - HC25 Example Selection: A grille with square nominal neck of 0.14m2 at 200 l/s will have a static pressure of 6Pa & Sound pressure of 23 dB(A).
Selection Guide for Half Chevron (HC25)
Exhaust/Return Air Grilles
Nom. Neck Area (m2) 0.04 0.06 0.09 0.14 0.28 0.41
200
Sound Level
0.72
Lp dB(A)
100
50 40
35 1.44
30
25
10 20
1
50 500 5,000
Flow (L/s)
Nominal Equivalent Free Area Flow Rate 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 1000 1500 2000 3000
Neck (mm) Sizes (mm) (m2) (L/s)
200 x 200 350 x 125 0.033 Pressure Drop (Pa) 5 12 21 48 85 133
Lp dB(A) <20 24 30 39 46 50
300 x 200 350 x 175 0.050 Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 5 9 20 36 56 81 144
600 x 100 Lp dB(A) <20 <20 23 32 38 43 47 53
300 x 300 350 x 250 0.075 Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 4 9 16 25 36 64 100
450 x 200 Lp dB(A) <20 <20 25 31 36 40 46 51
400 x 350 550 x 250 0.119 Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 4 6 10 14 26 40
Lp dB(A) <20 <20 23 28 32 38 43
650 x 400 Lp dB(A) <20 <20 <20 26 31 46 55
Lp dB(A) <20 <20 <20 24 39 48 54
1200 x 600 0.626 Pressure Drop (Pa) 1 1 6 13 23 52
Lp dB(A) <20 <20 29 38 44 53
1200 x 1200 1.251 Pressure Drop (Pa) 1 3 6 13
Lp dB(A) <20 26 32 41

GRGRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Door Grilles: DG
Test Conditions
NC levels and pressure drops are given for grilles mounted in a door with no filters attached.
Average Free Area Approx. 50%
Nom. Neck Equivalent Sizes Neck Area Neck Velocity (m/s) 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25
(mm) (mm) (m²) Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 4 7 11 16 22 29 36
Flow Rate (l/s) 8 13 17 21 25 30 34 38
150x150 225x100 0.017
NC Level <15 <15 <15 15 18 20 23 25
Flow Rate (l/s) 17 26 34 43 51 60 68 77
200x200 350x125 0.034
NC Level <15 <15 15 16 18 21 25 28
"350x175 Flow Rate (l/s) 28 42 56 70 84 98 113 127
250x250 0.056
650x100" NC Level <15 <15 16 17 19 22 26 29
"350x250 600x150 Flow Rate (l/s) 41 61 81 101 122 142 162 182
300x300 0.081
450x200 950x100" NC Level <15 <15 16 18 20 22 27 30
"400x300 600x200 Flow Rate (l/s) 55 83 110 138 165 193 221 248
350x350 0.110
500x250 850x150" NC Level <15 <15 17 19 21 23 27 31
"400x350 750x200 Flow Rate (l/s) 72 108 144 180 216 252 288 324
400x400 0.144
550x300" NC Level <15 15 17 20 22 24 28 32
"500x400 700x300 Flow Rate (l/s) 91 137 182 228 273 319 365 410
450x450 0.182
600x350 800x250" NC Level <15 15 18 20 23 25 29 32
"600x450 750x350 Flow Rate (l/s) 113 169 225 281 338 394 450 506
500x500 0.225
650x400 900x300" NC Level <15 16 18 21 23 26 30 33
"600x450 750x350 Flow Rate (l/s) 136 204 272 340 408 476 545 613
550x550 0.272
650x400 900x300" NC Level <15 16 19 21 24 26 30 34
"650x550 800x450 Flow Rate (l/s) 162 243 324 405 486 567 648 729
600x600 0.324
700x500 900x400" NC Level <15 17 20 22 25 27 31 35
"700x600 800x500 Flow Rate (l/s) 190 285 380 475 570 665 761 856
650x650 0.380
1200x350" NC Level 15 18 21 23 26 28 31 36
"750x650 1000x500 Flow Rate (l/s) 221 331 441 551 662 772 882 992
700x700 0.441
850x550" NC Level 16 18 22 24 27 29 33 37
"850x650 1200x500 Flow Rate (l/s) 253 380 506 633 759 886 1013 1139
750x750 0.506
950x600" NC Level 16 19 23 25 28 30 34 38
"900x700 1200x550 Flow Rate (l/s) 288 432 576 720 864 1008 1152 1296
800x800 0.576
1000x650" NC Level 17 20 23 26 29 31 35 39
"900x800 950x750 Flow Rate (l/s) 325 488 650 813 975 1138 1301 1463
850x850 0.650
1100x650 1200x600" NC Level 18 21 24 27 30 32 35 40
"950x850 1200x650 Flow Rate (l/s) 365 547 729 911 1094 1276 1458 1640
900x900 0.729
1000x750" NC Level 19 22 25 28 31 33 36 40
GRGRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Vandal Resistant Door Grilles: VRDG
Test Conditions
The static pressure given is a negative pressure and is rated in pascals. Sound Levels Data is based on room absorption of 10db re
10¯¹² watts at all frequencies. The sound levels given in the selection tables should be directly considered to the intended use of the
environmental conditioned area. The data is based on an even air distribution and velocity through the full area of the grille.
NECK NECK VELOCITY (m/sec) 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3 3.5 4
SIZE (mm) STATIC PRESSURE (pa) 14 31 58 87 124 173 227
(Free Area- Sq m) TOTAL PRESSURE (pa) 15 34 62 92 131 182 238
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 80 120 160 200 240 280 320
600 x 150 (0.08)
Noise Levels (nc) 18 29 37 41 49 52 55
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 110 165 220 275 330 385 440
600 x 200 (0.11)
Noise Levels (nc) 20 31 39 46 51 56 60
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 170 255 340 425 510 595 680
600 x 300 (0.17)
Noise Levels (nc) 21 32 41 47 53 57 61
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 260 390 520 650 780 910 1040
600 x 450 (0.26)
Noise Levels (nc) 22 34 43 49 55 59 63
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 350 525 700 875 1050 1225 `1400
600 x 600 (0.35)
Noise Levels (nc) 24 36 45 51 57 61 65
Air Flow Qty (l/s) 530 795 1060 1325 1590 1855 2120
600 x 900 (0.53)
Noise Levels (nc) 26 38 47 53 59 63 67

PERFORMANCE DATA Gr
Grilles
Door Grilles: DG (STOCKED)

Test Conditions
NC levels and pressure drops are given for grilles mounted in a door with no filters attached.
Average Free Area Approx. 50%
Product Nom. Neck Neck Neck Velocity (m/s) 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 1.75 2.00 2.25
Code (mm) Area (m²) Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 5 9 14 21 28 36 46
Flow Rate (l/s) 19 29 38 48 57 67 77 86
DG126 300x150 0.038
NC Level <15 <15 16 17 20 24 28 33
Flow Rate (l/s) 26 38 51 64 77 89 102 115
DG244 600x100 0.051
NC Level <15 <15 16 17 20 23 27 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 29 43 57 72 86 100 115 129
DG186 450x150 0.057
NC Level <15 <15 16 17 20 23 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 41 61 81 101 122 142 162 182
DG246 600x150 0.081
NC Level <15 <15 16 18 20 22 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 41 61 81 101 122 142 162 182
DG1212 300x300 0.081
NC Level <15 <15 16 18 20 22 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 54 81 108 135 162 189 216 243
DG248 600x200 0.108
NC Level <15 <15 17 19 21 23 26 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 68 101 135 169 203 236 270 304
DG2012 500x300 0.135
NC Level <15 <15 16 19 21 23 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 68 101 135 169 203 236 270 304
DG2410 600x250 0.135
NC Level <15 <15 16 19 21 23 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 81 122 162 203 243 284 324 365
DG2412 600x300 0.162
NC Level <15 <15 17 20 22 24 28 31
Flow Rate (l/s) 91 137 182 228 273 319 365 410
DG1818 450x450 0.182
NC Level <15 15 18 20 23 25 29 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 108 162 216 270 324 378 432 486
DG2416 600x400 0.216
NC Level <15 15 17 20 22 25 29 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 122 182 243 304 365 425 486 547
DG2418 600x450 0.243
NC Level <15 16 19 21 24 26 30 33
Flow Rate (l/s) 162 243 324 405 486 567 648 729
DG2424 600x600 0.324
NC Level <15 17 20 22 25 27 31 35
PERFORMANCE DATA Gr
Grilles
Floor Grilles: FG/HDFG (STOCKED)
Face Velocity m/s

Product Code
1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
Airflow l/s 18 37 55 73 91 110 128 146
Throw 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.3 7.0 7.7
FG124N
Pa 1 3 8 14 22 31 42 55
NC <15 <15 16 21 26 33 37 41
Airflow l/s 28 57 85 114 142 171 199 227
Throw 1.7 2,8 3.8 4.9 6.0 7.0 7.7 8.4
FG126N
Pa 1 3 6 11 17 24 33 43
NC <15 <15 <15 20 25 32 36 40
Airflow l/s 33 67 100 133 167 200 233 267
Throw 1.8 2.9 3.9 5.0 6.1 7.2 7.9 8.6
FG146N
Pa 1 3 7 12 18 26 36 47
NC <15 <15 <15 19 24 31 36 40
Airflow l/s 38 76 115 153 191 229 268 306
Throw 1.9 3.0 4.0 5.1 6.2 7.3 8.0 8.7
FG166N
Pa 0 2 4 7 10 15 21 27
NC <15 <15 <15 18 23 30 36 39

GRGRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Perforated Supply Air Grilles: PSGP (SUPPLY AIR)
Test Conditions
Throws are based at Isothermal conditions to a terminal velocity of 0.5m/s and 0.25m/s respectively, with a room height of
2.7m. The diffuser is mounted flush in ceiling. Throw factors are for throws in one direction only. Noise Ratings are based on
a room absorption level of 10db.
Note:Please refer to the table “Comparing Noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “sound pressure level dB(A).”
Selection Guide for Perforated Supply Grilles (PSGP)

4-way pattern with deflection pad
100 Square Neck Size (mm) 300 400 600
Sound Level
50 Lp dB(A) 45
40
35
30 3- 6m
10 2.5 - 5m
25
2 - 4m
Terminal Velocity
1.5 - 3m 0.5 - 0.25m/s
1 - 2m
1
10 100 1,000
Flow (L/s)
GRGRILLES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Perforated Grilles: PG/RCPG (RETURN/EXHAUST AIR)
Selection Guide for Perforated Grilles (PG/RCPG)
Return/Exhaust Air
Square Size (mm) 300 400 600
100
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 45
50 40
35
30
25
10
1
10 100 1,000 2,000
Flow (L/s)

PERFORMANCE DATA GRGRILLES
Expanded Mesh Grilles: EMG

Test Condition: Data is based on Isothermal conditions with the grille installed into a ceiling at height of 2.7m from the floor
level. Noise ratings are based on a room absorption level of 10db.
Average Free Area Approx. 60 - 73%
Note: Please refer to the table “Comparing noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “Sound Level db(A)”.
Selection Guide for Expanded Mesh Grilles - EMG
Square Size (mm) 150 200 250 300 350
150 450
100 Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 500
45
50
40
600
35
30
10 25
1
10 100 1,000 2,000
Flow (L/s)

Re RE
Registers REGISTERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Fixed and Removable Core Double Deflection Registers: DDR/RCDDR
Note: • ASG
L = Throw in M (refer graphs)
• Active Height = supply air plenum Height
Plan View Ceiling
bh
Wall Side View
bv
Lbh Wall Lbv
L bh = L 0.25 x 0.5 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.4

L bh = L 0.25 x 0.5 L bv = L 0.25 x 0.4
Calculation of other terminal velocities
The throw Lx at different velocities Example: An air throw of 6m with a
within a limited zone, the jet core can Lx = L0.25 x __
0.25
terminal velocity of 0.25 m/s gives an __
0.25
L0.05 = 6 x 0.50 = 3M
v
x
be calculated: air throw of 3 m at a terminal velocity
of 0.50 m/s
Test Conditions
Throw values are based on Registers installed in the sidewall not more than 600mm below a flat ceiling. Terminal velocities are
based on 0.25m/s. NC levels and pressure drops are given for registers with all blades set at a 0°, 22.5° and 45°deflection and no
dampers attached.
Note:
• Please refer to the table “Comparing Noise Criteria” on page no. 297 when evaluating “sound pressure level dB(A).”
Extract air:
• When used for air extraction the sound level increases by approx. 5dB and the pressure drop falls by 10%.
Supply air:
• When used with chilled air, recommended height H (from ceiling) is ≤ 200mm and max chilled air Δt = approx. -5 °C.
Double• Deflection Registers
Supply air. Where grille is placed 800mm from ceiling throw would reduce by 30 – 35%.
Double Deflection Registers 0 ° deflection

Selection Guide for Double Deflection Registers
0° deflection
Nominal Neck Size (1000mm x ..) 50 75 100 150 200
100
Sound Level
Lp dB(A) 40 250
35 300
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s
30
25
20
10
12 - 24m
10 - 20m
8 - 16m
6 - 12m
4 - 8m
1
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)
These graphs are for

Reference selection
Sources: only
Intertek data and
with should
Airfoil, not
Holyoake andbe used
Bradflo for commissioning.
selection figures.

Sound Level
40
Re RE
Lp dB(A) 250
6 - 12m
PERFORMANCE DATA
35 300
Terminal Velocity
0.5 - 0.25m/s 4 - 8m
1 Registers REGISTERS
30 2000
10 100 1000
Flow (L/s)
Fixed and Removable Core Double Deflection 25 Registers: DDR/RCDDR
Reference Sources: Intertek data with Airfoil, Holyoake and Bradflo selection figures.
Double10Deflection Registers 22.5 ° deflection 20
Selection Guide for Double Deflection Registers 12 - 24m

22.5° deflection
Nominal Neck Size (1000mm x ..) 50 75 100
10 - 20m 150 200
100
Sound Level
40 8 - 16m 250
Lp dB(A)
300
Terminal Velocity 35 6 - 12m
0.5 - 0.25m/s
30
4 - 8m
1
10 100 25 1000 2000

Flow (L/s)
12 - 24m
20
10 Reference Sources: Intertek data with Airfoil, Holyoake and Bradflo selection figures.
10 - 20m
8 - 16m
22.5° deflection
Nominal Neck Size (1000mm x ..) 50 675
- 12m 100 150 200
100
Sound Level
40 250
Lp dB(A)
4 - 8m 300
Terminal Velocity 35
1 0.5 - 0.25m/s
10 100 30 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)
25
12 - 24m
20for Double Deflection Registers
Selection Guide
10
45° deflection 10 - 20m
Nominal Neck Size (1000mm x ..) 50 75 100 150 200 250
100 8 - 16m
Sound Level
40 300
Lp dB(A)
6 - 12m
12 - 24m
0.5 - 0.25m/s
30
4 - 8m 10 - 20m
1 25
8 - 16m
10 100 1000 2000
20
Flow (L/s)
10
6 - 12m
Double Deflection Registers 45 ° deflection
45° deflection 4 - 8m
Nominal Neck Size (1000mm x ..) 50 75 100 150 200 250
100
Sound Level
40 300
Lp dB(A)
12 - 24m
1 0.5 - 0.25m/s
10 100 30 1000 2000
10 - 20m
Flow (L/s)
25
8 - 16m
20
10
6 - 12m
4 - 8m
1
10 100 1000 2000
Flow (L/s)

Re RE
Registers REGISTERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Free Area
DOUBLE DEFLECTION REGISTERS DDR84 DDR86 DDR146 DDR168 DDR306 DDR2412 DDR3210 DDR4816
Nom. Width (") 8 8 14 16 30 24 32 48
Nom. Height (") 4 6 6 8 6 12 16 16
Nominal Neck Width (mm) 200 200 350 400 750 600 800 1200
Nominal Neck Height (mm) 100 150 150 200 150 300 400 400
Nominal Neck Area (m2) 0.02 0.03 0.0525 0.08 0.1125 0.18 0.32 0.48
QAE Free Area Factor 0.576 0.598 0.629 0.654 0.675 0.704 0.742 0.770
Free Area (m2) 0.012 0.018 0.033 0.052 0.076 0.127 0.237 0.370
Nominal Neck (mm) Free Area Face Velocity (m/s) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Width Height (m2) Static Pressure (Pa) † 2 5 8 13 18 25 32
Flow Rate (L/s) 23 35 46 58 69 81 92
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 <20 22 25 28
200 100 0.012 Throw (m), 0° Deflection 2.5 3.8 5.0 6.3 7.6 8.8 10.1
Throw (m), 22.5° Deflection 2.0 3.1 4.1 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.2
Throw (m), 45° Deflection 1.4 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.2 4.9 5.6
Flow Rate (L/s) 36 54 72 90 108 126 144
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 <20 23 27 30
Flow Rate (L/s) 49 74 98 123 147 172 196
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31
Flow Rate (L/s) 26 39 52 66 79 92 105
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 <20 22 25 28
Flow Rate (L/s) 36 54 72 90 108 126 144
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 <20 23 27 30
Flow Rate (L/s) 46 69 92 114 137 160 183
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31
Flow Rate (L/s) 56 84 112 140 168 196 223
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 21 25 29 32
Flow Rate (L/s) 66 99 132 165 198 231 264
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 22 26 29 32
Flow Rate (L/s) 76 115 153 191 229 268 306
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 23 27 30 33

PERFORMANCE DATA Re RE
Registers REGISTERS

Flow Rate (L/s) 87 130 174 217 261 304 348
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 23 27 31 34
Flow Rate (L/s) 98 146 195 244 293 341 390
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 24 28 31 34
Flow Rate (L/s) 119 178 238 297 357 416 476
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 49 74 98 123 147 172 196
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 21 25 28 31
Flow Rate (L/s) 63 94 125 157 188 219 251
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 22 26 29 32
Flow Rate (L/s) 76 115 153 191 229 268 306
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 23 27 30 33
Flow Rate (L/s) 90 136 181 226 271 317 362
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 24 27 31 34
Flow Rate (L/s) 105 157 209 262 314 366 419
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 24 28 31 34
Flow Rate (L/s) 119 178 238 297 357 416 476
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 133 200 267 334 400 467 534
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 163 244 326 407 489 570 651
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 21 26 30 33 36

Re RE
Registers REGISTERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Flow Rate (L/s) 80 120 160 200 240 280 320
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 23 27 30 33
Flow Rate (L/s) 98 146 195 244 293 341 390
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 24 28 31 34
Flow Rate (L/s) 115 173 231 288 346 404 462
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 133 200 267 334 400 467 534
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 152 228 304 379 455 531 607
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 21 26 30 33 36
Flow Rate (L/s) 170 255 341 426 511 596 681
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 21 26 30 34 36
Flow Rate (L/s) 208 312 416 519 623 727 831
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 22 27 31 34 37
Flow Rate (L/s) 119 178 238 297 357 416 476
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 <20 25 29 32 35
Flow Rate (L/s) 163 244 326 407 489 570 651
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 21 26 30 33 36
Flow Rate (L/s) 208 312 416 519 623 727 831
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 22 27 31 34 37
Flow Rate (L/s) 253 380 507 634 760 887 1014
Sound Level dB(A) <20 <20 23 28 32 35 38

PERFORMANCE DATA LoLouvres
Weatherproof Louvres: WPL (STOCKED)

Test Conditions
NC levels and pressure drops are given for louvres mounted in a wall at least 1200 mm up from the floor level. Results were
obtained at Isothermal conditions. For other performance or selection details please contact the supplier.
Free arear range between 40% and 76%
Nom. Neck Free Area Face Velocity (m/s) 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50
Product Code
(mm) (m²)
Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 4 8 12 18 24 32 40
Flow Rate (l/s) 9 13 18 22 26 31 35 40
WPL66 150x150 0.009
NC Level <15 <15 <15 15 18 21 26 29
Flow Rate (l/s) 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
WPL95 225x125 0.010
NC Level <15 <15 15 16 19 22 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 17 25 34 42 51 59 67 76
WPL97 225x175 0.017
NC Level <15 <15 <15 16 19 22 27 30
Flow Rate (l/s) 18 27 36 45 54 63 72 81
WPL88 200x200 0.018
NC Level <15 <15 <15 16 20 23 28 31
Flow Rate (l/s) 31 47 62 78 93 109 124 140
WPL1010 250x250 0.031
NC Level <15 <15 <15 16 20 24 28 31
Flow Rate (l/s) 37 56 74 93 111 130 148 167
WPL168 400x200 0.037
NC Level <15 <15 16 18 21 25 29 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 46 69 93 116 139 162 185 208
WPL1212 300x300 0.046
NC Level <15 <15 16 19 23 27 31 34
Flow Rate (l/s) 65 97 129 162 194 227 259 291
WPL1414 350x350 0.065
NC Level <15 <15 17 22 27 30 35 38
Flow Rate (l/s) 87 130 173 217 260 303 347 390
WPL1616 400x400 0.087
NC Level <15 <15 19 25 30 33 38 41
Flow Rate (l/s) 94 141 188 235 282 329 376 423
WPL2412 600x300 0.094
NC Level <15 15 20 26 31 33 38 41
Flow Rate (l/s) 112 168 225 281 337 393 449 505
WPL1818 450x450 0.112
NC Level <15 15 21 26 31 34 39 41
Flow Rate (l/s) 142 212 283 354 425 496 567 637
WPL2020 500x500 0.142
NC Level <15 16 22 26 31 35 40 42
Flow Rate (l/s) 219 329 439 548 658 768 877 987
WPL2424 600x600 0.219
NC Level <15 18 24 27 33 36 41 43
PERFORMANCE DATA LoLouvres
Round Weatherproof Louvres: RWPL ( STOCKED)

Nom. Neck Free Area Face Velocity (m/s) 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 3.50 4.00 4.50
Product Code
(m²) Pressure Drop (Pa) 2 4 8 12 18 24 32 40
Flow Rate (l/s) 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31
RWPL6 150 0.007
NC Level <15 <15 <15 15 17 19 21 25
Flow Rate (l/s) 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60
RWPL8 200 0.013
NC Level <15 <15 16 17 19 23 27 31
Flow Rate (l/s) 22 33 44 55 67 78 89 100
RWPL10 250 0.022
NC Level <15 <15 16 17 20 23 28 31
Flow Rate (l/s) 34 51 67 84 101 118 135 152
RWPL12 300 0.034
NC Level <15 <15 16 18 21 24 28 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 49 74 98 123 147 172 196 221
RWPL14 350 0.049
NC Level <15 <15 17 19 22 25 29 32
Flow Rate (l/s) 67 100 134 167 201 234 268 301
RWPL16 400 0.067
NC Level <15 <15 17 21 24 27 31 35

LO
LOUVRES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Weatherproof Louvres 48mm Spacing: WPLSB/RCWPLSB
Test Conditions
obtained at Isothermal conditions.
For other performance or selection details please contact the supplier.
Air Exhaust Application
Selection Guide for Weatherproof Louvres (WPL) - 48mm Blade Pitch
Exhaust Flow
Neck Size (mm) 200 x 200 400 x 200 300 x 300 350 x 350 600 x 300
Sound Level 45
100 500 x 500
Lp dB(A)
40
35 3.0 m/s
600 x 600
30 2.5 m/s
25 2.0 m/s
10 1.5 m/s
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 100 1,000
Flow (L/s)
WPLSB/RCWPLSB - 48mm spacing Exhaust Flow Configuration

Nominal Neck (mm) Face Velocity (m/s) 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
Face Area (m²)
Width Height Pressure Drop (Pa) * 6 13 22 35 50 69 90 113
Flow Rate (l/s) 30 46 61 76 91 106 122 137
200 200 0.03
Sound, dB(A) <20 23 29 34 38 41 44 47
Flow Rate (l/s) 51 76 101 126 152 177 202 227
250 250 0.05
Sound, dB(A) <20 25 31 36 40 43 46 49
Flow Rate (l/s) 61 91 122 152 182 213 243 274
400 200 0.06
Sound, dB(A) <20 26 32 37 41 44 47 50
Flow Rate (l/s) 76 113 151 189 227 265 302 340
300 300 0.08
Sound, dB(A) <20 26 32 37 41 45 47 50
Flow Rate (l/s) 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 476
350 350 0.11
Sound, dB(A) <20 27 34 38 42 46 49 51
Flow Rate (l/s) 141 211 282 352 422 493 563 634
400 400 0.14
Sound, dB(A) <20 28 35 39 43 47 50 52
Flow Rate (l/s) 151 227 302 378 454 529 605 680
600 300 0.15
Sound, dB(A) 20 29 35 40 44 48 50 53
Flow Rate (l/s) 181 271 362 452 543 633 724 814
450 450 0.18
Sound, dB(A) 20 29 35 40 44 48 50 53
Flow Rate (l/s) 226 339 452 565 678 791 904 1017
500 500 0.23
Sound, dB(A) 21 30 36 41 45 48 51 54
Flow Rate (l/s) 331 497 662 828 994 1159 1325 1490
600 600 0.33
Sound, dB(A) 22 31 37 42 46 50 52 55
Note: Pressure drop equivalent to 600 x 300mm face velocity
Free Area Factor

Nominal Neck Height LOUVRE 48mm spacing LOUVRE 58mm spacing LOUVRE 102mm spacing
300 0.43 0.37 0.45
500 0.46 0.40 0.50
750 0.48 0.42 0.52
1000 0.49 0.44 0.53
1250 0.44 0.54
1500 0.45 0.55
2000 0.55

PERFORMANCE DATA LO
LOUVRES
Weatherproof Louvres 48mm Spacing: WPLSB/RCWPLSB

Test Conditions
Air Intake Application
Intake Flow
Neck Size (mm) 200 x 200 400 x 200 300 x 300 350 x 350 600 x 300
Sound Level 45 500 x 500

100
Lp dB(A)
40
3.0 m/s 600 x 600
35
30 2.5 m/s
25 2.0 m/s
10 1.5 m/s
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 100 1,000
Flow (L/s)
WPLSB/RCWPLSB - 48mm spacing Intake Flow Configuration

Face Area (m²)
Flow Rate (l/s) 30 46 61 76 91 106 122 137
200 200 0.03
Sound, dB(A) <20 25 31 36 40 43 46 49
Flow Rate (l/s) 51 76 101 126 152 177 202 227
250 250 0.05
Sound, dB(A) <20 27 33 38 42 45 48 51
Flow Rate (l/s) 61 91 122 152 182 213 243 274
400 200 0.06
Sound, dB(A) <20 28 34 39 43 46 49 52
Flow Rate (l/s) 76 113 151 189 227 265 302 340
300 300 0.08
Sound, dB(A) <20 28 34 39 43 47 49 52
Flow Rate (l/s) 106 159 211 264 317 370 423 476
350 350 0.11
Sound, dB(A) 21 29 36 40 44 48 51 53
Flow Rate (l/s) 141 211 282 352 422 493 563 634
400 400 0.14
Sound, dB(A) 21 30 37 41 45 49 52 54
Flow Rate (l/s) 151 227 302 378 454 529 605 680
600 300 0.15
Sound, dB(A) 22 31 37 42 46 50 52 55
Flow Rate (l/s) 181 271 362 452 543 633 724 814
450 450 0.18
Sound, dB(A) 22 31 37 42 46 50 52 55
Flow Rate (l/s) 226 339 452 565 678 791 904 1017
500 500 0.23
Sound, dB(A) 23 32 38 43 47 50 53 56
Flow Rate (l/s) 331 497 662 828 994 1159 1325 1490
600 600 0.33
Sound, dB(A) 24 33 39 44 48 52 54 57
Note: Pressure drop equivalent to 600 x 300mm face velocity

LO
LOUVRES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Weatherproof Louvres 58mm Spacing: WPL/RCWPLSTF (SCREW THROUGH FACE)
Test Conditions
Exhaust Flow
Neck Height (per m Width) 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000
100
Sound Level
Lp dB(A)
45
3.0 m/s
40
2.5 m/s
35
2.0 m/s
30
10
25 1.5 m/s
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 1 00 1,000 10,000
Flow (L/s per m width)
WPL/RCWPLSTF (Screw through face) - 58mm spacing Exhaust Flow Configuration

Face Area (m²)
Flow Rate (l/s) 142 213 284 355 426 497 568 639
1000 200 0.14
Sound, dB(A) 22 31 38 42 46 50 53 55
Flow Rate (l/s) 192 288 384 480 576 672 768 864
1000 250 0.19
Sound, dB(A) 23 32 38 43 47 51 53 56
Flow Rate (l/s) 242 363 484 605 726 847 968 1089
1000 300 0.24
Sound, dB(A) 24 33 39 44 48 51 54 57
Flow Rate (l/s) 292 438 584 730 876 1022 1168 1314
1000 350 0.29
Sound, dB(A) 24 33 40 44 48 52 55 57
Flow Rate (l/s) 342 513 684 855 1026 1197 1368 1539
1000 400 0.34
Sound, dB(A) 25 34 40 45 49 52 55 58
Flow Rate (l/s) 392 588 784 980 1176 1372 1568 1764
1000 450 0.39
Sound, dB(A) 25 34 40 45 49 52 55 58
Flow Rate (l/s) 442 663 884 1105 1326 1547 1768 1989
1000 500 0.44
Sound, dB(A) 26 34 41 45 49 53 56 58
Flow Rate (l/s) 542 813 1084 1355 1626 1897 2168 2439
1000 600 0.54
Sound, dB(A) 26 35 41 46 50 53 56 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 642 963 1284 1605 1926 2247 2568 2889
1000 700 0.64
Sound, dB(A) 26 35 41 46 50 54 57 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 742 1113 1484 1855 2226 2597 2968 3339
1000 800 0.74
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 54 57 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 842 1263 1684 2105 2526 2947 3368 3789
1000 900 0.84
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 54 57 60
Flow Rate (l/s) 942 1413 1884 2355 2826 3297 3768 4239
1000 1000 0.94
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 55 57 60
Note: Pressure drop equivalent to 1m2 face velocity
Free Area Factor

300 0.43 0.37 0.45
500 0.46 0.40 0.50
750 0.48 0.42 0.52
1000 0.49 0.44 0.53
1250 0.44 0.54
1500 0.45 0.55
2000 0.55

PERFORMANCE DATA LO
LOUVRES
Weatherproof Louvres 58mm Spacing: WPL/RCWPLSTF (SCREW THROUGH FACE)

Test Conditions
Intake Flow
Neck Height (per m Width) 200 250 300 400 500 600 800 1000
100 Sound Level

Lp dB(A)
45
3.0 m/s
40
2.5 m/s
35
2.0 m/s
30
10 1.5 m/s
25
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 100 1,000 10,000
WPL/RCWPLSTF (Screw through face) - 58mm spacing Intake Flow Configuration

Face Area (m²)
Flow Rate (l/s) 142 213 284 355 426 497 568 639
1000 200 0.14
Sound, dB(A) 24 33 40 44 48 52 55 57
Flow Rate (l/s) 192 288 384 480 576 672 768 864
1000 250 0.19
Sound, dB(A) 25 34 40 45 49 53 55 58
Flow Rate (l/s) 242 363 484 605 726 847 968 1089
1000 300 0.24
Sound, dB(A) 26 35 41 46 50 53 56 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 292 438 584 730 876 1022 1168 1314
1000 350 0.29
Sound, dB(A) 26 35 42 46 50 54 57 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 342 513 684 855 1026 1197 1368 1539
1000 400 0.34
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 54 57 60
Flow Rate (l/s) 392 588 784 980 1176 1372 1568 1764
1000 450 0.39
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 54 57 60
Flow Rate (l/s) 442 663 884 1105 1326 1547 1768 1989
1000 500 0.44
Sound, dB(A) 28 36 43 47 51 55 58 60
Flow Rate (l/s) 542 813 1084 1355 1626 1897 2168 2439
1000 600 0.54
Sound, dB(A) 28 37 43 48 52 55 58 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 642 963 1284 1605 1926 2247 2568 2889
1000 700 0.64
Sound, dB(A) 28 37 43 48 52 56 59 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 742 1113 1484 1855 2226 2597 2968 3339
1000 800 0.74
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 56 59 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 842 1263 1684 2105 2526 2947 3368 3789
1000 900 0.84
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 56 59 62
Flow Rate (l/s) 942 1413 1884 2355 2826 3297 3768 4239
1000 1000 0.94
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 57 59 62

LO
LOUVRES
PERFORMANCE DATA
Weatherproof Louvre 102mm Spacing: WPL100
Test Conditions
Exhaust Flow
Neck Height (per m Width) 200 300 500 750 1000
Sound Level 2000

100
Lp dB(A)
45
40
1000 x 3000
3.0 m/s
35
2.5 m/s 1000 x 4000

30
2.0 m/s
25
10
1.5 m/s
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 1 00 1,000 10,000
WPL100 (102mm spacing)- Exhaust Flow Configuration

Face Area (m²)
Flow Rate (l/s) 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
1000 200 0.10
Sound, dB(A) <20 26 32 37 41 44 47 50
Flow Rate (l/s) 150 225 300 375 450 525 600 675
1000 250 0.15
Sound, dB(A) <20 27 34 38 42 46 49 51
Flow Rate (l/s) 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
1000 300 0.20
Sound, dB(A) <20 28 35 39 43 47 50 52
Flow Rate (l/s) 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800
1000 500 0.40
Sound, dB(A) 21 30 36 41 45 49 52 54
Flow Rate (l/s) 650 975 1,300 1,625 1,950 2,275 2,600 2,925
1000 750 0.65
Sound, dB(A) 23 32 38 43 47 50 53 55
Flow Rate (l/s) 900 1,350 1,800 2,250 2,700 3,150 3,600 4,050
1000 1000 0.90
Sound, dB(A) 24 32 39 43 47 51 54 56
Flow Rate (l/s) 1,400 2,100 2,800 3,500 4,200 4,900 5,600 6,300
1000 1500 1.40
Sound, dB(A) 25 33 40 45 48 52 55 57
Flow Rate (l/s) 1,900 2,850 3,800 4,750 5,700 6,650 7,600 8,550
1000 2000 1.90
Sound, dB(A) 26 35 41 46 50 53 56 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 2,400 3,600 4,800 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,600 10,800
1000 2500 2.40
Sound, dB(A) 27 36 42 47 51 54 57 60
Flow Rate (l/s) 2,900 4,350 5,800 7,250 8,700 10,150 11,600 13,050
1000 3000 2.90
Sound, dB(A) 28 37 43 48 52 55 58 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 3,400 5,100 6,800 8,500 10,200 11,900 13,600 15,300
1000 3500 3.40
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 56 59 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 3,900 5,850 7,800 9,750 11,700 13,650 15,600 17,550
1000 4000 3.90
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 56 59 62
Free Area Factor

300 0.43 0.37 0.45
500 0.46 0.40 0.50
750 0.48 0.42 0.52
1000 0.49 0.44 0.53
1250 0.44 0.54
1500 0.45 0.55
2000 0.55

PERFORMANCE DATA LOLOUVRES
Weatherproof Louvre 102mm Spacing: WPL100

Test Conditions
Intake Flow
Neck Height (per m Width) 200 300 500 750 1000
Sound Level 2000

100
Lp dB(A)
45
1000 x 3000
40 3.0 m/s
35 2.5 m/s 1000 x 4000

30 2.0 m/s
25
10 1.5 m/s
1.0 m/s
Face Velocity
1
10 100 1,000 10,000
WPL100 (102mm spacing)- Intake Flow Configuration
Face Area (m²)
Width Height Pressure Drop (Pa)* 5 10 18 28 41 56 73 92
Flow Rate (l/s) 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
1000 200 0.10
Sound, dB(A) <20 28 34 39 43 46 49 52
Flow Rate (l/s) 150 225 300 375 450 525 600 675
1000 250 0.15
Sound, dB(A) 21 29 36 40 44 48 51 53
Flow Rate (l/s) 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
1000 300 0.20
Sound, dB(A) 21 30 37 41 45 49 52 54
Flow Rate (l/s) 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800
1000 500 0.40
Sound, dB(A) 23 32 38 43 47 51 54 56
Flow Rate (l/s) 650 975 1,300 1,625 1,950 2,275 2,600 2,925
1000 750 0.65
Sound, dB(A) 25 34 40 45 49 52 55 57
Flow Rate (l/s) 900 1,350 1,800 2,250 2,700 3,150 3,600 4,050
1000 1000 0.90
Sound, dB(A) 26 34 41 45 49 53 56 58
Flow Rate (l/s) 1,400 2,100 2,800 3,500 4,200 4,900 5,600 6,300
1000 1500 1.40
Sound, dB(A) 27 35 42 47 50 54 57 59
Flow Rate (l/s) 1,900 2,850 3,800 4,750 5,700 6,650 7,600 8,550
1000 2000 1.90
Sound, dB(A) 28 37 43 48 52 55 58 61
Flow Rate (l/s) 2,400 3,600 4,800 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,600 10,800
1000 2500 2.40
Sound, dB(A) 29 38 44 49 53 56 59 62
Flow Rate (l/s) 2,900 4,350 5,800 7,250 8,700 10,150 11,600 13,050
1000 3000 2.90
Sound, dB(A) 30 39 45 50 54 57 60 63
Flow Rate (l/s) 3,400 5,100 6,800 8,500 10,200 11,900 13,600 15,300
1000 3500 3.40
Sound, dB(A) 31 40 46 51 55 58 61 63
Flow Rate (l/s) 3,900 5,850 7,800 9,750 11,700 13,650 15,600 17,550
1000 4000 3.90
Sound, dB(A) 31 40 46 51 55 58 61 64

DA
DAMPERS
PERFORMANCE DATA
Volume Control Dampers: MOTVCD/MANVCD/MOTSRD
Selection Guide for MOTVCD with blade seal and side seals fitted
12 10 9 6 4 2
10000
1000
Pressure Drop (Pa)
100
Air Velocity (m/s)

10
1
0% 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90%
Percentage of damper is closed
Selection Example:
Q
V= where V = air Velocity (m/s)
A
Q = Air Flow (m 3/s)
A = Area of duct (m2)
2000l/s passing through a 700mm x 700mm duct
2000
Q= = 2 m 3/s
1000
A = 0.7 x 0.7 = 0.49 m 2
2
V= = 4.08 m/s
0.49
A Damper closed at 35%, with a duct velocity of 4.08m/s will have a

Pressure Drop of 80Pa.
100
90
80
Test Conditions 70 1200 × 1000

• Product testing of the VCD range was conducted in a positive pressure application, and the damper was in a vertical
plane with blades running horizontal.
60
• Before purchasing for a negative pressure application, please refer to our representative for further information.
• Applications
Leakage (l/s)where the damper is in a vertical plane, but turned on side (with blades running vertically), should be
50 to ensure appropriate inclusions are selected.
advised at time of ordering,
1000 × 1000
40
500 × 1000
PERFORMANCE DATA DA
DAMPERS
Volume Control Dampers: MOTVCD/MANVCD/MOTSRD
Leakage data for MOTVCD with blade seal and side seals fitted
100
90
80
70
1200 × 1000
60
Leakage (l/s)
50
1000 × 1000
40
500 × 1000
30
20 250 × 1000
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000
Static Pressure
PERFORMANCE DATA DA
DAMPERS
Non Return Damper: NRD
Non Return Damper
Pressure Drop
200
Pressure Drop (Pa)
150
100
50
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Flow Velocity (m/s)

NOTES

INDEX
Product Description Product Code Section Page Number

INDEX
Access Panels AP Stocked Range Accessories 75

Acoustic Louvres Type ‘NL and NLH’ NL and NLH TROX 210
Adjustable Condenser Stand ACS Stocked Range Accessories 78
Air Valves Type ‘LVS’ LVS TROX 150
ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct Panels ALPB ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 226
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct - Box Flat Packed ALPBF ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 226
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct - Box Manufactured ALPBM ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 227
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Bayonnet (PVC) ALPBE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct C Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPCEA25 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct C Extrusion (PVC) ALPCE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Cover Angle (PVC) ALPCA ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct F Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPFEA25 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct F Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPFEA42 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct F Extrusion (PVC) ALPFE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct h Extension Extrusion (PVC) ALPHEE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct h Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPHEA25 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct h Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPHEA42 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct h Extrusion (PVC) ALPHE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Invisible Flange (PVC) ALPIFE ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Invisible Flange 90 Deg (PVC) ALPIF90E ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct Re-Inforcement Bar (Aluminium) ALPRR ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct V-Box 1-Way Flat Packed ALPVBF1 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 228
ALP Pre-Insulated Duct V-Box 1-Way Manufactured ALPVBM1 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 229
ALP Pre-Insulated DuctC Extrusion (Aluminium) ALPCEA42 ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
ALP Pre-Insulated DuctShaped Disc (Aluminium) ALPSD ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium Duct 230
Back Draft Dampers BDD Stocked Range Accessories 75
Back Draught Dampers Type ‘BDD’ BDD TROX 189
Bar Grille 12mm Flange BG12F Manufactured Range Grilles 107
Bar Grilles BG Manufactured Range Grilles 105
Bar Grilles with Rear Deflection Blade BGBB0 Manufactured Range Grilles 105
Bell Mouth Spigots with Blade and Raised Quadrant BMS Sheet Metal Products 273
Bevelled Edge Blow Diffusers with Fixing Clip Reducing Necks FCBED Stocked Range Diffusers 21
Bevelled Edge Diffusers BED Stocked Range Diffusers 20 - 23
Bevelled Edge Diffusers BED Manufactured Range Diffusers 85 - 87
Bevelled Edge Dump Diffusers DUMP Stocked Range Diffusers 22
Bevelled Edge Rectangular Diffusers BED Stocked Range Diffusers 20 - 22
Blanking Plates BP Sheet Metal Products 273
Blue Strap BS Stocked Range Accessories 76
Butterfly Damper BFD Stocked Range Accessories 79
Cable Ties CT Stocked Range Accessories 76
Cantilever Brackets BCB Stocked Range Accessories 77
Cantilever Unbraced Brackets UBCB Stocked Range Accessories 77
Castellated Starting Collars CSC ALP Pre-Insulated Aluminium 230
Duct
Castellated Starting Collars CSC Sheet Metal Products 272
Ceiling Diffusers Type ‘ADLR’ ADLR TROX 148
Ceiling Diffusers Type ‘VDR’ VDR TROX 149
Cell Grilles Type ‘TCG’ TCG TROX 172
Circular Duct Attenuators Type ‘CA’ CA TROX 212
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers Type ‘MSD’ MSD TROX 199 - 200
Combination Smoke and Fire Dampers Type ‘SFD’ SFD TROX 201
Computer Floor Grilles Type ‘AFG’ AFG TROX 160
Condenser Block CB Stocked Range Accessories 78
Constant Volume Dampers Type ‘EN’ EN TROX 184
Constant Volume Dampers Type ‘RN’ RN TROX 183
Constant Volume Dampers Type ‘SLC’ SLC TROX 187

INDEX
Constant Volume Dampers Type ‘VCD’ VCD TROX 186

Constant Volume Dampers Type ‘VFL’ VFL TROX 185
Cork Waffle Pad CWP Stocked Range Accessories 78
Curved Blade Diffuser Loose Biscuit CBD595F Stocked Range Diffusers 26 - 27
Curved Blade Diffusers CBD Manufactured Range Diffusers 88 - 89
Curved Face Double Deflection Register CDDR Manufactured Range Register 125
Cushion Boxes CB Sheet Metal Products 267 - 270
Displacement Diffusers and Type ‘QSH and ISH’ QSH/ ISH TROX 166
Displacement Diffusers Type ‘QLF’ QLF TROX 165
Displacement Diffusers Type ‘QLV’ QLV TROX 164
Door Grille DG Stocked Range Grilles 56 - 57
Door Grille DG Manufactured Range Grilles 116
Door Grille - Vandal Resistant VRDG Manufactured Range Grilles 117
Double Deflection Register DDR Manufactured Range Register 123
Drain Connectors DC Stocked Range Accessories 76
Drip Trays DT Sheet Metal Products 264
Drum Louvres Type ‘AIL’ AIL TROX 171
Duct Clip ECO300CLIP Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 282
Duct Joiner ECO300CONN Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 282
Duct Tape NITTO Stocked Range Accessories 76
Eggcrate Core Only ECC Stocked Range Grilles 47
End Boot - Spigot on Short Side EB Sheet Metal Products 266
Exhaust Metal Valves MVE Stocked Range Diffusers 38 - 39
Expanded Mesh Grille EMG Manufactured Range Grilles 102 - 103
Fan Assisted Computer Floor Grilles Type ‘CFG’ CFG TROX 161
Fans (Axial In-Line ) FAN Stocked Range Fans 72 - 73
Filters (11 mm Thick) FILTER Manufactured Range Grilles 98
Fire Dampers Type ‘FK-EU’ FK-EU TROX 196
Fire Dampers Type ‘FKRS-EU’ FKRS-EU TROX 197
Fire Shutter Dampers Type ‘FSD’ FSD TROX 198
Fixed Core Double Deflection Registers DDR Stocked Range Registers 60 - 63
Fixed Core Eggcrate Grille EG Manufactured Range Grilles 96
Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles EG Stocked Range Grilles 42
Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles with Fixing Clip Reducing Necks FCEG Stocked Range Grilles 46
Fixed Core Lay-In Eggcrate Grilles EGF Stocked Range Grilles 42
Fixing Clip Reducing Neck to Suit Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles FCE Sheet Metal Products 276
Fixing Clip Reducing Neck to Suit Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles FCLC Sheet Metal Products 276
Fixing Clip Reducing Neck to Suit Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles FCRC Sheet Metal Products 276
Fixing Clip Reducing Necks to suit Bevelled Edge Diffusers FCB Sheet Metal Products 275
Flangeless Bar Grille FBG Manufactured Range Grilles 107
Flangeless Linear Slot Diffuser FLSD Manufactured Range Diffusers 93
Flat Duct 2m length ECO300FLAT2 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 282
Floor Diffusers - Fan Assisted Type ‘FAT’ FAT TROX 162
Floor Diffusers - Fan Assisted Type ‘TFTU’ TFTU TROX 163
Floor Diffusers Type ‘FB’ FB TROX 156
Floor Diffusers VAV Type ‘FBA/250’ FBA/250 TROX 157
Floor Grille FG Manufactured Range Grilles 113 - 114
Floor Grilles FG Stocked Range Grilles 54 - 55
Flush Mounted Diffusers SD Stocked Range Diffusers 18 - 19
Galvanised Slotted Angle (to suit Cantilever bracket) SA Stocked Range Accessories 77
Gas-Tight Shut-Off Dampers Type ‘NAK’ NAK TROX 191
Gravity Grille - ABS GG Stocked Range Grilles 59
Half Chevron 97 HC97 Stocked Range Grilles 52
Half Chevrons 25mm blade spacing HC25 Manufactured Range Grilles 111
Heavy Duty Floor Grilles HDFG Stocked Range Grilles 54 - 55
Hinged Bar Grille HBG Manufactured Range Grilles 106
Hinged Eggcrate Grilles with Electrostatic Filter EFHERAG Stocked Range Grilles 44 - 45
Hinged Eggcrate Grilles with Filter HERAG Stocked Range Grilles 44 - 45
Hinged Half Chevrons 25mm blade spacing HHC25 Manufactured Range Grilles 112
Hinged Lay-In Eggcrate Grilles with Filter HERAGF Stocked Range Grilles 44 - 45

INDEX
Hinged Return Air Grille with Filter HERAG Manufactured Range Grilles 97 - 98
Horizontal 45° Bend ECO300HOR45 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 283
Horizontal 90° Bend ECO300HOR90 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 283
Industrial Tunnel Dampers Type ‘JFM’ JFM TROX 202 - 203
Interlock Duct IL Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 281
Jet Diffuser Flanged JFD Stocked Range Diffusers 36 - 37
Jet Nozzles Type ‘AJA’ AJA TROX 170
Jet Nozzles Type ‘DUK’ DUK TROX 167
Jet Nozzles Type ‘TJN’ TJN TROX 168 - 169
Joining Collars - 150mm Long JC Sheet Metal Products 272
Lab Control Type ‘TVLK’ TVLK TROX 204 - 206
Lab Control VAV Box Type ‘TVJ’ TVJ TROX 207
Lay-In and Flush Mounted Diffusers LD-SD Manufactured Range Diffusers 82 - 83
Lay-In Diffusers LD/XLD Stocked Range Diffusers 16 - 18
Linear Boxes Side Entry LB Sheet Metal Products 265
LINEAR SIDE BLOW Therma-FuserTM TLWCW VAV Diffusers 216
Linear Slot Diffuser LSD Manufactured Range Diffusers 90 - 91
LINEAR SLOT Therma-FuserTM TLCW VAV Diffusers 216
Long Rapid Kits LRAPIDKIT Stocked Range Accessories 79
Long Spring LSPRING Stocked Range Accessories 79
Loose Core Eggcrate Grille LCEG Manufactured Range Grilles 96
Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles LCEG Stocked Range Grilles 43
Loose Core Lay-In Eggcrate Grilles LCEGF Stocked Range Grilles 43
Loose Core Linear Slot Diffuser LCLSD Manufactured Range Diffusers 92
Lorient Mastic Sealant - WHITE (310ml Cartridge) LIM-310W Intumescent Fire Dampers 292
Louvre Grille Fixed - ABS LGF Stocked Range Grilles 58
LVH44 Circular Intumescent Fire Dampers LVH44C Intumescent Fire Dampers 292
LVH44 Square and Rectangular Intumescent Fire Dampers LVH44 Intumescent Fire Dampers 292
LVH-C Ceiling Mounted–60 min System Integrity and Insulation LVH-C Intumescent Fire Dampers 294
LVH-D Fire Door Kits LVH-D Intumescent Fire Dampers 292 - 293
Manual Line Damper MLD Sheet Metal Products 272
Marine Fire and Gas Dampers Type ‘JFD’ JFD TROX 192 - 193
Metal Branch Take Off Fitting (BTO) BTO Fittings 287
Metal Double Branch Take Off Fitting (DBTO) DBTO Fittings 288
Metal Drive Open Drive Closed Motorised Zone Damper QZD Stocked Range Dampers 70 - 71
Metal Reducers RED Fittings 288
Metal Y-Piece Fitting (Y-Piece) Y Fittings 286
Metalised Nude Core NC Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 281
Multi Leaf Shut-Off Dampers Type ‘JZ’ JZ TROX 194 - 195
Non Return Damper NRD Manufactured Range Dampers 130 - 131
Non-Return Dampers Type ‘ARK’ ARK TROX 190
Opposed Blade Dampers OBD Stocked Range Dampers 68 - 69
Opposed Blade Dampers OBD Manufactured Range Dampers 126 - 127
Parallel Type Fan Assisted VAV Box Type ‘TCP’ TCP TROX 176 - 177
Perforated Grille PG Manufactured Range Grilles 101
Perforated Strap PS Stocked Range Accessories 76
Perforated Supply Air Grille PSG Manufactured Range Grilles 100
Perforated Supply Air Grille PSGP Manufactured Range Grilles 100
Plasterboard Frame PBF Manufactured Range Diffusers 84
Plasterboard Frames PBF Stocked Range Accessories 79
Plastic Slabs PCS Stocked Range Accessories 78
Polyester Insulated Flexible Duct and ECODUCT RM 1.0 IFR1P Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 281
Polyethylene Insulation POLYETH5MM Stocked Range Accessories 76
Powder Coated Brackets BCB Stocked Range Accessories 77
Pressure Relief Damper Type ‘UL and KUL’ UL and KUL TROX 188
P-Traps PT Stocked Range Accessories 76
Rangehood Adaptor ECO300RH Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 283
Rapid Kits RAPIDKIT Stocked Range Accessories 79

INDEX
Rectangle to Round 150ø ECO300RTR150 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 284

Rectangle to Round 200ø ECO300RTR200 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 284
Rectangular Duct Attenuators Type ‘DS’ DS TROX 211
Reducing Neck (without clips) to Suit Lay-In Fixed Core Eggcrate Grilles RN Sheet Metal Products 276
Reducing Neck (without clips) to Suit Lay-In Loose Core Eggcrate Grilles RN Sheet Metal Products 276
Reducing Necks - with Damper to suit SAJI MULTIFLO® MFRN Stocked Range Diffusers 25
Reinforced Foil Tapes RFT Stocked Range Accessories 76
Removable Core Bar Grilles RCBG Stocked Range Grilles 48 - 49
Removable Core Bar Grilles RCBG Manufactured Range Grilles 106
Removable Core Curved Blade Diffusers RCCBD Manufactured Range Diffusers 88 - 89
Removable Core Double Deflection Register RCDDR Manufactured Range Register 123
Removable Core Double Deflection Registers RCDDR Stocked Range Registers 60 - 63
Removable Core Eggcrate Grille RCEG Manufactured Range Grilles 97
Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles RCEG Stocked Range Grilles 43
Removable Core Eggcrate Grilles with Fixing Clip Reducing Neck FCRCEG Stocked Range Grilles 46
Removable Core Half Chevrons 25mm blade spacing RCHC25 Manufactured Range Grilles 111
Removable Core Lay-In Eggcrate Grilles RCEGF Stocked Range Grilles 43
Removable Core Linear Slot Diffuser RCLS Stocked Range Diffusers 28 - 29
Removable Core Perforated Grille RCPG Manufactured Range Grilles 101
Removable Core Single Deflection Register RCSDR Manufactured Range Register 124
Removable Core Weatherproof Louvres 48mm blade spacing RCWPLSB Manufactured Range Louvres 119
Removable Core Weatherproof Louvres 58mm blade spacing (STF) RCWPLSTF Manufactured Range Louvres 120
Return Air Boxes/Plenums Side Entry RABS/RAPS Sheet Metal Products 263
Return Air Boxes/Plenums Top Entry RAB/RAP Sheet Metal Products 263
Reverse Angle Bar Grille RABG Manufactured Range Grilles 108
Roof Brackets RB Stocked Range Accessories 77
Roof Cowl Aluminium - Aluminium Finish RCM Stocked Range Accessories 75
Roof Cowl Aluminium - Powder coat Finish RCP Stocked Range Accessories 75
Roof Cowls Kit RCG Stocked Range Fans 74
Roof Exhaust/Supply Fans REFA Stocked Range Fans 74
Round Aluminium Ceiling Diffusers with Collar and Butterfly Damper RCD Stocked Range Diffusers 30 - 31
Round Aluminium Eggcrate Grilles EGR Stocked Range Grilles 41
Round Weatherproof Louvres RWPL Stocked Range Louvres 66
Rubber Condenser Stand RCS Stocked Range Accessories 78
Saji Jetflo Diffuser - ABS JF Stocked Range Diffusers 34 - 35
Saji Muliflo Multi Directional Outlet MF Stocked Range Diffusers 24 - 25
Saji Uniflo Insulated Round Diffuser IRND Stocked Range Diffusers 32 - 33
Saji Uniflo Round Diffuser RND Stocked Range Diffusers 32 - 33
Sand Trap Louvres Type ‘WSL and AWSL’ WSL and AWSL TROX 208
Semi Rigid Aluminium Duct AD Stocked Range Accessories 75
Semi Rigid Aluminium Duct AD Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 280
Series Fan VAV Box Type ‘TFP’ TFP TROX 175
Side Boot - Spigot on Long Side SB Sheet Metal Products 266
Single Deflection Register SDR Manufactured Range Register 124
Single Duct Terminal Units Type ‘TVR/TVRD’ TVR/TVRD TROX 182
Single Duct VAV Boxes Type ‘TVB/TVB-A-SSP’ TVB/TVB-A-SSP TROX 173
Single Duct VAV Boxes Type ‘TVB’ TVB TROX 174
Slimline Linear Slot Diffuser (12mm Flange) LSD12F Manufactured Range Diffusers 94
Slot Diffusers Type ‘ESD’ ESD TROX 151
Slot Diffusers Type ‘VSD 35’ VSD 35 TROX 152 - 153
Slot Diffusers Type ‘VSD 50’ VSD 50 TROX 154 - 155
Smoke Relief Damper MOTSRD Manufactured Range Dampers 128 - 129
Snap on Box to suit Weatherproof Louvres and Half Chevron SOB Stocked Range Louvres 67
SQUARE Therma-FuserTM STHC VAV Diffusers 216
SQUARE Therma-FuserTM TFHC VAV Diffusers 216
Square to Round Reducing Neck (without Clips) to suit Flush Mounted Diffusers RN Sheet Metal Products 275
Square to Round Reducing Neck (without clips) to Suit Lay-In Diffusers RN Sheet Metal Products 274
Square to Round Reducing Neck with Fixing Clips to suit Flush Mounted Diffusers FCF Sheet Metal Products 275
Square to Round Reducing Neck with Fixing Clips to suit Lay-In Diffusers FCF Sheet Metal Products 274
Square to Square Reducing Neck (without clips) to Suit Lay-In Diffusers RN Sheet Metal Products 274

INDEX
Square to Square Reducing Neck with Fixing Clips to suit Lay-In Diffusers FCF Sheet Metal Products 274
Stainless Steel Brackets with Cross Bar 201G/304G SSBCB Stocked Range Accessories 77
Staircase Diffusers Type ‘SD’ SD TROX 158
Staircase Diffusers Type ‘SDRF’ SDRF TROX 159
Starting Collars Ovalised OSC Sheet Metal Products 271
Starting Collars Round SC Sheet Metal Products 271
Stream Splitter SS Sheet Metal Products 273
Super Slab Adjustable SS Stocked Range Accessories 78
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘Airnamic’ Airnamic TROX 146
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘FD’ FD TROX 141
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘PFS’ PFS TROX 147
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘RFD’ RFD TROX 140
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘TCS’ TCS TROX 145
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘TDF-SilentAIR’ TDF-SilentAIR TROX 142
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘VDL-H’ VDL TROX 144
Swirl Diffusers Type ‘VDW’ VDW TROX 143
Trunking TRUNK Stocked Range Accessories 79
Uni Boot Top Entry UB Sheet Metal Products 265 - 266
Vary Control VAV Box Type ‘TVL’ TVL TROX 178 - 181
V-Box 1-Way VB1 Sheet Metal Products 262
Vertical 45° Bend ECO300VER45 Flexible Duct and ECODUCT 284
Volume Control Blade VCB Stocked Range Accessories 79
Volume Control Damper MOTVCD/ Manufactured Range Dampers 128 - 129
MANVCD
Waffle Pad WP Stocked Range Accessories 78
Weather Resistant Louvres Type ‘AWG and AWK’ AWG and AWK TROX 209
Weatherproof Louvres WPL Stocked Range Louvres 65
Weatherproof Louvres 102mm blade spacing WPL100 Manufactured Range Louvres 121
Weatherproof Louvres 48mm blade spacing WPLSB Manufactured Range Louvres 119
Weatherproof Louvres 58mm blade spacing WPL Manufactured Range Louvres 120

INDEX

INDEX

ALL 2020 Ver7.3 ReadyToPrint Traditional

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ALL 2020 Ver7.3 ReadyToPrint Traditional

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPANY PROFILE

2 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Quality Air Equipment (QAE) is proud to announce that we are

Stephen, Paul and Phillip Podetti

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 1

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Quality Air Equipment Office Locations

NEW SOUTH WALES (NSW) QAE ASIA LIMITED

WESTERN AUSTRALIA (WA)

Visit Our Website:

2 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

pg. 133 - 212

VAV DIFFUSERS pg. 215 - 216

PRE-INSULATED ALUMINIUM DUCT pg. 219 - 258

SHEET METAL pg. 261 - 276

FLEXIBLE DUCT AND ECODUCT pg. 279 - 284

FITTINGS pg. 285 - 288

INTUMESCENT FIRE DAMPERS pg. 291 - 294

PERFORMANCE DATA pg. 297 - 343

INDEX pg. 345 - 350

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 3

Development and Leadership

“Built on Trust. Delivering Quality.”

4 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Trusted brands distributed by QAE

Manufactured in Sydney to the highest quality, Lorient LVH44 & LVH44C

ECODUCT is an environmentally friendly low profile duct system that is

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 5

1,600 sq. ft. factory Ladbroke Street, From 2000-2002 both

Supported by the Australian Quality Air Equipment

QAE QAE gratefully accepted an 10,000 sq. ft. factory

7,000 sq. ft. QAE undertook to invest in

6 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

“Built on Trust. Delivering Quality.” Quality Air Equipment (QAE) is ex-

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 7

8 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 9

10 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Linear Slot Diffuser:

Ceiling Mounted Diffusers

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 11

12 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 13

14 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 15

PRODUCT CODE DESCRIPTION

16 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Lay-In 3-Way Blow Diffuser

Lay-In 2-Way Opposite Blow Diffuser

Lay-In 2-Way Corner Blow Diffuser

Lay-In 1-Way Blow Diffuser

Related Products for Lay-In Diffusers

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 17

Lay-In Diﬀusers: LD and XLD

Flush Mounted Diﬀusers: SD

18 © Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020

Flush Mounted Diffusers

Flush Mounted 4-Way Blow Diffusers

Flush Mounted 3-Way Blow Diffusers

Flush Mounted 2-Way Opposite Blow Diffusers

Flush Mounted 2-Way Corner Blow Diffusers

Flush Mounted 1-Way Blow Diffusers

Related Products for Flush Mounted Diffusers

© Quality Air Equipment Pty Ltd 2020 19